JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU

================================================================== [Link]
(Mechanical Engineering) (R20) 2020 Admitted Batch Course Structure
Induction Program – 3 weeks
I- Year [Link].
Semester-1(Theory-4,Lab -5)
[Link] CourseNo CourseName Category L-T-P Credits
1. 20A15101 Linear Algebra and Calculus BS 3-0-0 3
Common to All branches of Engineering
2. 20A15301 Engineering Chemistry BS 3-0-0 3
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
3. 20A10506 C-Programming & Data Structures ES 3-0-0 3
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
4. Common to
20A10804 Materials CE, MECH,
Science CHEM
& Engineering ES 3-0-0 3
5 20A10303 EngineeringWorkshop LC 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
6 20A10508 IT Workshop LC 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
7. 20A10805 Materials Science & Engineering Lab ES 0-0-3 1.5
8. 20A15302 Engineering Chemistry Lab ES 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
9. 20A10507 C-Programming & Data Structures Lab ES 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
Total 19.5

Semester–2(Theory–5,Lab –4, MC-1)

[Link] CourseNo CourseName Category L-T-P Credits
1. 20A15102 Differential Equations and Vector Calculus BS 3-0-0 3
Common to all branches of Engineering except CSE
2. 20A15203 Engineering Physics BS 3-0-0 3
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
3. 20A15501 CommunicativeEnglish HS 3-0-0 3
Common to CE, MECH,
4. 20A12401 Basic Electrical & Electronic Engineering ES 3-0-0 3
Common to MECH, CSE & CHEM
5. 20A10301 Engineering Drawing LC 1-0-2 2
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
6. 20A10302 Engineering Graphics Lab LC 0-0-2 1
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
7. 20A15502 CommunicativeEnglish Lab HS 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH,
8. 20A15204 EngineeringPhysics Lab BS 0-0-3 1.5
Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
9. 20A12402 Basic Electrical & Electronic Engineering ES 0-0-3 1.5
Common to MECH, CSE & CHEM
10 20A19101 Universal Human Values MC 3-0-0 0
. Common to CE, MECH, CHEM
*FOR 2020 Admitted Batch only 19.5
Total
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE – R20 REGULATIONS II-
[Link] Course Structure- 2020 Admitted Batch

[Link] Semester-I
[Link] Code Course Name Category L T P Credits
Complex variables, and
Transforms Techniques
1 20A35102 Common to EEE, MECH, ECE BS 3 0 0 3

2 20A30108 Theory-2 Fluid Mechanics& PC/ES 3 0 0 3

Hydraulic Machines
3 20A30301 Theory-3 Manufacturing PC/ES 3 0 0 3
Processes
4 20A30302 Theory-4 Thermodynamics PC/ES 3 0 0 3
5 20A30303 Theory-5 Mechanics of PC/ES 3 0 0 3
Materials
6 20A30109 Laboratory-1 Fluid Mechanics& PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5
Hydraulic Machines lab
7 20A30304 Laboratory-2 Manufacturing PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5
Processes Lab
8 20A30305 Laboratory-3 Mechanics of PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5
Materials Lab
9 20A30306 Skill oriented Course-I SC 1 0 2 2
Essential for NX Designer
10 20A10803 Mandatory non-credit MC 3 0 0 0
Course- II
Common to CE,Mech, CHEM
Environmental Science
Total 21.5
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE – R20 REGULATIONS II-
[Link] Course Structure- 2020 Admitted Batch

[Link] Semester-II
S. Code Course Name Category L T P Credits
No
1 20A45101 Numerical Methods BS 3 0 0 3
&Probability Theory
Common to EEE, MECH
2 20A40301 Theory-2 Applied PC/ES 3 0 0 3
Thermodynamics
3 20A40302 Theory-3 Kinematics of PC/ES 3 0 0 3
Machinery
4 20A40303 Theory-4 Manufacturing PC/ES 3 0 0 3
Technology
Humanities Elective-I
Common to Civil, Mech,
5 0 20A49101 a chemical HS 3 0 0 3
[Link] Economics &
Financial Analysis
20A49101 b Entrepreneurship and incubation

Business Ethics and Corporate

20A49101 c Governance

6 20A40304 Laboratory-1 Applied PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5

Thermodynamics Lab
7 20A40305 Laboratory-2 Manufacturing PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5
Technology Lab
8 20A40306 Laboratory-3 Computer Aided PC/ES 0 0 3 1.5
Machine Drawing
9 20A40307 Skill oriented Course-II SC 1 0 2 2
Application Development with
Python
10 20A49102 Mandatory non-credit Course-III MC 2 0 0 0
Common to All Branches
Design Thinking for Innovation
11 20A49901 NSS/NCC/NSO Activities - 0 0 2 0

Total 21.5
Community Service Internship/Project (Mandatory) for 6 weeks during Summer vacation
JNTUACEA R20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Course Structure III -I [Link]. – < ME> (R20)- 2020 Admitted Batch

Semester–V
[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20A50301 Theory – 1 Design of Machine Members 3 0 0 3
2. 20A50302 Theory – 2 Metrology and Measurements 3 0 0 3
3. 20A50303 Theory – 3 Dynamics of Machinery 2 0 1 3
4. Professional Elective Course – I 3 0 0 3
20A50304a 1. Power Plant Engineering
20A50304b 2. Tool Design
20A50304c 3. Automation and robotics

Open Elective Course – I

Common to All Branches
5. Optimization Techniquies 3 0 0 3
20A50305 (Each department offer one course including
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and HSS)

6. 20A50306 Lab-1 Metrology and Measurements 0 0 3 1.5

7. 20A50307 Lab-2 Dynamics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
8. Skill oriented course - III 1 0 2 2
20A50308 Computer Aided Modeling
9. Evaluation of Community Service Project 1.5
20A50309
10. 20A59101 Mandatory Non-credit Course
Indian Constitution (CIV, ME, CHEM) 2 0 0 0

Total 21.5

Note:
A student is permitted to register for Honours or a Minor in IV semester after the results of
III Semester are declared and students may be allowed to take maximum two subjects per
semester pertaining to their Minor from V Semester onwards.
A student shall not be permitted to take courses as Open Electives/Minor/Honours with
content substantially equivalent to the courses pursued in the student's primary major.
A student is permitted to select a Minor program only if the institution is already offering a
Major degree program in that discipline
JNTUACEA R20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Course Structure III -II [Link]. – < ME> (R20)- 2020 Admitted Batch

Semester–VI
[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits

1. 20A60301 Theory – 1 CAD/CAM 3 0 0 3

2. 20A60302 Theory – 2 Finite Elements Methods 3 0 0 3
3. 20A60303 Theory – 3 Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3
4. Professional Elective Course– II 3 0 0 3
20A60304a 1. Production and Operation Management
20A60304b 2. Non-Destructive Testing
20A60304c 3. Total Quality management
Open Elective Course – II
Common to all Branches
5. Solar Energy Systems 3 0 0 3
20A60305 (Each department offer one course
including Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry
andHSS)

6. 20A60306 Lab-1 Computer Aided design Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

7. 20A60307 Lab-2 Computer Aided Manufacturing 0 0 3 1.5
8. 20A60308 Lab-3HeatTransferLaboratory 0 0 3 1.5
9. Skill oriented course - IV 1 0 2 2
20A65502 Soft Skills (CIV, ME, Chemical)
10. Mandatory Non-credit Course
20A69901 Intellectual Property Rights & Patents 2 0 0 0
(CIV, ME, CHEM)
Total 21.5
Industry Internship (Mandatory) for 6 - 8 weeks duration during summer vacation
 Department of Mechanical Engineering
Course Structure IV -I [Link]. – < ME> (R20)- 2020 Admitted Batch

Semester-VII
[Link]. Course Course Name L T P Credits
Code
1. Professional Elective Course– III 3 0 0 3
20A70301a 1. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
20A70301b 2. Operation Research
20A70301c 3. Design for Manufacturing

2. Professional Elective Course– IV 3 0 0 3

20A70302a 1. Automobile Engineering
20A70302b 2. Mechanical Vibrations
20A70302c 3. Modern Manufacturing Methods

3. Professional Elective Course– V 3 0 0 3

(MOOC)
20A70303a [Link] exchangers, Fundamentals and
design analysis
20A70303b 2. Mechatronics
20A70303c [Link] of Composite Materials
Humanities Elective
4. Common to All Branches 3 0 0 3
20A75401a 1. Management Science
20A75401b 2. Business Environment
20A75401c 3. Organizational Behavior
Open Elective Course – III
Common to All Branches
5. 20A70304 Modern Manufacturing Methods 3 0 0 3
(Each department offer one course
including Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry
and HSS)
Open Elective Course – IV
Material Handling Equipment
6. 20A70305 Common to All Branches 3 0 0 3
(Each department offer one course
including Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry
and HSS)
7. Skill oriented course – V 1 0 2 2
20A70306 INDUSTRIALAUTOMATION

8. 20A70307 Evaluation of Industry Internship 3

Total 23
JNTUACEA R20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Course Structure IV -II [Link]. – < ME> R20- 2020 Admitted Batch

Semester-VIII
[Link]. Course Course Name Category L T P Credits
Code
1. 20A80301 Full Internship & Project work PR 12
Total 12
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Common to All Branches
Open Elective Course – I*
[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20A50105 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3
2. 20A50205 Electric Vehicle Engineering 3 0 0 3
3. 20A50305 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3
4. 20A50405 Basics of Electronics and Communication 3 0 0 3
5. Engineering
Introduction to Java Programming 3 0 0 3
20A50505
6. 20A50805 Energy Conversion and Storage Devices 3 0 0 3
7. 20A55101 Optimization Methods (Mathematics) 3 0 0 3
8. 20A55201 Material Characterization Techniques(Physics) 3 0 0 3
9. 20A55401 E-Business (H & SS) 3 0 0 3
10. 20A55301 Chemistry Of Energy Materials (Chemistry) 3 0 0 3

*It is mandatory that the candidate should select any subject other than parent branch subject.

Open Elective Course – II

[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20A60105 Disaster Management(CIVIL) 3 0 0 3
2. 20A60205 Renewable Energy Systems(EEE) 3 0 0 3
3. 20A60305 Solar Energy Systems(MECH) 3 0 0 3
4. 20A60405 Basics of Integrated Circuits Applications(ECE) 3 0 0 3
5. 20A60505 Introduction to Linux Programming (CSE) (CSE) 3 0 0 3
6. Green Technology(CHEM) 3 0 0 3
20A60805
7. Mathematical Modelling & Simulation 3 0 0 3
(Common for CIVIL,MECH &CHEM)(Mathemtics)
20A65101
8. Wavelet transforms and its Applications 3 0 0 3
20A65102 (Common for EEE&ECE) (Mathemtics)
9. Statistical Methods for Data Science CSE (Data 3 0 0 3
20A65103 Science) (Mathemtics)
10. 20A65201 Physics Of Electronic Materials And Devices 3 0 0 3
(Physics)
11. 20A65501 Academic Writing and Public Speaking(H & SS) 3 0 0 3
12. 20A65301 Chemistry Of Polymers And Its Applications 3 0 0 3
( Chemistry)
*It is mandatory that the candidate should select any subject other than parent branch subject.
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR

Common to All Branches

Open Elective Course – III*

[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20A70103 Building Technology for Engineers (CIVIL) 3 0 0 3
2. 20A70204 Battery Management Systems (EEE) 3 0 0 3
3. 20A70304 Modern Manufacturing Methods (MECH) 3 0 0 3
4. 20A70404 Digital Electronics (ECE) 3 0 0 3
5. 20A70504 Cyber Security (CSE) 3 0 0 3
6. Industrial Pollution Control Engineering (CHEM) 3 0 0 3
20A70804
7. Numerical Methods for Engineers 3 0 0 3
20A75101
8. 20A75201 SMART MATERIALS AND DEVICES (Physics) 3 0 0 3

9. 20A75501 Employability Skills (H&SS) 3 0 0 3

10. 20A75301 GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS FOR 3 0 0 3

SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT ( Chemistry)

*It is mandatory that the candidate should select any subject other than parent branch subject.

Open Elective Course – IV*

[Link]. Course Code Course Name L T P Credits
1. 20A70104 Environmental Impact and Assessment (CIVIL) 3 0 0 3
2. 20A70205 IOT Applications in Electrical Engineering (EEE) 3 0 0 3
3. 20A70305 Material Handling Equipment (MECH) 3 0 0 3
4. 20A70405 Principles of Digital Signal Processing (ECE) 3 0 0 3
5. 20A70505 Introduction to DBMS (CSE) 3 0 0 3
6. Solid Waste management (CHEM) 3 0 0 3
20A70805
7. Number theory and its Applications (Mathemtics) 3 0 0 3
20A75102
8. 20A75202 Sensors and Actuators For Engineering 3 0 0 3
Applications (Physics)
9. 20A79102 English Literary Spectrum (H & Ss) 3 0 0 3

10. 20A75302 Chemistry Of Nanomaterials And Applications ( 3 0 0 3

Chemistry)
*It is mandatory that the candidate should select any subject other than parent branch subject.
 HONOURS DEGREE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE (R20)

[Link]. Course Course Title Contact Hours

Code per week Credits

L T
1 20A03H11 Internal combustion Engine Design
3 1 4

2 20A03H12 Engine Auxiliary Systems 3 1 4

3 20A03H13 Alternative fuels for [Link] 3 1 4

4 20A03H14 Engine pollution and control 3 1 4

5 20A03H15 MOOC I**: Hybrid and Electric vehicles 2

6 20A03H16 MOOC II**: Automotive safety 2

** Based on the availability of courses offered by NPTEL SWAYAM with a minimum of 12 weeks
duration.

ANANTAPUR COURSES OFFERED FOR MINOR DEGREE IN THE

STREAM OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING -3D PRINTING (Offered to
other Engineering Branches R20)
3D PRINTING

[Link]. Code Course Name Contact Hours per

week Credits
L T P
1 20A03M11 Material Science for engineering 3 1 0 4
2 20A03M12 Computer Aided Machine Drawing 3 1 0 4
3 20A03M13 3D Printing Materials 3 1 0 4
4 20A03M14 Applications of 3D Printing 3 1 0 4
5 MOOC I**: Metal Additive 2
20A03M15a Manufacturing
[Link]
22_me130/preview
6 20A03M16a MOOC II**: Introduction to 2
Composites
[Link]
8
** Based on the availability of courses offered by NPTEL SWAYAM with a minimum of 12 weeks
duration.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous)::ANANTAPURAMU DEPARTMENT
OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. I-Sem L P T C

3 0 1 3
Linear Algebra & Calculus
Common to All Branches of Engineering
Course Objectives:

 This course will illuminate the students in the concepts of calculus and linear algebra.
To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle
various real world problems and their applications.

Bridge Course: Limits, continuity, Types of matrices

Unit 1: Matrices 10 hrs

Rank of a matrix by echelon form, normal form. Solving system of homogeneous and non-
homogeneous equations linear equations. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors and their properties,
Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors on special matrices, Cayley-Hamilton theorem
(without proof), finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton theorem,
diagonalisation of a matrix.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
solving systems of linear equations, using technology to facilitate row reduction
 determine the rank, eigenvalues and eigenvectors (L3).
identify special properties of a matrix, such as positive definite, etc., and use this
information to facilitate the calculation of matrix characteristics; (L3)

Unit 2: Mean Value Theorems 6hrs

Rolle‟s Theorem, Lagrange‟s mean value theorem, Cauchy‟s mean value theorem, Taylor‟s and
Maclaurin theorems with remainders (without proof), related problems.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
Translate the given function as series of Taylor‟s and Maclaurin‟s with remainders (L3)
analyze the behaviour of functions by using mean value theorems (L3)
Unit 3: Multivariable calculus 10 hrs
Partial derivatives, total derivatives, chain rule, change of variables, Jacobians, maxima and
minima of functions of two variables, method of Lagrange multipliers.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
Find partial derivatives numerically and symbolically and use them to analyze and interpret
 the way a function varies. (L3)
 Acquire the Knowledge maxima and minima of functions of several variable (L1)
Utilize Jacobian of a coordinate transformation to deal with the problems in change of
variables (L3)

Unit 4: Multiple Integrals 10hrs

Double integrals, change of order of integration, change of variables. Evaluation of triple
integrals, change of variables between Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical polar co-ordinates.
Finding areas and volumes using double and triple integrals.

Learning Outcomes:

 At the end of this unit, the student will be able to

Evaluate double integrals of functions of several variables in two dimensions using
 Cartesian and polar coordinates (L5)
Apply double integration techniques in evaluating areas bounded by region (L4)
Evaluate multiple integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical geometries (L5)

Unit 5: Beta and Gamma functions 6 hrs

Beta and Gamma functions and their properties, relation between beta and gamma functions,
evaluation of definite integrals using beta and gamma functions.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
 understand beta and gamma functions and its relations (L2)
Conclude the use of special function in evaluating definite integrals (L4)

Text Books:
B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.
Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Reference Books:
R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3/e, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2002.
George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, Thomas Calculus, 13/e, Pearson
Publishers, 2013.
Glyn James, Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, 4/e, Pearson publishers, 201.
th
Micheael Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9 edition, Pearson edn
Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press
Peter O‟neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.
R.L. Garg Nishu Gupta, Engineering Mathematics Volumes-I &II, Pearson Education
B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill Education
H. k Das, Er. Rajnish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand.
N. Bali, M. Goyal, C. Watkins, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Infinity Science
Press.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
develop the use of matrix algebra techniques that is needed by engineers for practical
 applications (L6)
Utilize mean value theorems to real life problems (L3)
 familiarize with functions of several variables which is useful in optimization (L3)
Students will also learn important tools of calculus in higher dimensions. Students will
 become familiar with 2- dimensional coordinate systems (L5)
Students will become familiar with 3- dimensional coordinate systems and also learn the
utilization of special functions
JNTUACEA R 20
2020-21

JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. I-Sem L T P C

2 1 0 3
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

19A53101 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 - 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
● To familiarize engineering chemistry and its applications
● To impart the concept of soft and hard waters, softening methods of hard water
● To train the students on the principles and applications of electrochemistry,
polymers, surface chemistry, and cement

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 list the differences between temporary and permanent hardness of water,
explainthe principles of reverse osmosis and electrodialysis. comparequality
ofdrinking water with BIS and WHO standards. illustrateproblems associated with
hard water - scale and sludge. explain the working principles of different Industrial
water treatment processes
CO2 apply Nernst equation for calculating electrode and cell potentials, apply Pilling
Bedworth rule for corrosion and corrosion prevention, demonstrate the corrosion
prevention methods and factors affecting corrosion, compare different batteries
and their applications
CO3 explain different types of polymers and their applications, Solve the numerical
problems based on Calorific value, select suitable fuels for IC engines, explain
calorific values, octane number, refining of petroleum and cracking of oils
CO4 explain the constituents of Composites and its classification Identify the factors
affecting the refractory material, Illustrate the functions and properties of
lubricants, demonstrate the phases and reactivity of concrete formation, identify the
constituents of Portland cement, enumerate the reactions at setting and hardening of
the cement
CO5 summarize the applications of SEM, TEM and X-ray diffraction in surface
characterization, explain the synthesis of colloids with examples, outline the
preparation of nanomaterials and metal oxides identify the application of colloids
and nanomaterials in medicine, sensors and catalysis
 Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

Unit 1: Water Technology (8 hrs)

Introduction –Soft Water and hardness of water, Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA
Method - Boiler troubles - scale and sludge, Industrial water treatment – specifications for
drinking water, Bureau of Indian Standards(BIS) and World health organization(WHO)
standards, zeolite and ion-exchange processes - desalination of brackish water, reverse osmosis
(RO) and electrodialysis.

Unit 2: Electrochemistry and Applications: (10 hrs)

Electrodes – concepts, electrochemical cell, Nernst equation, cell potential calculations.
Primary cells – Zn-MnO2 (Leclanche cell), Li Battery
Secondary cells – lead acid and lithium ion batteries- working of the batteries including cell
reactions.
Fuel cells- Basic Principles and Working Principles of hydrogen-oxygen, methanol fuel cells
Corrosion: Introduction to corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, differential aeration
cell corrosion, galvanic corrosion, metal oxide formation by dry electrochemical corrosion,
Pilling Bedworth ratios and uses, Factors affecting the corrosion, cathodic and anodic protection,
electroplating and electro less plating (Nickel and Copper).

Unit 3: Polymers and Fuel Chemistry: (12 hrs)

Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, Mechanism of chain growth, step growth

and coordination polymerization,

Thermoplastics and Thermo-setting plastics-: Preparation, properties and applications of PVC

and Bakelite

Elastomers – Preparation, properties and applications of Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol

Fuels – Types of fuels, calorific value, numerical problems based on calorific value; Analysis of
coal, Liquid Fuels refining of petroleum, fuels for IC engines, knocking and anti-knock agents,
Octane and Cetane values, cracking of oils; alternative fuels- propane, methanol and ethanol, bio
fuels.

UNIT-4 Advanced Engineering Materials (8 hrs)

(i)Composites- Definition, Constituents, Classification- Particle, Fibre and Structural reinforced

composites, properties and Engineering applications
(ii)Refractories- Classification, Properties, Factors affecting the refractory materials and
Applications
(iii)Lubricants- Classification, Functions of lubricants, Mechanism, Properties of lubricating
oils and Applications
(iv)Building materials- Portland Cement, constituents, phases and reactivity of clinker, Setting
and Hardening of cement.

Unit 5: Surface Chemistry and Applications: (10 hrs)

Introduction to surface chemistry, colloids, micelle formation, synthesis of colloids (any two
methods with examples), chemical and electrochemical methods (not more than two methods) of
preparation of nanometals and metal oxides, stabilization of colloids and nanomaterials by
stabilizing agents, solid-gas interface, solid-liquid interface, adsorption isotherm, applications of
colloids and nanomaterials – catalysis, medicine, sensors.

Text Books:
Engineering Chemistry by KNJayaveera, GVSubba Reddy and C. Ramachandraiah,
McGraw Hill Higher Education, Foruth Edition, New Delhi
A Text Book of Enigneering Chemistry, Jain and Jain, Dhanapathi Rai Publications, New
Delhi

References:
1.A Text book of Engineering Chemistry by SS Dhara, S. Chand Publications, New Delhi

Engineering Chemistry by [Link] Sekhar, [Link] and Sujatha Mishra, SCITECH

Pubblications India Pvt Limited.
Concepts of Engineering Chemistry- Ashima Srivastavaf and N.N. Janhavi
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry – C. Parameswara Murthy, [Link] and Andra
Naidu
Chemistry of Engineering Materials, [Link], [Link] and
Andranaidu
Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Shashichawla, Dhanapathirai Publications.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous)::ANANTAPURAMU DEPARTMENT
OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Common to CE, ME, , CHEM

C-Programming & Data Structures 20A10506
Course Objectives:

 To illustrate the basic concepts of C programming language.

 To discuss the concepts of Functions, Arrays, Pointers and Structures.
 To familiarize with Stack, Queue and Linked lists data structures.
 To explain the concepts of non-linear data structures like graphs and trees.
To learn different types of searching and sorting techniques.

Unit-1

Introduction to C Language - C language elements, variable declarations and data types,

operators and expressions, decision statements - If and switch statements, loop control statements
- while, for, do-while statements, arrays.

At the end of the Unit, students should be able to:

Use C basic concepts to write simple C programs. (L3)

Use iterative statements for writing the C programs (L3)
 Use arrays to process multiple homogeneous data. (L3)
Test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors. (L4)
Translate algorithms into programs. (L4)
Implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion. (L2)

Unit – 2

Functions, types of functions, Recursion and argument passing, pointers, storage allocation,
pointers to functions, expressions involving pointers, Storage classes – auto, register, static,
extern, Structures, Unions, Strings, string handling functions, and Command line arguments.

At the end of the Unit, students should be able to:

 Writing structured programs using C Functions. (L5)

 Writing C programs using various storage classes to control variable access. (L5)
 Apply String handling functions and pointers. (L3)
Use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate algorithms and write programs.(L3)
Unit-3

Data Structures, Overview of data structures, stacks and queues, representation of a stack, stack
related terms, operations on a stack, implementation of a stack, evaluation of arithmetic
expressions, infix, prefix, and postfix notations, evaluation of postfix expression, conversion of
expression from infix to postfix, recursion, queues - various positions of queue, representation of
queue, insertion, deletion, searching operations.

At the end of the Unit, students should be able to:

Describe the operations of Stack. (L2)

 Explain the different notations of arithmetic expression. (L5)
Develop various operations on Queues. (L6)

Unit – 4

Linked Lists – Singly linked list, dynamically linked stacks and queues, polynomials using
singly linked lists, using circularly linked lists, insertion, deletion and searching operations,
doubly linked lists and its operations, circular linked lists and its operations.

At the end of the Unit, students should be able to:

 Analyze various operations on singly linked list. (L4)

Interpret operations of doubly linked lists. (L2)
Apply various operations on Circular linked lists. (L6)

Unit-5

Trees - Tree terminology, representation, Binary trees, representation, binary tree traversals.
binary tree operations, Graphs - graph terminology, graph representation, elementary graph
operations, Breadth First Search (BFS) and Depth First Search (DFS), connected components,
spanning trees. Searching and Sorting – sequential search, binary search, exchange (bubble)
sort, selection sort, insertion sort.

At the end of the Unit, students should be able to:

Develop the representation of Tress. (L3)

 Identify the various Binary tree traversals. (L3)
Illustrate different Graph traversals like BFS and DFS. (L2)
 Design the different sorting techniques (L6)
Apply programming to solve searching and sorting problems. (L3)
Text Books:
The C Programming Language, Brian W Kernighan and Dennis M Ritchie, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall Publication.
Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed,
Computer Science Press.
Programming in C and Data Structures, [Link], Ashok N. Kamthane and A. AnandaRao,
Pearson Education.
B.A. Forouzon and R.F. Gilberg, “COMPUTER SCIENCE: A Structured Programming
Approach Using C”, Third edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2016.
Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with
C”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2011.

Reference Books:

Pradip Dey and Manas Ghosh, Programming in C, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition
2011.
th
E. Balaguruswamy, “C and Data Structures”, 4 Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
A.K. Sharma, Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, 2nd Edition, University Press.
nd
M.T. Somashekara, “Problem Solving Using C”, PHI, 2 Edition 2009.

Course Outcomes:

Analyse the basicconcepts of C Programming language. (L4)

Design applications in C, using functions, arrays, pointers and structures. (L6)
Apply the concepts of Stacks and Queues in solving the problems. (L3)
Explore various operations on Linked lists. (L5)
Demonstrate various tree traversals and graph traversal techniques. (L2)
Design searching and sorting methods (L3)
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I-Year [Link]. I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Material Science & Engineering 20A10804

Course Objectives:

To teach the principles of physical metallurgy, i.e. crystallography of metals, constitution

 of alloys, phase diagrams.
Expose commercially important metals and alloys (both ferrous and non ferrous) with
 engineering constraints.
Explain the methods to change the properties of materials through heat treatment
 processes
Familiarize properties and applications of ceramics, polymers and composite materials.
Demonstrate the fundamental properties of nano-materials and their applications.

UNIT I

Structure of Metals: Crystal Structures: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Imperfection in
solids: Point, Line, interstitial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and
slip systems, critically resolved shear stress.

Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of Alloying, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions-

Phase diagrams: Interpretation of binary phase diagrams and microstructure development;
eutectic, peritectic, peritectoid and monotectic reactions. Iron-Iron-carbide diagram and
microstructural aspects of ferrite, cementite, austenite, ledeburite, and cast iron.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit the student will be able to

 Understand the importance of material science in engineering.(L2)

 Recall the definitions and terminology of crystallography. (L1)
 Distinguish metals and alloys. (L4)
 Make use of the principles of construction of binary phase diagrams. (L3)
 Identify various invariant reactions in binary phase diagrams. (L3)
Know the concept of metallography in studying the microstructures of metals and alloys.
(L2)
UNIT II

Steels: Plain carbon steels, use and limitations of plain carbon steels. AISI& BIS classification of
steels. Classification of alloys steels. Microstructure, properties and applications of alloy steels-
stainless steels and tool steels.

Cast irons: Microstructure, properties and applications of white cast iron, malleable cast iron,
grey cast iron, nodular cast iron and alloy cast irons.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit the student will be able to

 Classify various types of steels, their properties and applications. (L2)

 Identify various types of cast irons, their properties and applications. (L3)
 Compare steels and cast irons and their limitations in applications. (L3)
UNIT III

Heat Treatment of Steels: Annealing, tempering, normalizing and hardening, isothermal

transformation diagrams for Fe-Fe3C alloys and microstructure development. Continuous cooling
curves and interpretation of final microstructures and properties- austempering, martempering,
case hardening - carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, carbo-nitriding, flame and induction
hardening, and vacuum and plasma hardening

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit the student will be able to

 Understand the importance of iron - iron carbide phase diagram. (L2)

 Know the influence of heat treatment in modification of properties of steels. (L2)
 Develop a heat treatment cycle based on properties required. (L3)
Comprehend the principles of surface hardening methods. (L2)

UNIT IV

Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys: Microstructure, properties and applications of copper,

aluminium, titanium, nickel and their alloys. Study of Al-Cu phase diagram

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit the student will be able to

 Understand the importance of non-ferrous metals and alloys in engineering applications. (L2)
 Demonstrate various properties and applications of non-ferrous alloys. (L4)
Differentiate between hardening of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. (L4)
UNIT V

Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Structure, properties and applications of ceramics,

polymers and composites. Introduction to super alloys and nanomaterials.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of this unit the student will be able to

 Understand the properties of ceramics and their applications. (L2)

 Summarize the properties of polymers and composites and their use. (L2)
 Interpret the properties of nano materials and their applications. (L2)
 Identify the difference between the micro and nano scale materials and their uses. (L3)
Course Outcomes:

After completing the course, the student will be able to

 Explain the principles of binary phases. (L2)

 Select steels and cast irons for a given application. (L3)
 Apply heat treatment to different applications. (L3)
 Utilize nonferrous metals and alloys in engineering. (L3)
 Choose composites for various applications. (L3)
 Assess the properties of nano-scale materials and their applications. (L2)
 Differentiate between hardening of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. (L4)
Text Book(s)

[Link], Material Science and Engineering, 5/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
[Link], Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, 2/e, Tata McGraw- Hill, 1997R.
References

Y. Lakhtin, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, University Press of the Pacific, 2000.

Balasubramaniam, Callister‟s Material Science and Engineering, 2/e, Wiley India, 2014.

[Link] Vlack, Elements of Material Science and Engineering, 6/e, Pearson

Education, 2008.

4. George [Link], Mechanical Metallurgy, 3/e, McGraw-Hill, 2013.

 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I- Year [Link]. I-Sem
L T P C
Engineering Workshop
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM) 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objective:
20A10303
1 To familiarize students with wood working, sheet metal operations,
fitting and electrical house wiring skills.

Wood Working:
Familiarity with different types of woods and tools used in wood working and make
following joints
Half – Lap joint
Mortise and Tenon joint
Corner Dovetail joint or Bridle joint

Sheet Metal Working:

Familiarity with different types of tools used in sheet metal working, Developments of
following sheet metal job from GI sheets
a) Tapered tray b) Conical funnel
c) Elbow pipe d) Brazing
Fitting:
Familiarity with different types of tools used in fitting and do the following fitting exercises
a) V-fit b) Dovetail fit c) Semi-circular fit
d) Bicycle tyre puncture and change of two wheeler tyre

Electrical Wiring:
Familiarities with different types of basic electrical circuits and make the following
connections
a) Parallel and series b) Two way switch c) Godown lighting
d) Tube light e) Three phase motor f) Soldering of wires
Power tools:
Demonstration of a) Circular Saw b) Power Planer
c) Zig Saw d) Buffing Machine
After completion of t lab the student will be able to

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the student will be able to
CO1 Apply wood working skills in real world applications. (L3)
CO2 Build different objects with metal sheets in real world applications. (L3)
CO3 Apply fitting operations in various applications. (L3)
CO4 Apply different types of basic electric circuit connections. (L3)
CO5 Understand the operation of power tools. (L2)

Note: In each section a minimum of three exercises are to be carried out.

 (w.e.f 2020-21)
JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous) Ananthapuramu
Department of Computer Science and Engineering [Link] (R20)
[Link] I Year
IT Workshop 20A10508
(Common to CE, ME, CHEM)
L-T-P-C: 0-0-3-1.5

Note: Use open source tools for implementation of the following exercises.

Course Objectives:
To make the students know about the internal parts of a computer, assembling and
dissembling a computer from the parts, preparing a computer for use by installing the
operating system

To provide Technical training to the students on Productivity tools like Word processors,
 Spreadsheets, Presentations and LAteX
To learn about Networking of computers and use Internet facility for Browsing and
 Searching
To learn about Google Forms and Google Sites

Preparing your Computer

Task 1: Learn about Computer: Identify the internal parts of a computer, and its peripherals.
Represent the same in the form of diagrams including Block diagram of a computer. Write
specifications for each part of a computer including peripherals and specification of Desktop
computer. Submit it in the form of a report.

Task 2: Assembling a Computer: Disassemble and assemble the PC back to working condition.
Students should be able to trouble shoot the computer and identify working and non-working
parts. Student should identify the problem correctly by various methods

Task 3: Install Operating system: Student should install Linux on the computer. Student may
install another operating system (including proprietary software) and make the system dual boot
or multi boot. Students should record the entire installation process.

Task 4: Operating system features: Students should record the various features that are
supported by the operating system(s) installed. They have to submit a report on it. Students
should be able to access CD/DVD drives, write CD/DVDs, access pen drives, print files, etc.
Students should install new application software and record the installation process.
Networking and Internet
Task 5: Networking: Students should connect two computers directly using a cable or wireless
connectivity and share information. Students should connect two or more computers using
switch/hub and share information. Crimpling activity, logical configuration etc. should be done
by the student. The entire process has to be documented.

Task 6: Browsing Internet: Student should access the Internet for Browsing. Students should
search the Internet for required information. Students should be able to create e-mail account and
send email. They should get acquaintance with applications like Facebook, skype etc. If Intranet
mailing facility is available in the organization, then students should share the information using
it. If the operating system supports sending messages to multiple users (LINUX supports it) in the
same network, then it should be done by the student. Students are expected to submit the
information about different browsers available, their features, and search process using different
natural languages, and creating e-mail account.

Task 7: Antivirus: Students should download freely available Antivirus software, install it and
use it to check for threats to the computer being used. Students should submit information about
the features of the antivirus used, installation process, about virus definitions, virus engine etc.
Productivity tools

Task 8: Word Processor: Students should be able to create documents using the word processor
tool. Some of the tasks that are to be performed are inserting and deleting the characters, words
and lines, Alignment of the lines, Inserting header and Footer, changing the font, changing the
colour, including images and tables in the word file, making page setup, copy and paste block of
text, images, tables, linking the images which are present in other directory, formatting
paragraphs, spell checking, etc. Students should be able to prepare project cover pages, content
sheet and chapter pages at the end of the task using the features studied. Students should submit a
user manual of the word processor considered, Image Manipulation tools.

Task 9: Presentations: creating, opening, saving and running the presentations, selecting the
style for slides, formatting the slides with different fonts, colours, creating charts and tables,
inserting and deleting text, graphics and animations, bulleting and numbering, hyperlinking,
running the slide show, setting the timing for slide show.

Task 10: Spreadsheet: Students should be able to create, open, save the application documents
and format them as per the requirement. Some of the tasks that may be practiced are Managing
the worksheet environment, creating cell data, inserting and deleting cell data, format cells, adjust
the cell size, applying formulas and functions, preparing charts, sorting cells. Students should
submit a user manual of the Spreadsheet

Task 11: LateX: Introduction to Latex and its installation and different IDEs. Creating first
document using Latex, using content into sections using article and book class of LaTeX. Styling
Pages: reviewing and customizing different paper sizes and formats. Formatting text (styles, size,
alignment, colors and adding bullets and numbered items, inserting mathematical symbols, and
images, etc.). Creating basic tables, adding simple and dashed borders, merging rows and
columns. Referencing and Indexing: cross-referencing (refer to sections, table, images),
bibliography (references).

References:
Introduction to Computers, Peter Norton, McGraw Hill
MOS study guide for word, Excel, Powerpoint& Outlook Exams, Joan Lambert, Joyce
Cox, PHI.
Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
Networking your computers and devices, Rusen, PHI
Trouble shooting, Maintaining & Repairing PCs, Bigelows, TMH
Lamport L. LATEX: a document preparation system: user's guide and reference manual.
Addison-wesley; 1994.

Course Outcomes:
 Disassemble and Assemble a Personal Computer and prepare the computer ready to use.
 Prepare the Documents using Word processors and Prepare spread sheets for calculations
 .using excel and also the documents using LAteX.
 Prepare Slide presentations using the presentation tool.
 Interconnect two or more computers for information sharing.
Access the Internet and Browse it to obtain the required information.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous):: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. I-Sem L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Engineering Chemistry Lab
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)

Subject Code Title of the Lab L T P C

19A15302 Engineering Chemistry - - 4 2
lab

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 Verify the fundamental concepts with experiments

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 determine the cell constant and conductance of solutions (L3)
CO2 prepare advanced polymer materials (L2)
CO3 determine the physical properties like surface tension, adsorption and viscosity (L3)
CO4 estimate the Iron and Calcium in cement (L3)
CO5 calculate the hardness of water (L4)

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Determination of Hardness of a groundwater sample.

pH metric titration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base, (ii) weak acid vs. strong base
Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions
Potentiometry - determination of redox potentials and emfs
Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery
Preparation of a polymer
Determination of percentage of Iron in Cement sample by colorimetry
Estimation of Calcium in port land Cement
Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal
Determination of percentage Moisture content in a coal sample
 Determination of Viscosity of lubricating oil by Red Viscometer 1
Determination of Flash and Fire points of fuels
Determination of Calorific value of gases by Junker‟s gas Calorimeter

TEXT BOOKS:

Vogel‟s Text book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Sixth Edition – J. Mendham et al,
Pearson
Education.
Chemistry Practical – Lab Manual by Chandra Sekhar, GV Subba Reddy and Jayaveera
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous):: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I- Year [Link]. I-Sem LTPC0
031.5
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)
20A10507
C-Programming & Data Structures Lab

Course Objectives:
To get familiar with the basic concepts of C programming.
To design programs using arrays, strings, pointers and structures.
To illustrate the use of Stacks and Queues
To apply different operations on linked lists.
To demonstrate Binary search tree traversal techniques.
To design searching and sorting techniques.
Week l

Write C programs that use both recursive and non-recursive functions

To find the factorial of a given integer.

To find the GCD (greatest common divisor) of two given integers.
To solve Towers of Hanoi problem.

Week 2

Write a C program to find both the largest and smallest number in a list of integers.
Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following:
Addition of Two Matrices ii) Multiplication of Two Matrices
Week 3
Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
To insert a sub-string in to a given main string from a given position.
To delete n characters from a given position in a given string.
Week 4
Write a C program that displays the position or index in the string S where the string T
begins, or – 1 if S doesn„t contain T.

Write a C program to count the lines, words and characters in a given text.

Week 5

Write a C Program to perform various arithmetic operations on pointer variables.

Write a C Program to demonstrate the following parameter passing mechanisms:
i) call-by-value ii) call-by-reference
Week 6
Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
Reading a complex number
Writing a complex number
Addition of two complex numbers
Multiplication of two complex numbers

(Note: represent complex number using a structure.)

Week 7

Write C programs that implement stack (its operations) using

Arrays
Pointers
Week 8
Write C programs that implement Queue (its operations) using
Arrays
Pointers

Week 9

Write a C program that uses Stack operations to perform the following:

Converting infix expression into postfix expression

Evaluating the postfix expression

Week 10

Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked list.

i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal

Week 11

Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on Doubly linkedlist.

i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal

Week 12

Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on circular linkedlist.

i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal

Week 13

Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following:

 Creating a Binary Tree of integers

Traversing the above binary tree in preorder, inorder and postorder.

Week 14

Write C programs that use both recursive and non-recursive functions to perform the following
searching operations for a key value in a given list of integers:

Linear search
Binary search

Week 15

Write a C program that implements the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers
in ascending order

Bubble sort
Selection sort
Insertion sort

Text Books:
Programming in C and Data Structures, [Link], Ashok N. Kamthane and A. Ananda
Rao, Pearson Education.
B.A. Forouzon and R.F. Gilberg, “COMPUTER SCIENCE: A Structured Programming
Approach Using C”, Third edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2016.
Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach
with C”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2011.

栀 Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀
radipDey and ManasGhosh, Programming in C, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition 2011.
栀 Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀
th
.Balaguruswamy, “C and Data Structures”, 4 Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
栀 Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀
.[Link], Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, 2nd Edition, University Press.
栀 Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀ Ā ฀
nd
.[Link], “Problem Solving Using C”, PHI, 2 Edition 2009.

Course Outcomes

                                                                   
 emonstrate basic concepts of C programming language. (L2)
                                                                   
 evelop C programs using functions, arrays, structures and pointers. (L6)
                                                                    
 llustrate the concepts Stacks and Queues. (L2)
                                                                   
 esign operations on Linked lists. (L6)
                                                                   
 pply various Binary tree traversal techniques. (L3)
                                                                   
evelop searching and sorting methods. (L6)
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I- Year [Link]. I-Sem

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Material Science & Engineering Lab 20A10805

Course Objectives:

To understand the microstructure and hardness of engineering materials.

To explain grain boundaries and grain sizes of different engineering materials.
List of Experiments:

Metallography sample preparation

Microstructure of pure metals – Iron, copper and aluminum as per ASTM standards
Microstructure of low carbon steel, mild steel and high carbon microstructure of cast
irons.

Microstructure of non-ferrous alloys – aluminum, copper, titanium, nickel and their

alloys.

Hardenability of steels by Jominy End Quench Test.

Microstructure of heat treated steels.
Hardness of various untreated and treated steels.
Microstructure of ceramics, polymeric materials.
Microstructure of super alloy and nano-materials.
Hardness of ceramics, super alloys, nano-materials and polymeric materials (one sample
on each)
Course Outcomes:

The student is able to

 Differentiate various microstructures of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys. (L4)
 Visualize grains and grain boundaries. (L3)
 Importance of hardening of steels. (L2)
 Evaluate hardness of treated and untreated steels. (L4)
Differentiate hardness of super alloys, ceramics and polymeric materials.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous):: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L P T C

20A15102 3 0 0 3
Differential Equations and Vector Calculus
(Common to all branches of Engineering except CSE)

Course Objectives:
To enlighten the learners in the concept of differential equations and multivariable
calculus.
To furnish the learners with basic concepts and techniques at plus two level to lead them
into advanced level by handling various real world applications.

UNIT 1: Linear differential equations of higher order (Constant Coefficients)

10hrs
Definitions, homogenous and non-homogenous, complimentary function, general solution,
particular integral, Wronskian, method of variation of [Link] linear equations,
Applications to L-C-R Circuit problems and Mass spring system.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
identify the essential characteristics of linear differential equations with constant
 coefficients (L3)
solve the linear differential equations with constant coefficients by appropriate method
 (L3)
 classify and interpret the solutions of linear differential equations (L3)
formulate and solve the higher order differential equation by analyzing physical situations
(L3)

UNIT 2:Partial Differential Equations

8hrs
Introduction and formation of Partial Differential Equations by elimination of arbitrary constants
and arbitrary functions, solutions of first order equations using Lagrange‟s method and non-linear
PDEs (Standard Forms)

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
apply a range of techniques to find solutions of standard PDEs (L3)
outline the basic properties of standard PDEs (L2)
UNIT 3: Applications of Partial Differential Equations 10 hrs
Classification of PDE, method of separation of variables for second order equations. Applications
of Partial Differential Equations: One dimensional Wave equation, One dimensional Heat
equation.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
 calcify the PDE (L3)
learn the applications of PDEs(L2)

UNIT4: Vector differentiation 6hrs

Scalar and vector point functions, vector operator del, del applies to scalar point functions-
Gradient, del applied to vector point functions-Divergence and Curl, vector identities.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
apply del to Scalar and vector point functions (L3)
illustrate the physical interpretation of Gradient, Divergence and Curl (L3)

UNIT 5: Vector integration 8hrs

Line integral-circulation-work done, surface integral-flux, Green‟s theorem in the plane (without
proof), Stoke‟s theorem (without proof), volume integral, Divergence theorem (without proof)
and applications of these theorems.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit, the student will be able to
find the work done in moving a particle along the path over a force field (L4)
 evaluate the rates of fluid flow along and across curves (L4)
apply Green‟s, Stokes and Divergence theorem in evaluation of double and triple
integrals (L3)

Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna publishers, 2017.

Reference Books:
Dennis G. Zill and Warren S. Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and
Bartlett, 2011.
Michael Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2/e, Pearson, 2018
George [Link], Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, Thomas Calculus, 13/e, Pearson
Publishers, 2013.
[Link] and [Link], Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3/e, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2002.
Glyn James, Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, 4/e, Pearson publishers, 2011.
th
Micheael Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9 edition, Pearson edn
Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press
Peter O‟neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.
R.L. Garg Nishu Gupta, Engineering Mathematics Volumes-I &II, Pearson Education
B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill Education.
 H. k Das, Er. Rajnish Verma, Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand.
N. Bali, M. Goyal, C. Watkins, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Infinity Science Press.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 solve the differential equations related to various engineering fields (L6)
Identify solution methods for partial differential equations that model physical processes
 (L3)
interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and divergence
 (L5)
estimate the work done against a field, circulation and flux using vector calculus (L6)
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C

2 1 0 3
Common to Civil, Mechanical, Chemical

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A15203 ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2 1 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make a bridge between the physics in school and engineering courses.
To understand the concepts of mechanics and employ the applications of oscillations to
engineering fields.
To familiarize the basic ideas of acoustics and ultrasonics with their Engineering
applications.
The mechanisms of emission of light, achieving amplification of electromagnetic
radiation through stimulated emission, study of propagation of light through
transparent dielectric waveguides along with engineering applications.
To evoke interest on applications of superposition effects like interference, diffraction
and polarization in engineering.
To open new avenues of knowledge in dielectric and magnetic materials which find
potential in the emerging micro device applications. Considering the significance of
micro miniaturization of electronic devices and significance of low dimensional
materials, the basic concepts of nano materials, their properties and applications in
modern emerging technologies are elicited.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course, the student will be able to:
CO1
CO2
Understand the basics of mechanics and types of CO3
oscillations.
Explain sound propagation in buildings, acoustic properties of typically used
materials in buildings and the use of ultrasonics.
Apply the different realms of physics in both scientific and technological
systems through the study of lasers and fiber optics.
Analyze different physical phenomena of optics like interference, diffraction and
polarization.
Compare the properties of dielectric, magnetic and nano materials along with
their engineering applications.
CO4
CO5
 Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

Unit-I: Wave Optics

12hrs
Interference- Principle of superposition – Interference of light – Conditions for sustained
interference – Interference in thin films (Reflection Geometry) – Colors in thin films – Newton‟s
Rings- Determination of wavelength and refractive index.

Diffraction- Introduction – Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction – Fraunhofer diffraction due to

single slit, double slit and N-slits (qualitative) – Grating spectrum.

Polarization- Introduction – Types of polarization – Polarization by reflection, refraction and

double refraction – Nicol‟s Prism – Half wave and Quarter wave plates with applications.

Unit Outcomes:

The students will be able to 

Explain the need of coherent sources and
 the conditions for sustained interference (L2)
Identify engineering applications of interference (L3) 
 Analyze the differences between interference and diffraction with applications (L4)
 
Illustrate the concept of polarization of light and its applications (L2) 
Classify ordinary polarized light and extraordinary polarized light (L2)

Unit-II: Lasers and Fiber optics

8hrs
Lasers- Introduction – Characteristics of laser – Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation –
Einstein‟s coefficients – Population inversion – Lasing action – Pumping mechanisms
– Nd-YAG laser – He-Ne laser – Applications of lasers.

Fiber optics- Introduction – Principle of optical fiber – Acceptance Angle – Numerical Aperture
– Classification of optical fibers based on refractive index profile and modes – Propagation of
electromagnetic wave through optical fibers – Fiber optic communication system – Losses in
optical fibers – Applications.
Unit Outcomes:
The
 students will be able to 
Understand the basic concepts of LASER light
Sources (L2)
 Apply the concepts to learn the types of lasers (L3) 
 Identifies the Engineering applications of lasers (L2)
 Explain the working principle of optical fibers (L2)
 
Classify optical fibers based on refractive index profile and mode  of propagation (L2)
Identify the applications of optical fibers in various fields (L2)

UNIT III: Engineering Materials

10hrs
Dielectric Materials- Introduction – Dielectric polarization – Dielectric polarizability,
Susceptibility and Dielectric constant – Types of polarizations: Orientation polarization
(Qualitative), Electronic and Ionic – Lorentz internal field – Clausius-Mossotti equation –
Dielectric breakdown – Dielectric Loss – Piezoelectricity and Ferro electricity.

Magnetic Materials- Introduction – Magnetic dipole moment – Magnetization – Magnetic

susceptibility and permeability – Origin of permanent magnetic moment – Classification of
magnetic materials: Dia, Para Ferro, Ferri & Antiferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism
(Qualitative) – Hysteresis – Soft and Hard magnetic materials.

Nanomaterials- Introduction – Surface area and quantum confinement – Physical properties:

electrical and magnetic properties – Synthesis of nanomaterials: Top-down: Ball Milling –
Bottom-up: Chemical Vapour Deposition – Applications of nanomaterials.

Unit Outcomes:
The students will be able to
 
Explain the concept of dielectric constant and polarization
 in dielectric materials (L2)
 Summarize various types of polarization of dielectrics (L2)
 
Interpret Lorentz field and Claussius- Mosotti relation in dielectrics(L2) 


Apply the concept of polarization to materials like piezoelectric and ferroelectrics (L3) 
Classify the magnetic materials based on susceptibility and

their temperature dependence (L2)
 Explain the applications of dielectric and magnetic materials (L2)
 
Apply the concept of magnetism to magnetic devices (L3) 
 Identify the nano size dependent properties of nanomaterials (L2)
 
Illustrate the methods for the synthesis and characterization of nanomaterials (L2)
Apply the basic properties of nanomaterials in various Engineering branches (L3).

Unit-IV:AcousticsandUltrasonics 10hrs
Acoustics- Introduction – Requirements of acoustically good hall – Reverberation –
Reverberation time – Sabine‟s formula (Derivation using growth and decay method) –
Absorption coefficient and its determination – Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their
remedies.
Ultrasonics- Introduction – Properties – Production by magnetostriction and piezoelectric
methods – Detection – Acoustic grating – Non Destructive Testing – Pulse echo system through
transmission and reflection modes – Applications.

Unit Outcomes:
The
 students will be able to 
Explain how sound is propagated in buildings (L2) 
 Analyze acoustic properties of typically used materials in buildings (L4)
 
Recognize sound level disruptors and their use in architectural
 acoustics (L2)
Identify the use of ultrasonics in different fields (L3)

Unit-V: Crystallography and Characterization Techniques

8hrs
Crystallography- Space lattice, Basis, unit cell and lattice parameters – Bravais Lattice –
Crystal systems – Packing fraction – Coordination number – Packing fraction of SC, BCC &
FCC – Miller indices – Separation between successive (hkl) planes.
Characterization Techniques: X-Ray Diffraction: Bragg‟s law – Bragg‟s X-ray diffractometer
– Crystal structure determination by Powder method – Electron microscopy: Scanning Electron
Microscope – Transmission Electron Microscope.

Unit Outcomes:
The
 students will be able to 
Classify various crystal systems (L2) 
 Identify different planes in the crystal structure (L3)
 
Analyze the crystalline structure by Bragg‟s X-ray diffractometer
(L4)
 Apply powder method to measure the crystallinity of a solid (L4)

Analyze the crystal structure using electron microscopes (L4)

Text books:
Engineering Physics by M. N. Avadhanulu, [Link] & TVS Arun Murthy
th
[Link] Publications, 11 Edition 2019.
Engineering Physics” by [Link] and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press (2018).
Applied Physics by [Link] ,SciTech publications (2018)
Reference Books:
Fundamentals of Physics – Halliday, Resnick and Walker, John Wiley &Sons,
th
11 Edition (2018).
Engineering Physics – K. Thyagarajan, McGraw Hill Publishers (2018).
Engineering Physics by [Link], New Age international publishers
(2014).
Engineering Physics by B.K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Cengage Learning(2018)
Engineering Physics - Sanjay D. Jain, D. Sahasrambudhe and Girish, University
Press(2016)
University Physics by [Link] and R.A. Freedman,Pearson(2017)
 COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Study the different realms of physics and their applications in both scientific and
technological systems through physical optics. (L2)
CO2 Identify the wave properties of light and the interaction of energy with the matter
(L3).
Asses the electromagnetic wave propagation and its power in different media (L5).
CO3 Understands the response of dielectric and magnetic materials to the applied
electric and magnetic fields. (L3)
Elucidates the importance of nano materials along with their engineering
applications. (L5)
CO4 Explain the basic concepts of acoustics and ultrasonics. (L2)
Apply the concept of NDT to material testing. (L3)
CO5 Study the important properties of crystals like the presence of long-range order,
periodicity and structure determination using X-ray diffraction technique (L5) and
Analyze the crystal structure using electron microscopes (L4)

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

CO5
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C

20A15501 2 0 0 2
Communicative English 1
Common to Civil, Mechanical

Introduction
The course is designed to train students in receptive (listening and reading) as well as productive
and interactive (speaking and writing) skills by incorporating a comprehensive, coherent and
integrated approach that improves the learners’ ability to effectively use English language in
academic/ workplace contexts. The shift is from learning about the language to using the
language. On successful completion of the compulsory English language course/s in [Link].,
learners would be confident of appearing for international language qualification/proficiency
tests such as IELTS, TOEFL, or BEC, besides being able to express themselves clearly in speech
and competently handle the writing tasks and verbal ability component of campus
placement tests. Activity based teaching-learning methods would be adopted to ensure that
learners would engage in actual use of language both in the classroom and laboratory
sessions.
Course Objectives
Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and English
spoken by native speakers
Focus on appropriate reading strategies for comprehension of various academic texts and
authentic materials
Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays, discussions and
structured talks/oral presentations
Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing, writing
well organized essays, record and report useful information
Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their appropriate
use in speech and writing
Unit 1

Lesson: On the Conduct of Life: William Hazlitt

Listening: Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening to
short audio texts and answering a series of questions. Speaking: Asking and answering
general questions on familiar topics such as home, family, work, studies and interests;
introducing oneself and others. Reading: Skimming to get the main idea of a text; scanning
to look for specific pieces of information. Reading for Writing :Beginnings and endings of
paragraphs - introducing the topic, summarizing the main idea and/or providing a transition
to the next paragraph. Grammar and Vocabulary: Content words and function words; word
forms: verbs, nouns, adjectives and adverbs; nouns: countable and uncountable; singular
 and plural; basic sentence structures; simple question form - wh-questions; word order in
sentences.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to
 understand social or transactionaldialogues spoken by native speakers of English and identify the context, topic,
and pieces of specific information 
 ask and answer general questions on familiar topics and introduce oneself/others
  strategies for skimming and scanning to get the general idea of a text and locate specific
employ suitable
information
 
recognize paragraph structure and be able to match beginnings/endings/headings
 with paragraphs
form sentences using proper grammatical structures and correct word forms
Unit 2

Lesson: The Brook: Alfred Tennyson

Listening: Answering a series of questions about main idea and supporting ideas after listening
to audio texts. Speaking: Discussion in pairs/small groups on specific topics followed by short
structured talks. Reading: Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that
help to link the ideas in a paragraph together. Writing: Paragraph writing (specific topics)
using suitable cohesive devices; mechanics of writing - punctuation, capital letters. Grammar
and Vocabulary: Cohesive devices - linkers, sign posts and transition signals; use of articles
and zero article; prepositions.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners
will be able to
 comprehend short talks on general topics
 
participate in informal discussions and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse markers
 
understand the use of cohesive devices for better reading comprehension
 
write well structured paragraphs on specific topics

identify basic errors of grammar/ usage and make necessary corrections in short texts
Unit 3
Lesson: The Death Trap: Saki
Listening: Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to. Speaking:
Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting what is discussed Reading:
Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences -recognizing and interpreting specific
context clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension. Writing: Summarizing -
identifying main idea/s and rephrasing what is read; avoiding redundancies and repetitions.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and indirect
speech, reporting verbs for academic purposes.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to 
 comprehend short talks and summarize the content with clarity and precision
 
participate in informal discussions and report what is discussed

infer meanings of unfamiliar words using contextual clues
 
write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts

use correct tense forms, appropriate structures and a range of reporting verbs in speech and writing
Unit4

Lesson: Innovation: Muhammad Yunus

Listening: Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues without

video; listening with video. Speaking: Role plays for practice of conversational English in
academic contexts (formal and informal) - asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading: Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data. Writing:
Information transfer; describe, compare, contrast, identify significance/trends based on
information provided in figures/charts/graphs/tables. Grammar and Vocabulary:
Quantifying expressions - adjectives and adverbs; comparing and contrasting; degrees of
comparison; use of antonyms
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will beable to
 infer and predict about content of spoken discourse
 
understand verbal and non-verbal features of communication and hold formal/informal conversations
 
interpret graphic elements used in academic texts
 
produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table

use language appropriate for description and interpretation of graphical elements
Unit 5
Lesson: Politics and the English Language: George Orwell

Listening: Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of relevant
questions that test comprehension. Speaking: Formal oral presentations on topics from
academic contexts - without the use of PPT slides. Reading: Reading for comprehension.
Writing: Writing structured essays on specific topics using suitable claims and evidences.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Editing short texts –identifying and correcting common errors in
grammar and usage (articles, prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to 
 take notes while listening to a talk/lecture and make use of them to answer questions
 
make formal oral presentations using effective strategies
 
comprehend, discuss and respond to academic texts orally and in writing
 
produce a well-organized essay with adequate support and detail

edit short texts by correcting common errors
Prescribed Text:

Language and Life: A Skills Approach- I Edition 2019, Orient Black Swan

Reference Books

Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students.

 Routledge, 2014.
Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical
 Thinking. Heinley ELT; 2nd Edition, 2018.
Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan
 Educational.
Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
th
Oxford Learners Dictionary, 12 Edition, 2011
Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the learners will be able to

  from social or
Understand the context, topic, and pieces of specific information

transactional dialogues spoken by native speakers of English 
Apply grammatical structures to formulate sentences and correct word forms

 Analyze discourse markers to speak clearly on a specific topic in informal discussions

Evaluate reading/listening texts and to write summaries based on global comprehension of
these texts. 
Create a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C 3003
20A12401
Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering
Part A: Basic Electrical Engineering
((Mechanical, CSE &amp; Chemical)

I [Link] – II Sem LTP 3 0 03

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce basics of electric circuits.
2. To teach DC and AC electrical circuit analysis.
3. To explain working principles of transformers and electrical machines.
4. To impart knowledge on Power system generation, transmission and distribution

Unit 1 DC &amp; AC Circuits:

Electrical circuit elements (R - L and C) - Kirchhoff laws - Series and parallel connection of
resistances with DC excitation. Superposition Theorem - Representation of sinusoidal
waveforms - peak and rms values - phasor representation - real power - reactive power - apparent
power - power factor - Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of RL - RC - RLC series
circuits, Resonance.
Learning Outcomes: Students should be able to
● recall Kirchoff laws
● analyze simple electric circuits with DC excitation
● apply network theorems to simple circuits
● analyze single phase AC circuits consisting of series RL - RC - RLC combinations

Unit 2 DC &amp; AC Machines:

Principle and operation of DC Generator - EMF equations - OCC characteristics of DC generator
– principle and operation of DC Motor – Torque equation – Analyze Performance Characteristics
of DC Motor - Speed control of DC Motor – Principle and operation of Single Phase
Transformer - OC and SC tests on transformer - Principle and operation of 3-phase AC machines
[ Elementary treatment only ]
Learning Outcomes: Students should be able to
● explain principle and operation of DC Generator &amp; Motor.
● perform speed control of DC Motor
● explain operation of transformer and induction motor.
● explain construction &amp; working of induction motor - DC motor
Unit 3 Basics of Power Systems:
JNTUACEA EEE R20 w.e.f. 2020 Batch

1. 2. 3. 4.
Layout &amp; operation of Hydro, Thermal, Nuclear Stations –Principle of operation of solar PV
cell, characteristics of PV cell – Basic concept of wind power generation- Typical AC power
supply scheme – Definition of short, medium and long transmission lines – Concepts of
distribution system.
Learning Outcomes: Students should be able to
● understand working operation of various generating stations
● analyze the I-V characteristics solar PV cell

Text Books:
1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath - “Basic Electrical Engineering” - Tata McGraw Hill -
2010.
2. V.K. Mehta &amp; Rohit Mehta, “Principles of Power System” – [Link] – 2018.

References:
1. L. S. Bobrow - “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering” - Oxford University Press -
2011.
2. E. Hughes - “Electrical and Electronics Technology” - Pearson - 2010.
3. C.L. Wadhwa – “Generation Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy”, 3rd
Edition, New Age International Publications.
Course Outcomes: The students should be able to
● apply concepts of KVL/KCL in solving DC circuits
● understand and choose correct rating of a transformer for a specific application
● illustrate working principles of DC Motor
● identify type of electrical machine based on their operation
● understand the basics of power generation, transmission and distribution
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21

JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous):: ANANTHAPURAMU

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I –Year [Link] -Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
20A12401
BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
PART- B

COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will be able to
Understand principle and terminology of electronics.
Analyse the characteristics of electronic devices and understand the working of
basic circuits such as rectifiers, amplifiers, filters, oscillators.
Understand the concept of Digital Logic
Understand the Concept & Principles of Digital Logic

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the student will be able to
CO1 Able to apply the knowledge of diodes, Zener diodes, BJT‟s and FET‟s for
applications of different circuits.
CO2 Analyse the applications of operational amplifiers.
CO3 Solve problems of various digital logic gates and circuits.
CO4 Correlate the fundamental concepts to various Real life applications of today.

UNIT I
Diodes and Transistors: Semiconductor Diode, Zener Diode, Rectifier Circuits, Wave Shaping
Circuits,Bipolar Junction Transistors(operating modes modes,Configurations and
Charecteristics), Introduction to Transistor Biasing and Transistor as an amplifier, Introduction
to Field-Effect Transistors (Configurations and characteristics).

UNIT II
Operational Amplifiers: Op-amp Equivalent Circuit, Ideal and practical Op-amp
characteristics, Op-Amp Applications (Inverting amplifier, Non -inverting amplifier, Summing,
scaling & averaging amplifiers, integrator, differentiator, Active filters, oscillators and
comparators).
UNIT III
Digital Electronics: Number Systems and Codes, Logic Gates, Boolean Theorems, DeMogan‟s
Theorems, Algebraic Simplification, Karnaugh Map Method. Binary Addition, 2‟s Complement
System, Full Adder, BCD Adder. NAND and NOR gate Latches, S-R Flip-Flop, JK Flip-Flop, D
Flip-Flop, Introduction to Shift registers and Counters
Text Books:
Boylested, R. L. and Nashelsky, L., Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Education
Ramakant [Link], Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Eastern Economy Edition
th
[Link] Mano and Michael [Link], Digital Design, Pearson Education,4 Edition

References:
R. Muthusubramanian, S. Salivahanan, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education.
Bell, D. A., Electronic Devices and Circuits, Oxford University Press
3.R.J. Tocci: Digital Systems; PHI, 6e, 2001.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
I- Year [Link]. II-Sem
1 0 2 2
20A10301
Engineering Drawing
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)
Course Objectives:
Bring awareness that Engineering Drawing is the Language of Engineers.
Familiarize how industry communicates technical information.
Teach the practices for accuracy and clarity in presenting the technical information.
Develop the engineering imagination essential for successful design.
Unit:I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Drawing and
its significance-Conventions in drawing-lettering - BIS conventions. a)Conic
sections including the rectangular hyperbola- general method only,
Cycloid, epicycloids and hypocycloid c) Involutes
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit the student will be able to
Lettering and dimensioning by freehand (L1)
Create geometric constructions; drawing parallel and perpendicular lines, and to construct
circles, arcs, tangencies, and irregular curves (L6)
Create Conic sections and cycloidal curves.(L6)

Unit: II
Projection of points, lines and planes: Projection of points in any quadrant, lines
inclined to one or both planes, finding true lengths, angle made by line. Projections of
regular plane surfaces.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit the student will be able to
Understand the Projection of the objectives in four quadrants (L2)
Project the points, lines and planes (L6)

Unit: III
Projections of solids: Projections of regular solids inclined to one or both planes by
rotational or auxiliary views method.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit the student will be able to
[Link] the solids in both planes. (L6)
 2. To draw the solids by auxiliary method. (L6)
Unit: IV
Sections of solids: Section planes and sectional view of right regular solids- prism,
cylinder, pyramid and cone. True shapes of the sections.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit the student will be able to
[Link] the sectional view of regular solids.(L6)
2. Understand how to draw the true shapes of the sections.(L2)

Unit:V
Development of surfaces: Development of surfaces of right regular solids-prism,
cylinder, pyramid, cone and their sectional parts.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this unit the student will be able to
Draw the development of surfaces of the solids.(L6)
Understand to develop the sectional parts of the solids.(L2)

Text Books:
[Link] & [Link], Engineering Drawing, 3/e, Scitech Publishers,
Chennai, 2012.
[Link], Engineering Drawing, 53/e, Charotar Publishers, 2016.
Reference Books:
Dr [Link] Rao, Dr. S. Krishnaiah, Prof.A.V.S. Prasad, Engineering Graphics,
Amaravati publications.
Dhanajay A Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill, Copy Right, 2009
Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics, 3/e, New Age Publishers, 2000
Shah and Rana, Engineering Drawing, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2009
[Link], Engineering Graphics, 2/e, PHI, 2013
Basant Agarwal & [Link], Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill,
Copy Right, 2008.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to
draw various curves applied in engineering. (L2)
show projections of solids and sections graphically. (L2)
draw the development of surfaces of solids. (L3)

Additional Sources
Youtube: http-sewor,[Link],kardos/88403/[Link] conic sections-online, red
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
I- Year [Link]. II-Sem 0 0 2 1
20A10302
Engineering Graphics Lab
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)
Course Objectives:
Instruct the utility of drafting & modelling packages in orthographic
and isometric drawings.
Instruct graphical representation of machine components.
Computer Aided Drafting:
Introduction to Geometric Modeling: Basic drawing and editing commands: line,
circle, rectangle, erase, view, undo, redo, snap, object editing, moving, copying,
rotating, scaling, mirroring, layers, templates, polylines, trimming, extending, stretching,
fillets, arrays, dimensions.
Dimensioning principles and conventional representations.
Orthographic Projections: Systems of projections, conventions and application to
orthographic projections - simple objects.
Isometric Projections: Principles of isometric projection- Isometric scale; Isometric
views: lines, planes, simple solids.
Text Books:
K. Venugopal, [Link] Raja, Engineering Drawing + Auto Cad, New
Age International Publishers.
Kulkarni D.M, AP Rastogi and AK Sarkar, Engineering Graphics with
Auto Cad, PHI Learning, Eastern Economy editions.
Reference Books:
T. Jayapoovan, Engineering Graphics using Auto Cad, Vikas Publishing House
[Link] & [Link], Engineering Drawing, 3/e, Scitech
Publishers, Chennai, 2012.
Linkan Sagar, BPB Publications, Auto Cad 2018 Training Guide.
[Link], Engineering Graphics, 2/e, PHI, 2013
Basant Agarwal & [Link], Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-
Hill, Copy Right, 2008.
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, the student will be able to
Use computers as a drafting tool. (L2)
Draw isometric and orthographic drawings using CAD packages. (L3)
Additional Sources: 1. Youtube: http-sewor,[Link], kardos/88403/[Link] conic
sections-online, red [Link].
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LABORATORY-1
(Common to CE, MECH, )

20A15502
Course Objectives
students will be exposed to a variety of self instructional, learner friendly modes of language
learning
students will cultivate the habit of reading passages from the computer monitor. Thus providing
them with the required facility to face computer based competitive exams like GRE, TOEFL, and
GMAT etc.
students will learn better pronunciation through stress, intonation and rhythm
students will be trained to use language effectively to face interviews, group discussions, public
speaking
students will be initiated into greater use of the computer in resume preparation, report writing,
format making etc

Course Outcomes
 CO1: Remember and understand  the different aspects of the English language proficiency

with emphasis on LSRW skills 
CO2: Apply communication skills through various language learning activities
rhythm, intonation and syllable division for
CO3: Analyze the English speech sounds, stress,
 better listening and speaking comprehension.

 CO4: Evaluate and exhibit acceptable etiquette essential in social and professional settings
CO5: Create awareness on mother tongue influence and neutralize it in order to improve
fluency in spoken English.

Unit 1

Phonetics for listening comprehension of various accents

Reading comprehension
Describing objects/places/persons

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to 
understand different accents spoken by native speakers of English
  for skimming and scanning on monitor to get the general idea of a text and locate
employ suitable strategies
specific information

learn different professional registers and specific vocabulary to describe different persons, places and objects
Unit 2

JAM
Small talks on general topics
Debates

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners
 will be able to
 produce a structured talk extemporarily
 
comprehend and produce short talks on general topics

participate in debates and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse markers

Unit 3
Situational dialogues – Greeting and Introduction
Summarizing and Note making
Vocabulary Building

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to 
 Learn different ways of greeting and introducing oneself/others
summarize the content with clarity and precision and take notes while listening to a talk/lecture and make use
 of them to answer questions
with one word substitutes, homonyms, homophones, homographs to reduce errors in
replenish vocabulary
speech and writing

Unit4

Asking for Information and Giving Directions

Information Transfer
Non-verbal Communication – Dumb Charade

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to 
 Learn different ways of asking information and giving directions
 
Able to transfer information effectively

understand non-verbal features of communication

Unit 5
 Oral Presentations
Précis Writing and Paraphrasing
Reading Comprehension and spotting errors

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module, the learners will be able to

 make formal oral presentations using effective strategies
 
learn different techniques of précis writing and paraphrasing strategies

comprehend while reading different texts and edit short texts by correcting common errors

Suggested Software

 Young India Films

 Walden Infotech
Orell

Reference Books

Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students.

 Routledge, 2014.
Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical
 Thinking. Heinley ELT; 2nd Edition, 2018.
Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan
 Educational.
Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students by [Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem (20A15204) L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)

Subject Code Title of the Lab L T P C

ENGINEERING PHYSICS
20A15204 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES
The Objective of this course is to make the students gain practical knowledge
to co-relate with the theoretical studies.
To develop practical applications of engineering materials and use of principle in
the right way to implement the modern technology.
To train engineering students on basis of measurements and the instruments
To equip the students with practical knowledge in electronic and optics
experiments

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 On Completion of this course, students are able to –
Develop skills to impart practical knowledge in real time solution.
CO2 Understand principle, concept, working and application of new technology and
comparison of results with theoretical calculations.
CO3 Understand measurement technology, usage of new instruments and real time
applications in engineering studies.
CO4 The student will be able to analyze the physical principle involved in the various
instruments, also relate the principle to new application.
CO5 The various experiments in the areas of optics, mechanics and thermal physics will
nurture the students in all branches of Engineering.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Any TEN of the following experiments has to be performed during the SEMESTER

Laser: Determination of wavelength using diffraction grating.

Laser: Determination of Particle size.
Determination of spring constant of springs using Coupled Oscillator
Determination of ultrasonic velocity in liquid (Acoustic grating)
Determination of dielectric constant and Curie temperature of a ferroelectric material.
B-H curve
Stewart-Gee’s Method
Rigidity modulus of material of a wire-dynamic method (Torsional pendulum)
Determination of numerical aperture of an optical fiber.
Determination of thickness of thin object by wedge method.
Determination of radius of curvature of lens by Newton‟s rings.
Determination of wavelengths of various colours of mercury spectrum using diffraction
grating in normal incidence method.
Determination of dispersive power of the prism
Sonometer: Verification of the three laws of stretched strings
Meldes experiment: Determination of the frequency of tuning fork

Note: Out of 10 experiments, two experiments will be performed using virtual laboratory.

Data Books Required: Nil

JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C

0 0 1.5 0.75
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB
20A12402
(PART-A - ½ LAB)

Common to Mechanical, CSE &amp; Chemical

Part A: Electrical Engineering Lab

I B. Tech – II Sem. L T P
003

Course Objectives:
1. To verify Kirchoff’s laws and Superposition theorem
2. To learn performance characteristics of DC Machines
3. To perform various tests on 1- Phase transformer
4. To study the I – V characteristics of solar PV cell
Note: From the following list experiments minimum six experiments are required to be
conducted:
List of experiments: -
1. Verification of Kirchhoff laws
2. Verification of Superposition Theorem
3. Magnetization characteristics of a DC Shunt Generator
4. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor
5. OC &amp; SC test of 1 – Phase Transformer
6. Load test on 1-Phase Transformer
7. I – V characteristics of solar PV cell
8. Brake test on DC Shunt Motor

Course Outcomes: The students should be able to

1. Understand Kirchoff’s laws &amp; Superposition theorem
2. Analyze the various characteristics on DC machines by conducting various tests
3. Analyze I – V characteristics of PV cell
4. Apply the knowledge to perform various tests on 1-phase transformer
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I- Year [Link]. II-Sem L T P C

0 0 1.5 0.75
BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB
20A12402
(PART-B - ½ LAB )

(Common to ME & CHEM)

COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will be able to
Understand the characteristics of PN junction diode and zener diode.
Understand the characteristics of BJT in CE and CB configurations
Learn the frequency response of CE Amplifier
Exposed to linear and digital integrated circuits

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the student will be able to,
CO1 Learn the characteristics of basic electronic devices like PN junction diode, Zener diode &
BJT.
CO2 Analyze the application of diode as rectifiers, clippers and clampers.
CO3 Learn the fundamental principles of amplifier circuits and need of Bias in Amplifier
circuits.
CO4 Learn the basics of linear integrated circuits and understand characteristics of operational
amplifier.
CO5 Learn about available digital ICs and verify truth tables of logic gates and flip flops.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. PN Junction diode characteristics A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias.

Zener diode characteristics and Zener as voltage Regulator
Full Wave Rectifier with & without filter
Wave Shaping Circuits (Clippers & Clampers)
Input & Output characteristics of Transistor in CB / CE configuration
Frequency response of CE amplifier.
 Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifiers using Op Amps
Verification of Truth Table of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, Ex-OR, Ex-NOR gates using
ICs
Verification of Truth Tables of RS, JK, T & D flip flops using respective ICs

LAB REQUIREMENTS:
Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes (30MHz)
Signal Generator /Function Generators (3 MHz)
Dual Regulated Power Supplies ( 0 – 30V)
IC Trainer Kit
Bread Boards
Electronic Components
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) :: ANANTAPURAMU (Common
to All Branches of Engineering)

20A19101 UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES

Common to CIVI, Mech, Chemical

I - Year [Link]. II-Sem L TPC

3 00 0

1. Introduction:

This course discusses the role of human values in one‟s family. It, very briefly, touches issues
related to their role in the society and the nature, which needs to be discussed at length in one
more semester for which the foundation course names as”H-102 Universal Human Values 2 :
“Understanding Harmony” is designed which may be covered in their III or IV Semester.

In the Induction Program, students would get an initial exposure to human values through
Universal HumanValues–[Link] exposure is to be augmented by this compulsory full semester
foundation course.

[Link] Objectives:
Exposure to the value of life, society and harmony
Leading towards holistic perspective based on self-exploration about themselves
(human being), family, and society and nature/existence.
Bringing transition from the present state to Universal Human Order
Instill commitment and courage to act.
Know about appropriate technologies and management patterns

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value
Education

Universal Human Values-I - Self-Exploration - content and process; „Natural Acceptance‟

and Experiential Validation - self-exploration - Continuous Happiness and Prosperity -
Human Aspirations - current scenario - Method to fulfill the above human aspirations:
understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
 Unit 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!
human being as a co-existence of the sentient „I‟ and the material„Body‟ - the needs -
happiness and physical facility -the Body as an instrument of „I‟ - the characteristics
and activities of „I‟ and harmony in „I‟ - the harmony of I with the Body

Unit 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-

Human Relationship
Values in human relationship; meaning of Justice; Trust and Respect; Difference between
intention and competence; the other salient values in relationship - the harmony in the society:
Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals -
Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order- from
family to world family.

Unit 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as

Coexistence
the harmony in the Nature - Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four
orders of nature- recyclability and self-regulation in nature - Understanding Existence as Co-
existence of mutually interacting units in all- pervasive space - Holistic perception of
harmony at all levels of existence.

Unit 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on

Professional Ethics
Humanistic Education - Competence in professional ethics: professional
competence - people friendly and eco-friendly production systems - appropriate
technologies and management patterns for above production systems. Individuals
as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and managers

Prescribed Text Book

A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P
nd
Bagaria, 2 Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-47-1

Teachers‟ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, R R
nd
Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, 2 Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN
978-93-87034-53-2
ReferenceBooks

.JeevanVidya: EkParichaya, ANagaraj, JeevanVidyaPrakashan, Amarkantak, 1999

HumanValues,[Link],[Link],NewDelhi,2004.
The Story of Stuff (Book).
Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa 8.
Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal 9.
Rediscovering India - byDharampal
Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas [Link]

India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad 12.

Vivekananda - Romain Rolland(English)
This is OUTCOME OF THECOURSE:

By the end of the course,

CO1: Define terms like Natural Acceptance, Happiness and Prosperity

CO2: Understand awareness of oneself, and ones surroundings (family, society, nature)

CO3: Apply what they have learnt to their own self in different day-to-day settings in real life

CO4: Relate human values with human relationship and human society.

CO5: Justify the need for universal human values and harmonious existence

CO6: Develop as socially and ecologically responsible engineers

NTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF
MECHANICALENGINEERING II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Complex variables and Transforms L T P C

Techniques
[Link] II Year 3 0 0 3
20A35102 ( Common to ECE, EEE & MECH)
Pre-requisite Functions,Differentiationsand Semester III
Integration

Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing the student to acquire the knowledge on the calculus
of functions of complex variables. The student develops the idea of using
continuous/discrete transforms.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 understand the analyticity of complex functions and conformal mappings.

apply Cauchy’s integral formula and Cauchy’s integral theorem to
 evaluate improper integrals along contours.
understand the usage of Laplace Transforms, Fourier Transforms and
 Z transforms.
 evaluate the Fourier series expansion of periodic functions.
Understand the use of Fourier transforms and apply Z transforms to
solve difference equations.

UNIT - I Complex Variable – Differentiation: 8 Hrs

Introduction to functions of complex variable-concept of Limit & continuity-
Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric,
logarithm), harmonic functions, finding harmonic conjugate- construction of analytic
function by Milne Thomson method-Conformal mappings- standard and special
z 2
transformations (sin z, e , cos z, z ) Mobius transformations
(bilinear) and their properties.
UNIT - II Complex Variable – Integration: 9 Hrs
Line integral-Contour integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy Integral formula,
Liouville’s theorem (without proof) and Maximum-Modulus theorem (without proof);power
series expansions: Taylor’s series, zeros of analytic functions, singularities, Laurent’s series;
Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof), Evaluation of definite integral involving
sine and cosine, Evaluation of certain improper integrals (around unit circle, semi circle with
f(z) not having poles on real axis).
UNIT - III Laplace Transforms 9 Hrs
Definition-Laplace transform of standard functions-existence of Laplace Transform –
Inverse transform – First shifting Theorem, Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit
step function – Second shifting theorem – Dirac’s delta function – Convolution theorem –
Laplace transform of Periodic function. Differentiation and integration of transform –
solving Initial value problems to ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients
using Laplace transforms.

UNIT - IV Fourier series 8 Hrs

Determination of Fourier coefficients (Euler’s) – Dirichlet conditions for the existence of
Fourier series – functions having discontinuity-Fourier series of Even and odd functions –
Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions-
typical wave forms - Parseval’s formula- Complex form of Fourier series.

UNIT - V Fourier transforms & Z Transforms: 9 Hrs

Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals-complex form of
Fourier integral. Fourier transform – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Properties –
Inverse transforms – convolution theorem .
Z-transform – Inverse z-transform – Properties – Damping rule – Shifting rule – Initial and
final value theorems. Convolution theorem – Solution of difference equations by z-
transforms.
Textbooks:
Higher Engineering Mathematics, [Link], Khanna publishers.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley India

Reference Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by [Link], Mc Graw Hill
publishers.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Alan Jeffrey, Elsevier.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]/courses/111107056
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines L T P C

20A30108 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Physics, Chemistry Semester III

Course Objectives:
 To impart ability to solve engineering problems in fluid mechanics
To explain basics of statics, kinematics and dynamics of fluids and various
 measuring techniques of hydrostatic forces on objects.
To enable the students measure quantities of fluid flowing in pipes, tanks and channels
To Introduce concepts of uniform and non-uniform flows through open channel.
To impart knowledge on design of turbines and pumps.

Course Outcomes (CO):

Familiarize basic terms used in fluid mechanics
 Understand the principles of fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics
Understand flow characteristics and classify the flows and estimate various losses in
 flow through channels
Analyze characteristics for uniform and non-uniform flows in open channels.
Design different types of turbines, centrifugal and multistage pumps.

UNIT - I Introduction to Fluid Statics

Distinction between a fluid and a solid - characteristics of fluids - Fluid Pressure: Pressure at a point,
Pascal’s law, pressure variation with temperature, density and altitude. Piezometer, U-Tube
Manometer, Single Column Manometer, U Tube Differential Manometer. pressure gauges,
Hydrostatic pressure and force: horizontal, vertical and inclined surfaces. Buoyancy and stability of
floating bodies.

UNIT - II Fluid kinematics and Dynamics

Classification of fluid flow - Stream line, path line, streak line and stream tube; stream function,
velocity potential function. One, two and three - dimensional continuity equations in Cartesian
coordinates.
Fluid Dynamics: Surface and body forces; Equations of motion - Euler’s equation; Bernoulli’s
equation – derivation; Energy Principle; Practical applications of Bernoulli’s equation: Venturimeter,
orifice meter and Pitot tube; Momentum principle; Forces exerted by fluid flow on pipe bend; Vortex
Flow – Free and Forced; Definitions of Reynolds Number, Froude Number, Mach Number, Weber
Number and Euler Number

UNIT - III Analysis Of Pipe Flow

Energy losses in pipelines; Darcy – Weisbach equation; Minor losses in pipelines; Hydraulic Grade
Line and Total Energy Line; Concept of equivalent length – Pipes in Parallel and Series. Laminar
Flow- Laminar flow through: circular pipes, annulus and parallel plates. Stoke’s law, Measurement of
viscosity. Reynolds experiment, Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. Resistance to flow of fluid
in smooth and rough pipes-Moody’s diagram – Introduction to boundary layer theory.

UNIT - IV Flow in Open Channels

Open Channel Flow-Comparison between open channel flow and pipe flow, geometrical parameters
of a channel, classification of open channels, classification of open channel flow, Velocity
Distribution of channel section. Uniform Flow-Continuity Equation, Energy Equation and Momentum
Equation, Characteristics of uniform flow, Chezy’s formula, Manning’s formula. Computation of
Uniform [Link] energy, critical flow, discharge curve, Specific force, Specific depth, and
Critical depth. Measurement of Discharge and Velocity – Broad Crested Weir. Gradually Varied
FlowDynamic Equation of Gradually Varied Flow. Hydraulic Jump and classification - Elements and
characteristics- Energy dissipation.
UNIT - V Hydraulic Machines
Impact of Jets- Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined and curved vanes -
velocity triangles at inlet and outlet - Work done and efficiency - Hydraulic Turbines: Classification
of turbines; pelton wheel and its design. Francis turbine and its design - efficiency - Draft tube: theory
characteristic curves of hydraulic turbines - Cavitation - Working principles of a centrifugal pump,
work done by impeller; heads, losses and efficiencies; minimum starting speed; Priming; specific
speed; limitation of suction lift, net positive suction head (NPSH); Performance and characteristic
curves; Cavitation effects; Multistage centrifugal pumps; troubles and remedies – Introduction to
Reciprocating Pump.

Textbooks:
P. M. Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”, Standard Book House
K. Subrahmanya, “Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
R. K. Bansal, A text of “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications
(P) Ltd., New Delhi.
K. Subramanya, Open channel Flow, Tata McGraw Hill.
N. Narayana Pillai, Principles of “Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Universities
Press Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad. 3rd Edition 2009.
C. S. P. Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P. N. Chadramouli, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery”,
Oxford University Press, 2010.
Banga& Sharma, “Hydraulic Machines”, Khanna Publishers.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
iii-iv-fall-2005-spring-2006/fluid-mechanics/
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Manufacturing Processes L T P C

20A30301 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course Objectives:
To introduce the students to working principle of different metal casting processes and gating
 system.
To impart knowledge on plastic deformation, cold and hot working process, working of
 a rolling mill and types, extrusion processes.
 To teach principles of forging, tools and dies, working of forging processes.
To develop fundamental understanding on classification of the welding processes, working of
 different types of welding processes and welding defects.
To impart knowledge on manufacturing methods of plastics, ceramics and powder metallurgy.
To introduce the basic concepts of Unconventional Machining Processes.

Course Outcomes (CO):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Demonstrate different metal casting processes and gating systems. (L2)
Classify working of various welding processes. (L2)
Evaluate the forces and power requirements in rolling process. (L5)
Apply the principles of various forging operations. (L3)
Outline the manufacturing methods of plastics, ceramics and powder metallurgy. (L1)
Identify different unconventional processes and their applications. (L3)

UNIT - I Casting Processes 8 Hrs

Introduction: Importance and selection of manufacturing processes.
Introduction to casting process, process steps; pattern and design of gating system; Solidification of
casting: Concept, solidification of pure metal and alloy; Special casting processes: Shell casting,
investment casting, die casting, centrifugal casting, casting defects and remedies.
UNIT - II Metal Forming & Forging 8 Hrs
Introduction, nature of plastic deformation, hot and cold working of metals, mechanics of metal
forming; Rolling: Principle, types of rolling mill and products, roll passes, forces in rolling and power
requirements; Extrusion: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics, hot extrusion and cold
extrusion, wire drawing, tube drawing.
Principles of forging, tools and dies. Types: Smith forging, drop forging, forging hammers, rotary
forging and forging defects. Sheet metal forming: Mechanics of sheet metal working, blanking,
piercing, bending, stamping.
UNIT - III Metal Joining Processes 8 Hrs
Classification of welding processes, types of welds and welded joints and V-I characteristics, arc
welding, weld bead geometry, submerged arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding, gas metal arc
welding. applications, advantages and disadvantages of the above processes, Plasma Arc welding,
Laser Beam Welding, Electron Beam Welding and Friction Stir Welding. Heat affected zones in
welding; Welding defects: causes and remedies. soldering and Brazing: Types and their applications.

UNIT - IV Plastic Processing, Ceramics and Powder Metallurgy 8 Hrs

Plastics: Types, properties and their applications, processing of plastics, extrusion of plastics, transfer
molding and compression molding, injection molding, thermoforming, rotational molding, and blow
molding
Ceramics: Classification of ceramic materials, properties and their application, ceramic powder
preparation; Processing of ceramic parts: Pressing, casting, sintering; Secondary processing of
ceramics: Coatings, finishing.
Powder Metallurgy: Principle, manufacture of powders, steps involved.
 UNIT - V Additive Manufacturing Processes 10 Hrs
Introduction, Fused-deposition modeling, Stereolithography Multijet/Polyjet Modeling, Selective Laser
Sintering, Electron-Beam Melting, Three-Dimensional Printing, Laminated-object Manufacturing,
Laser-Engineered Net Shaping-Solid-ground Curing.

Textbooks:
Rao P.N., Manufacturing Technology – Volume I, 5/e, McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R. Schmid , Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 7/e,
Pearson, 2018.

Reference Books:
Introduction to Physical Metallurgy by Sidney [Link]
Millek P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes and Systems,
4/e, John Wiley and Sons Inc, 2010.
Sharma P.C., A Text book of Production Technology, 8/e, S Chand Publishing, 2014.
Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Thermodynamics L T P C

20A30302 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III
Course Objectives:
To introduce the concepts of heat, work, energy and governing rules for conversion of one form
 to other.
 To explain relationships between properties of matter and basic laws of thermodynamics.
To teach the concept of entropy for identifying the disorder and feasibility of a thermodynamic
process.
To introduce the concept of available energy for maximum work conversion.
To impart knowledge on steam properties.
To provide fundamental concepts of air standard cycles used in IC engines and gas turbines.

Course Outcomes (CO):

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
Understand the importance of thermodynamic properties related to conversion of heat energy
 into work. (L1)
Apply the laws of thermodynamics to boilers, heat pumps, refrigerators, heat
 engines, compressors and nozzles. (L3)
Utilize steam properties to design steam based components. (L4)
Analyze thermodynamic relations and air standard cycles. (L5)

UNIT - I First law of Thermodynamics 10 Hrs

Introduction: Basic Concepts: Macroscopic and microscopic viewpoints, definitions of thermodynamic
terms, quasi – static process, point and path function, forms of energy, ideal gas and real gas, Zeroth law
of thermodynamics and Temperature measurement.
Joule’s experiment - first law of thermodynamics, corollaries-perpetual motion machines of first kind,
first law applied to non-flow and flow process- limitations of first law of thermodynamics.

UNIT - II Second Law of Thermodynamics 8 Hrs

Kelvin - Planck statement and Clausius statement and their equivalence, corollaries - perpetual motion
machines of second kind - reversibility and irreversibility, cause of irreversibility - Carnot cycle, heat
engine, heat pump and refrigerator, Carnot theorem, Carnot efficiency.

UNIT - III Entropy, Availability and Irreversibility 8 Hrs

Clausius inequality - Concept of Entropy- entropy equation for different processes and systems.
Definition of exergy and anergy, expressions for availability and irreversibility. Availability in
steady flow, non-flow processes and irreversibility.
Maxwell relations, TdS equations difference in heat capacities, ratio of heat capacities.

UNIT - IV Properties of Steam and use of Steam Tables 8 Hrs

Pure Substances, P-V-T surfaces, T-s and h-s diagram, Mollier chart, dryness fraction, property tables,
analysis of steam undergoing various thermodynamic processes using Mollier chart– steam calorimetry.
Energy equation, Joule Thompson coefficient Clausius - Clapeyron equation.

UNIT - V Air Standard Cycles 8 Hrs

Otto, Diesel and dual cycles, P-V and T -S diagrams - description and efficiencies, mean effective
pressures. Brayton Cycle - Comparison of Otto, Diesel and dual cycles, Comparison of Brayton and Otto
Cycles.
Textbooks:

[Link], Engineering Thermodynamics, 5/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.

Yunus A. Cengel, Michaela A. Boles, Thermodynamics, 7/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
Reference Books:

[Link] and [Link], Introduction to Thermodynamics, 2/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.
Moran, Michael J. and Howard N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, 3/e,
Wiley, 2015
R.K. Rajput, [Link]& Co., Thermal Engineering, 6/e, Laxmi publications, 2010
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Mechanics of Materials L T P C

20A30303 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course Objectives:
Understand the basics of stresses and strains
Draw the shear force and bending moment drawings of various beams.
Understand the Behaviour of members and Torsional forces
Understand the Behaviour of cylinders
Understand the stresses developing in curved beams.

Course Outcomes (CO):

Evaluate stresses and strains
 To draw the SF and BM diagrams for various beams under different loading conditions
Determine the resistance and deformation in machine members subjected to torsional
 loads and springs.
Analyze and design thin, thick cylinders.
Analysis of stresses in curved bars.

UNIT - I Analysis of stress and strain

Types of external loads - self weight - internal stresses - normal and shear stresses - strain - Hooke’s
law - Poisson’s ratio - relationship between elastic constants - stress strain diagrams working stress -
elongation of bars of constant and varying sections - Stress on inclined planes for axial and biaxial
stress fields - principal stresses - Mohr’s circle of stress - principal strains - strain rosette – principal
stress/strain problem as an eigenvalue problem.

UNIT - II Bending moment and shear force

Different types of beams - shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported,
overhanging and cantilever beams - relationship connecting intensity of loading, shearing force and
bending moment - shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate plane frames.

UNIT - III Torsion and Springs

Torsion formulation stresses and deformation in circular and hollows shafts – Stepped shafts–
Deflection in shafts fixed at the both ends – Stresses in helical springs – Deflection of helical springs,
carriage springs.
UNIT - IV Thin Cylinders, Spheres and Thick Cylinders
Stresses in thin cylindrical shell due to internal pressure circumferential and longitudinal stresses and
deformation in thin cylinders – spherical shells subjected to internal pressure –Deformation in
spherical shells – Lame‟s theory – Application of theories of failure.

UNIT - V Bending of curved bars & Unsymmetrical Bending

Stresses in bars of small initial curvature, Winkler-Bach theory, Stresses in bars of large initial
curvature, Deflection of Crane hooks, Chain links, circular rings, stresses in circular rings.
Introduction to unsymmetrical bending, Stresses and deflection in unsymmetrical bending, Shear
center for angle, Channel and I-sections.
Textbooks:
Mechanics of Material – J. M. Gere and S. P. Timoshenko – CBS publisher
Popov, E.P., Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2002.

Advanced Mechanics of Materials–A. P. Boresi and O. M. Sidebottom–John Wiley &

Sons
Strength of Materials – R. K. Rajput – S. Chand & Company
 Beer, F.P.,Johnston, E.R. and DeWolf, J.T.,Mechanics of Materials, 3rd ed.,
Tata McGraw-Hill
Strength of Material – Dr. Sadhu Singh – Khanna Publishers
Strength of Material, Vol. I and II – S. P. Timoshenko – EWP Press

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
of-materials-fall-1999/
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC L T P C

20A30109 MACHINES LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course Objectives:
By performing this laboratory, the student will be able to know the fluid flow measurements by
considering different types flow measurement devices and working principles of various
pumps and motors.
Course Outcomes (CO):
By performing the various tests in this laboratory the student will be able to know the
principles of discharge measuring devices and head loss due to sudden contraction and
expansion in pipes and working principles of various pumps and motors.
List of Experiments:
Verification of Bernoulli’s equation.
Calibration of Venturi meter.
Calibration of Orifice meter
Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by constant head method.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by variable head method.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge for an external mouth piece by Constant
head method.
Determination of Coefficient of discharge for an external mouth piece by variable
head method.
Calibration of contracted Rectangular Notch.
Calibration of contracted Triangular Notch. Determination of friction factor
Determination of loss of head in a sudden contraction.
Determination of loss of head in a sudden Expansion.
Performance test on Impulse turbines
Performance test on reaction turbines (Francis and Kaplan Turbines)
Impact of jet
Performance test on centrifugal pumps, determination of operating point and efficiency
References:
Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines A Lab Manual by Ts Desmukh
(Author), Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd
Fluid Mechanics & Machinery Laboratory Manual by N Kumara Swamy
(Author), Charotar Books Distributors
Lab. Manual of Fluid Mechanics & Machines by Gupta, Chandra (Author),
cbspd (Publisher)

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

1. [Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Manufacturing Processes Lab L T P C

20A30304 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course Objectives:
 Acquire practical knowledge on Metal Casting, Welding, Press Working and unconventional
machining Processes
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the lab, the student will be able to
● Fabricate different types of components using various manufacturing techniques. (L6)
● Adapt unconventional manufacturing methods. (L6)

List of Experiments:
1. METAL CASTING
a) Gating Design and pouring time and solidification time calculations.
b) Sand Properties Testing – Exercise for Strength and Permeability.
C) Molding, Melting and Casting for ferrous/ non ferrous materials.
2. WELDING
a) TIG Welding.
b) MIG Welding.
c) Friction stir welding.
d) Any other Special Welding Processes.
3. MECHANICAL PRESS WORKING
a) Press Tool: Blanking and Piercing operation with Simple, Compound and Combination dies.
b) Closed die forging, Deep Drawing and Extrusion operations.
4. UN CONVENTIONAL MANUFACTUNRING PROCESSES
a) Electro Discharge Machining (EDM) / Wire cut EDM
b) Plasma arc cutting / Abrasive jet machining (AJM)
c) Additive manufacturing with reverse engineering
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Mechanics of Materials Lab L T P C

20A30305 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course Objectives:
By performing this laboratory, the student will be able to know the structural behavior
of various materials

Course Outcomes (CO):

By performing the various tests in this laboratory the student will be able to know the
structural behavior of various structural elements when subjected to external loads
List of Experiments:
Tension test.
Bending test on (Steel/Wood) Cantilever beam.
Bending test on simply supported beam.
Torsion test.
Vickers Hardness Test
Rockwell Hardness Test
Brinell Hardness Test
Compression test on Open coiled springs
Tension test on Closely coiled springs
Compression test on wood/ concrete
Izod Impact test on metals
Charpy Impact test on metals
Shear test on metals
Direct Shear Test on Timber Specimen
Use of electrical resistance strain gauges.
Continuous beam – deflection test.
Note : Any 12 of the above equipments
References:
1. Strength of Materials Lab Manual by Anand Jayakumar A , Notion
Press Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Skill oriented course-I L T P C

20A30306 Essentials for NX 1 0 2 2
Designers
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III

Course objectives:

After successfully completing this course, you should be able to:

Open and examine NX models.
Create and edit parametric solid models.
 Create and modify basic assembly structures.
Create and modify simple drawings.

Course Outcomes:

Open and examine NX models.

 Create and edit basic assembly structures.
Create and edit drawings.
Use synchronous modeling.
Create component patterns.
Define revision identifier.

List of Course Contents

 Opening and Working with Parts

 Getting to know the NX Interface
 Impact of Coordinate Systems on Parts
 Creating Parts with Sketches
 Sweeping geometry to create part features
 Creating and editing geometric relationships with formulas
 Creating datum geometry to support design intent
 Examining the structure of a model
 Editing and manipulating sketches
 Trimming a solid body
 Creating swept features with offset and draft
 Creating and editing holes
 Creating and manipulating shell features
 Copying and mirroring part segments
 Blending and chamfering edges
Modifying geometry of imported parts
Creating simple drawings
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. I Semester

Course Code Mandatory Noncredit course-II L T P C

20A10803 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3 0 0 0
(Common to CE, MECH, CHEM)
Pre-requisite NIL Semester III Sem

Course Objectives:
 To make the students to get awareness on environment
To understand the importance of protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future
generations and pollution causes due to the day to day activities of human life
To save earth from the inventions by the engineers.

Course Outcomes (CO):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Grasp multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies and various renewable and nonrenewable
 resources.
 Understand flow and bio-geo- chemical cycles and ecological pyramids.
Understand various causes of pollution and solid waste management and related preventive
 measures.
About the rainwater harvesting, watershed management, ozone layer depletion and waste land
reclamation.
Casus of population explosion, value education and welfare programmes.

UNIT - I 8 Hrs
Multidisciplinary Nature Of Environmental Studies: – Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for
Public Awareness.
Natural Resources : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and associated
problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies – Timber extraction
– Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water resources – Use and over utilization
of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems –
Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources,
case studies – Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing,
effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy
resources:
UNIT - II 12 Hrs
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem – Producers, consumers
and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following
ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

Biodiversity And Its Conservation : Introduction 0 Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity
– Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, Productive use,
social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and local levels – India as a
mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of
wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and endemic species of India – Conservation of
biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
 8 Hrs
UNIT - III
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :
Air Pollution.
Water pollution
Soil pollution
Marine pollution
Noise pollution
Thermal pollution
Nuclear hazards

Solid Waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes – Role
of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies – Disaster management: floods,
earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

UNIT - IV 10 Hrs

Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development – Urban problems
related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management – Resettlement
and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies – Environmental ethics: Issues and
possible solutions – Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents
and holocaust. Case Studies – Wasteland reclamation. – Consumerism and waste products. –
Environment Protection Act. – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and
control of Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act – Issues involved in
enforcement of environmental legislation – Public awareness.

UNIT - V 8 Hrs
Human Population And The Environment: Population growth, variation among nations. Population
explosion – Family Welfare Programmes. – Environment and human health – Human Rights – Value
Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of information Technology in Environment
and human health – Case studies.
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest grassland/hill/mountain
– Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, and
birds – river, hill slopes, etc..

Textbooks:
Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
Palaniswamy, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson education
[Link] Unnisa, “Environmental Studies” Academic Publishing Company
[Link] Nambiar, “Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses as
per UGC model syllabus”, Scitech Publications (India), Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:

Deeksha Dave and [Link] Baba Reddy, “Textbook of Environmental Science”, Cengage
Publications.
[Link] Reddy, “Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology”, BS Publication.
[Link], Comprehensive Environmental studies, Laxmi publications.
J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke, “Environmental Sciences and Engineering”, Prentice
hall of India Private limited
[Link], “A Text Book of Environmental Studies” Himalaya Publishing House
Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and
Science, Prentice hall of India Private limited.
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Numerical Methods & Probability Theory- L T P C

(Common to EEE, MECH) 3 0 0 3
20A45101
[Link] II Year
Pre-requisite Basic Equations and Basic Semester IV
Probability

Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on various numerical methods
for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral equations and
solution of differential [Link] theory of Probability and random variables.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations
 derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae
 Solve differential and integral equations numerically
 apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events.
understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical constants.

UNIT - I Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental 8 Hrs

Equations:
Introduction-Bisection method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton Raphson
method System of Algebraic equations: Gauss Jordan method-Gauss Siedal method.

UNIT - II Interpolation 8 Hrs

Finite differences -Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae –
Lagrange’s formulae. Gauss forward and backward formula, Stirling’s formula,
Bessel’s formula.
UNIT - III Numerical Integration & Solution of Initial 9 Hrs
valueproblems to Ordinary differential
equations
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule – Simpson’s 3/8 Rule
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series- Picard’s
Method of successive Approximations-Modified Euler’s Method-Runge-Kutta Methods.
UNIT - IV Probability theory: 9 Hrs
Probability, probability axioms, addition law and multiplicative law of probability,
conditional probability, Baye’s theorem, random variables (discrete and continuous),
probability density functions, properties, mathematical expectation.

UNIT - V Random variables & Distributions: 9 Hrs

Probability distribution - Binomial, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution and
normal distribution-their properties-Uniform distribution-exponential distribution

Textbooks:
Higher Engineering Mathematics, [Link], Khanna publishers.
Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Ronald E. Walpole,PNIE.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley India.

Reference Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by [Link], Mc Graw Hill
publishers.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Alan Jeffrey,
Elsevier. Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]/courses/117101056/17
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Applied Thermodynamics L T P C

20A40301 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV
Course Objectives:
To introduce students to the Working Principles of IC engines.
To teach combustion process in SI and CI engines.
To impart knowledge on different types of compressors.
To familiarize concepts of thermodynamic cycles used in steam power plants and gas turbines
To impart knowledge on the working of nozzles, turbines, refrigeration and air conditioning.

Course Outcomes (CO):

After completing this course, the students can
Understand the working of IC engines with combustion process. (L1)
Select compressors for different applications. (L2)
Use T-s diagram in vapour power and gas power cycles. (L3)
Evaluate the relative performance of different steam turbines (L6)
Select appropriate refrigerant for different applications. (L6)

UNIT - I IC Engines 10 Hrs

Working and classification of IC engines, comparison of two stroke and four stroke engines, comparison
of SI and CI Engines.
Testing and Performance of IC Engines: Methods of testing IC Engines, performance analysis of IC
Engines.
Combustion in IC Engines: SI engine: stages of combustion, normal combustion, abnormal
combustion, variables effecting ignition lag, Flame propagation and knocking. CI engine: stages of
combustion, normal combustion, abnormal combustion, variables effecting delay period and knocking.
UNIT - II Air compressors 8 Hrs
Reciprocating Compressor: Single stage reciprocating compressors, work required, effect of clearance
in compressors, volumetric efficiency, multi stage compressor, effect of inter cooling in multi stage
compressors, compressor performance.
Rotary Compressor: Working principle of a rolling piston type compressor (fixed vane type), multi
vane type compressors, characteristics of rotary vane type compressor, working principle of centrifugal
and axial flow compressors.
UNIT - III Vapour & Gas Power Cycles 8 Hrs
Vapour power cycle, simple Rankine cycle, mean temp of heat addition, thermodynamic variables
effecting efficiency, Rankine cycle – reheating and regeneration.
Simple gas turbine plant, Brayton cycle, closed cycle and open cycle for gas turbines, condition for
optimum pressure ratio, actual cycle. Methods to improve performance: regeneration, intercooling and
reheating.
UNIT - IV Nozzles & Steam Turbines 8 Hrs
Type of nozzles - gas and steam nozzles. Compressible flow through nozzle- condition for
maximum discharge - Nozzle efficiency - Super saturation.
Steam Turbines - impulse turbine and reaction turbine – compounding of impulse turbines - velocity
diagrams in impulse and reaction turbines, blade efficiency, degree of reaction.
UNIT - V Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning 8 Hrs
Refrigeration: Bell-Coleman cycle - vapour compression cycle, sub cooling and super heating-vapour
absorption cycle, properties of common refrigerants.
Principles of Psychrometry and Air Conditioning: Psychometric properties, psychometric processes,
summer and winter air conditioning systems.

Textbooks:
Thermal Engineering, Mahesh V Rathore, Tata McGraw Hill 2017
[Link] and [Link], Thermal Engineering, Jain brothers,2014
Reference Books:

Ganesan V, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.

Yahya, S. M., Turbines, Compressors and Fans, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
Nag P.K, Engineering Thermodynamics, 4/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
Onkar Singh, Thermal Turbomachines, 3/e, Wiley India, 2014.
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, [Link]
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY L T P C

20A40302 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV
Course Objectives:
The Objectives of this course are to:
 To provide a foundation for the study of Dynamics of Machinery and machine design.
Comprehend the fundamentals of kinematics and to understand the concept of machines,
 mechanisms and related terminologies.
Analyze a mechanism for displacement, velocity and acceleration at any point in a moving link.
To develop skills for designing and analyzing linkages and mechanisms.
Formulate the concept of synthesis and analysis of different mechanisms.
To understand the Principles and working of various straight line motion mechanisms.
To analyze Steering gear mechanisms and working of Hooke’s joint.
To understand the theory of gears, gear trains and cams.
Course Outcomes (CO):
Build up critical thinking and problem-solving capacity of various mechanical engineering
 problems related to kinematics of machines (L4)
 Understand the basic principles of mechanisms in mechanical engineering (L1)
Assess various concepts of mechanisms like straight line motion mechanisms, Steering gear
mechanisms and working principles of power elements (Gears, gear trains, Cams) and design
related problems effectively (L6)
 Examine the velocity and acceleration diagram for a given mechanism (L3)
Utilize analytical, mathematical and graphical aspects of kinematics of Machines for effective
 design (L3)
Construct the cam profile for a given motion (L3)
Analyze various gear trains (L4)
UNIT - I MECHANISMS AND MACHINES 16 Hrs
Elements or Links – Classification – Rigid Link, flexible and fluid link. Types of kinematic pairs –
sliding, turning, rolling, screw and spherical pairs – lower and higher pairs – closed and open pairs –
constrained motion – completely, partially or successfully constrained and incompletely constrained.
Mechanisms and machines – classification of mechanisms and machines – kinematic chain – inversion of
mechanisms – inversions of quadric cycle chain, single and double slider crank chain. Mobility of
mechanisms.
Steering & Straight-Line Motion Mechanisms :
Straight Line Motion Mechanisms- Exact and approximate, copied and generated types – Peaucellier,
Hart, Scott Russel, Grasshopper, Watt, Tchebicheff and Robert Mechanisms. Pantograph.
Steering Mechanisms: Conditions for correct steering – Davis Steering gear, Ackermanns steering gear.
Hooke’s Joint (Universal coupling) -Single and double Hooke’s joint –– applications – Simple problems
UNIT - II KINEMATICS 10Hrs
. Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams- Velocity and acceleration – Motion of link in machine –
Determination of Velocity and acceleration – Graphical method – Application of relative velocity method
– Slider crank mechanism, four bar mechanism. Acceleration diagrams for simple mechanisms,
determination of Coriolis component of acceleration, Klein’s construction: Analysis of slider crank
mechanism for displacement, velocity and acceleration of slider using analytical method.
Instantaneous Centre Method: Instantaneous centre of rotation, centrode and axode – relative motion
between two bodies – Three centers in-line theorem – Locating instantaneous canters for simple
mechanisms and determination of angular velocity of points and links.
UNIT - III Kinematic Synthesis 10 Hrs
Kinematic Synthesis: Dimensional synthesis, function generation, path generation and motion generation,
Synthesis of Four Bar linkage for specified Instantaneous conditions, Hirsch horn’s method of
components.
UNIT - IV Gears & GEAR TRAINS 10 Hrs
GEARS: Higher pairs, toothed gears – types – law of gearing, condition for constant velocity Ratio for
transmission of motion, Forms of tooth- cycloidal and involute profiles. Velocity of sliding – phenomena
of interference – Methods to avoid interference - Condition for minimum number of teeth, expressions
for arc of contact and path of contact. Introduction to Helical, Bevel and Worm gears.
GEAR TRAINS:
Introduction –Types of gears – Simple, Compound, Reverted and Epicyclic gear trains, Train value –
Methods of finding train value or velocity ratio – Tabular column method for Epicyclic gear trains. Torque
in epicyclic gear trains. Differential gear of an automobile – Simple problems.

UNIT - V CAMS & Followers 8 Hrs

CAMS: Definitions of cam and follower – uses – Types of followers and cams – Terminology. Types of
follower motion - Uniform velocity, Simple harmonic motion, Cycloidal, uniform acceleration and
retardation, Maximum velocity and maximum acceleration during outward and return strokes. Drawing of
cam profiles.
ANALYSIS OF MOTION OF FOLLOWERS: Tangent cam with roller follower – circular arc
(Convex) cam with flat faced and roller follower
Textbooks:
Theory of Machines and [Link], Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
Theory of Machines R.S Khurmi& J.K Gupta, S Chand Publishers.
Reference Books:
Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan/ CBS
Theory of Machines / R.K Bansal
Theory of Machines Sadhu Singh PearsonsEdn
Mechanism and Machine Theory / JS Rao and RV Dukkipati / New Age
The theory of Machines /Shiegley/ Oxford.
Theory of machines – PL. Balaney/khanna publishers
Mechanics Synthesis by RL Naathan
Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Manufacturing Technology L T P C

20A40303 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV

Course Objectives:
To introduce the parameters in the metal cutting operation.
To relate tool wear and tool life and the variables that control them.
 To calculate machining times for different machining processes.
To impart knowledge on various metal cutting processes. (Lathe, drilling, boring shaping,
slotting, milling and grinding).
To teach the principles of jigs and fixtures and types of clamping and work holding devices.
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Choose cutting processes and variables. (L3)
Relate tool wear and tool life. (L1)
Calculate the machining parameters for different machining processes. (L5)
Identify methods to generate different types of surfaces. (L3)
Explain work-holding requirements. (L2)
Design jigs and fixtures. (L6)

UNIT - I Material Removal Processes & Lathe 8 Hrs

Metal Cutting: Single and multi-point cutting tools, orthogonal and oblique cutting, Merchant circle
Diagram, chip formation, tool wear and tool life, surface finish, machinability, cutting tools and materials,
cutting fluids.
Lathe and Lathe Operations: Principles of working, specifications, types of lathes, operations, work
and tool holders. Taper turning, thread turning attachments for lathes. Machining time calculations.
Principles of working: Turret and capstan lathes.

UNIT - II Drilling Machines, Boring, Reaming and Taping 12 Hrs

Drilling Machines: Principles of working, specifications, types, and operations performed - tool holding
devices - nomenclature of twist drill, Machining time calculations
Boring Machines- Principles of working, specifications, types, and operations performed - tool holding
devices - nomenclature of boring tools, Machining time calculations
Reaming and Reamers: Principles of working, specifications, types, and operations performed – tool
holding devices - nomenclature of reamers. Machining time calculations
Taping and Taps: Principles of working, specifications, types, and operations performed - tool holding
devices - nomenclature of taps
UNIT - III Milling, Shaping and Abrasive Machining 8 Hrs
Milling operations and Milling machines - Principles of working, specifications, classifications of
milling machines, machining operations, types and geometry of milling cutters, methods of indexing, and
accessories to milling machines, machining time calculations.
Shaping, Slotting and planing machines - Principles of working - principal parts, specification,
classification, operations performed, machining time calculations
Abrasive Machining: Grinding and grinding machines: Grinding process, types of grinding machines,
grinding process parameters, honing, lapping, other finishing processes.
UNIT - IV Unconventional Machining Processes 10 Hrs
principle and Processes parameters of Electrical discharge machining (EDM), electro-chemical
machining (ECM), Laser beam machining (LBM), plasma arc machining (PAM), electron beam
machining, Abrasive jet machining (AJM), water jet machining (WJM), and ultrasonic machining(UM)
UNIT - V Jigs and Fixtures 8 Hrs
Principles of design of Jigs and fixtures and uses, 3-2-1 principle of location and clamping, classification
of Jigs & Fixtures, types of clamping and work holding devices, typical examples of jigs and fixtures.

Textbooks:
P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Metal Cutting and Machine Tools, (Volume 2), 3/e, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2013
R.K. Jain and S.C. Gupta, Production Technology, 17/e, Khanna Publishers, 2012
Kalpakzian S and Schmid SR, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 7/e, Pearson, 2018.

Reference Books:
Milton [Link] , Metal Cutting Principles, 2/e, Oxford, 2012
Hindustan Machine Tools, Production Technology, TMH, 2001
[Link], Advanced Machining Process,12/e, Allied Publications, 2010
AB. Chattopadhyay, Machining and Machine Tools, 2/e, Wiley, 2017
Halmi A Yousuf & Hassan, , Machine Technology: Machine Tools and Operations, CRC Press
Taylor and Francis Group, 2008

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU
[Link] (R-20 Mechanical Engineering)
Common to Civil, Mech, CHEM
Course Code L T P C
20A49101a MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND 3 0 0 3
FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Pre-requisite Semester -IV

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are:

1. To inculcate the basic knowledge of micro economics and financial accounting

2. To make the students learn how demand is estimated for different products, input-output
relationship for optimizing production and cost
3. To know the various types of Market Structures & pricing methods and its strategies
4. To give an overview on investment appraisal methods to promote the students to learn how to
plan long-term investment decisions.
5. To provide fundamental skills on Accounting and to explain the process of preparing Financial
statements

UNIT – I

Managerial Economics
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Demand-Concept, Function,
Law of Demand – DemandElasticity- Types – Measurement. Demand Forecasting- Factors governing
Forecasting, Methods. Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting and Management.
LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
State the Nature of Managerial Economics and its importance
 Understand the concept of demand andits determinants
 Analyze the Elasticity and degree of elasticity
 EvaluateDemand forecasting methods
 Design the process of demand estimation for different types of demand

UNIT - II
Production and Cost Analysis
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Production Function– Least-
cost combination–Shortrun and longrun Production Function- Isoquants andIsocosts, MRTS - Cobb-
Douglas Production Function - Laws of Returns - Internal and External Economies of scale.
Cost&Break-Even Analysis - Cost concepts and Cost behavior- Break-Even Analysis (BEA) -
Determination of Break-Even Point (Simple Problems)-Managerial significance and limitations of
Break-Even Analysis.
UNIT - III
Business Organizations and Markets
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and [Link] of Business
Organizations- Sole Proprietary - Partnership - Joint Stock Companies - Public Sector
[Link] of Markets - Perfect and Imperfect Competition - Features of Perfect Competition –
Monopoly-Monopolistic Competition–Oligopoly-Price-Output Determination - Pricing Methods and
Strategies.

UNIT - IV
Capital Budgeting
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Typesof Working
Capital,Components, Sources of Short-term and Long-term Capital, Estimating Working capital
requirements. Capital Budgeting– Features, Proposals,Methods and Evaluation. Projects – Pay Back
Method, Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate Return (IRR)
Method (sample problems)

UNIT - V
Financial Accounting and Analysis
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Concepts and Conventions-
Double-Entry Book Keeping, Journal, Ledger, Trial Balance- Final Accounts (Trading Account, Profit
and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments). Financial Analysis - Analysis and
Interpretation of Liquidity Ratios, Activity Ratios, and Capital structure Ratios and Profitability.

Textbooks:
1. Varshney&Maheswari: Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand, 2013.
2. Aryasri: Business Economics and Financial Analysis, 4/e, MGH, 2019

Reference Books:
1. Ahuja Hl Managerial economics Schand,3/e,2013
2. S.A. Siddiqui and A.S. Siddiqui: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, New Age
International, 2013.
3. Joseph G. Nellis and David Parker: Principles of Business Economics, Pearson, 2/e, New
Delhi.
4. Domnick Salvatore: Managerial Economics in a Global Economy, Cengage, 2013.
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU

[Link] (R-20 Mechanical Engineering)

Common to Civil, Mech, CHEM

Course Code L T P C
20A49101b ENTREPRENEURSHIP& INCUBATION 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of this course is

1 To make the student understand about Entrepreneurship
2 To enable the student in knowing various sources of generating new ideas in
setting up ofnew enterprise
3 To facilitate the student in knowing various sources of finance in starting up of a
business
4 To impart knowledge about various government sources which provide financial
assistance to entrepreneurs/ women entrepreneurs
5 To encourage the student in creating and designing business plans

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to

CO1 Define the Concepts related to the Entrepreneurship and Incubators
CO2 Understand the concept of Entrepreneurship and challenges in the world of
competition.

CO3 Apply the Knowledge in generating ideas for New Ventures.

CO4 Analyze various sources of finance and subsidies to entrepreneur/women
Entrepreneurs.
CO5 Evaluate the role of central government and state government in promoting
Entrepreneurship.
CO6 Create and design business plan structure through incubations.

UNIT-I: Entrepreneurship
Introduction-Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. concept, characteristics-
knowledge and skills requirement - process - Factors supporting entrepreneurship - Differences
between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur - entrepreneurial mindset and personality - Recent trends.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand theconcept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship in India
  Analyzerecent trends in Entrepreneurship across the globe
 Develop a creative mind set and personality in starting a business.

UNIT-II: Women Entrepreneurship

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Growth of women
entrepreneurship in India. - Issues & Challenges - Entrepreneurial [Link]
Development and Government. Role, of Central and State Government - incentives, subsidies and
grants – Export-oriented Units - Fiscal and Tax concessions.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand the role of government in promoting women entrepreneurship
 Analyze the role of export-oriented units
 Evaluate the tax concessions available for Women entrepreneurs
UNIT-III:Product Development
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Startup Initiatives - Generating
business/ Service idea – Sources and methods –Identifying opportunities - Feasibility study - Market
feasibility, technical/operational feasibility, Financial feasibility. Developing business plan, Preparing
project report, Presenting business plan to investors.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Analyze the sources of new methods in generating business idea
 Evaluate market feasibility, financial feasibility and technical feasibility
 Design and draw business plansinproject preparation and prepare project reports

UNIT-IV:Startups
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Fundamentals of Business
Incubation - Principles and good practices of business incubation- Process of business incubation and
the business incubator and how they operate and influence theType/benefits of incubators -
Corporate/educational / institutional incubators - Broader business incubation environment - Pre-
Incubation and Post - Incubation process - Idea lab, Business plan structure -Value proposition
LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to:
 Understand the importance of business incubation
 Apply brilliant ideas in the process of business incubation
 Analyze the process of business incubation/incubators.
 Design their own business incubation/incubators as viable-business unit.

UNIT-V: Finance
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Sources - Long term and Short
term - Institutional Finance – Commercial Banks, SFC's and NBFC's in India, Role in small and
medium business - Entrepreneurship development programs in India - The entrepreneurial journey-
Institutions supporting entrepreneurship development.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
 Understand the various sources of finance in Starting the new venture
 Analyze the role of banks and other financial institutions in promoting entrepreneurship
in India
 Evaluatethe need and importance of MSMEs in the growth of country
TEXT BOOKS
1. D F Kuratko and T V Rao, Entrepreneurship - A South-Asian Perspective –
Cengage Learning, 2012. (For PPT, Case Solutions Faculty may visit :[Link])
2 .Nandan H, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI, 2013
REFERENCES
[Link] Desai,Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya
Publishing 2012.
2. Rajeev Roy Entrepreneurship, 2nd Edition, Oxford, 2012.
[Link]‖ Entrepreneurship Development: Text &
Cases, Excel Books, 2011.
[Link] Read, Effectual Entrepreneurship, Routledge, 2013.
E-RESOURCES
1. Entrepreneurship-Through-the-Lens-of-enture Capital
[Link]://[Link]/?course=mba-programs&subject=entrepreneurship
[Link]://[Link]/courses/122106032/Pdf/7_4.pd
[Link]://[Link]/Course/3514/Economics-/-Management-/-Entrepreneurhip/50

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY ANANTAPUR

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous), ANANTHAPURAMU

[Link] (R-20 Mechanical Engineering)

Common to Civil, Mech, CHEM

Course Code L T P C
20A49101c BUSINESS ETHICS AND 3 0 0 3
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pre-requisite Semester -IV

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are:

1. To make the student understand the principles of business ethics

2. To enable them in knowing the ethics in management
3. To facilitate the student’s role in corporate culture

4. To impart knowledge about the fair-trade practices

5. To encourage the student in creating knowing about the corporate governance

UNIT – I

ETHICS
Introduction – Meaning – Nature, Scope, significance, Loyalty, and ethical behavior - Value
systems - Business Ethics,Types, Characteristics, Factors, Contradictions and Ethical Practices
inManagement- Corporate Social Responsibility – Issues of Management – Crisis Management.

UNIT - II
ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT
Introduction Ethics in production, finance, Human Resource Management and, Marketing
Management - Technology Ethics and Professional ethics - The Ethical Value System –
Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice, Social Contracts, Individual Freedom of Choice,
Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics – Ethical Values in different Cultures, Culture and
Individual Ethics.
UNIT - III
CORPORATE CULTURE
Introduction, Meaning,definition,Nature, Scope, Functions,andsignificance–
Cross cultural issues in Ethics - - Emotional Honesty – Virtue of humility – Promote happiness –
karma yoga – proactive – flexibility and purity of mind. The Ethical Value System –
Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive
Justice, Social Contracts, Individual Freedom of Choice, Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics –
Ethical Values in different Cultures, Culture and Individual Ethics.

UNIT - IV
LEGAL FRAME WORK
Law and Ethics, Agencies enforcing Ethical Business Behavior, Legal Impact– Environmental
Protection, Fair Trade Practices,legal Compliances, Safeguarding Health and wellbeing of
Customers.

UNIT - V
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Introduction, meaning – scope Nature - Issues, need, corporate governance code, transparency &
disclosure, role of auditors, board of directors and shareholders. Global issues, accounting and
regulatory frame work, corporate scams, committees in India and abroad, corporate social
responsibility. of BoDs composition, Cadbury Committee - various committees - reports -
Benefits and Limitations.

Textbooks:
1. Murthy CSV: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH
2. Bholananth Dutta, S.K. Podder – Corporation Governance, VBH.

Reference Books:
[Link]. K. Nirmala, KarunakaraReddy: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH
2. [Link]: Corporate Governance
3. K. Venkataramana, Corporate Governance, SHBP.
4. [Link] : Indian Ethos and Values for Managers
 2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING

JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester
Course Code Applied Thermodynamics Lab L T P C
20A40304 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV

Course Objectives:
 Understand the functioning and performance of I.C. Engines
 To find heat losses in various engines
Course Outcomes (CO):
Upon the successful completion of course, students will be able to
 Explain different working cycles of engine
 Describe various types of combustion chambers in IC engines
 Illustrate the working of refrigeration and air conditioning systems
 Evaluate heat balance sheet of IC engine.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Demonstration of diesel and petrol engines by cut models
1. Valve timing diagram of 4-stroke diesel engine
2. Port timing diagram of 2-stroke petrol engine
3. Performance of 2-stroke single cylinder petrol engine
4. Morse test on multi cylinder petrol engine
5. Performance of 4-stroke single cylinder diesel engine
6. Assembly and disassembly of diesel and petrol engines
7. Exhaust gas analysis
8. Performance of two stage reciprocating air compressor
9. Determination of nozzle characteristics
10. Performance of Refrigeration system
11. Performance of Air conditioning system
12. Performance of heat pump
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Manufacturing Technology Lab L T P C

20A40305 0 0 3 1.5

Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV

Course Objectives:
 Familiarize the construction and working of various machine tools.
 Teach selection of parameters for different machining processes.
Course Outcomes (CO):
After completion of this course the student may be able to
 Implement the concept of machining with various machine tools.(L5)
 Get hands on experience on various machine tools and machining operations. (L5)

List of Experiments:
1. Demonstration of operations on general purpose machines: Lathe, drilling, milling, shaper,
slotting, cylindrical and surface grinding machines.
2. Step turning and knurling on lathe machine
3. Taper turning and knurling on lathe machine
4. Thread cutting (left hand or right hand) on lathe machine.
5. Drilling and Boring operations.
6. Reaming and tapping operations.
7. Milling (Gear cutting) by using simple and Compound indexing.
8. key way/Groove cutting on milling machine
9. Shaping and planning operations
10. Slotting operations
11. Cylindrical and surface grinding operations
12. Grinding of single point cutting tool
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Computer Aided Machine Drawing L T P C

20A40306 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV

Course Objectives:
Introduce conventional representations of material and machine components.
Train to use software for 2D and 3D modeling.
Familiarize with thread profiles, riveted, welded and key joints.
Teach solid modeling of machine parts and their sections.
Explain creation of 2D and 3D assembly drawings.
Familiarize with limits, fits and tolerances in mating components

Course Outcomes (CO):

After completion of this lab student will be able to
Demonstrate the conventional representations of materials and machine components.
Model riveted, welded and key joints using CAD system.
Create solid models and sectional views of machine components.
Generate solid models of machine parts and assemble them.
Translate 3D assemblies into 2D drawings.
Create manufacturing drawing with dimensional and geometric tolerances.

The following contents are to be done by any 2D software package

Conventional representation of materials and components:

Detachable joints: Drawing of thread profiles, hexagonal and square-headed bolts and nuts, bolted joint
with washer and locknut, stud joint, screw joint and foundation bolts.
Riveted joints: Drawing of rivet, lap joint, butt joint with single strap, single riveted, double riveted
double strap joints.
Welded joints: Lap joint and T joint with fillet, butt joint with conventions.
Keys: Taper key, sunk taper key, round key, saddle key, feather key, woodruff key.
Couplings: rigid – Muff, flange; flexible – bushed pin-type flange coupling, universal
coupling, Oldhams’ coupling.

The following contents to be done by any 3D software package

Sectional views
Creating solid models of complex machine parts and create sectional views.
Assembly drawings: (Any four of the following using solid model software)
Lathe tool post, tool head of shaping machine, tail stock, machine vice, gate valve, carburettor, piston,
connecting rod, eccentric, screw jack, plumber block, axle bearing, pipe vice, clamping device, Geneva
cam, universal coupling,

Manufacturing drawing:
Representation of limits, fits and tolerances for mating parts. Use any four parts of above assembly
drawings and prepare manufacturing drawing with dimensional and geometric tolerances.

Textbooks:
[Link], [Link] and [Link] Reddy, Production Drawing, New Age International
Publishers, 3/e, 2014
Software tools/packages- Auto CAD, Solid works or equivalent.
Reference Books:
Cecil Jensen, Jay Helsel and Donald [Link], Computer Aided Engineering Drawing, Tata
Mcgraw-Hill, NY, 2000.
James Barclay, Brain Griffiths, Engineering Drawing for Manufacture, Kogan Page
Science, 2003.
[Link], Machine Drawing, Charotar, 50/e, 2014.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Skill oriented course-II L T P C

20A40307 Application Development with Python 1 0 2 2
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the basic concepts of software engineering and life cycle models
2. To explore the importance of Databases in application Development
3. Acquire programming skills in core Python
4. To understand the importance of Object-oriented Programming
Course Outcomes (CO):
Students should be able to
1. Identify the issues in software requirements specification and enable to write SRS documents
for software development problems
2. Explore the use of Object oriented concepts to solve Real-life problems
3. Design database for any real-world problem
4. Solve mathematical problems using Python programming language

Module 1. Basic concepts in software engineering and software project management

Basic concepts: abstraction versus decomposition, the evolution of software engineering techniques,
Software development life cycle
Software project management: project planning and project scheduling

Task:
Identifying the Requirements from Problem Statements

Module 2. Basic Concepts of Databases

Database systems applications, Purpose of Database Systems, view of Data, Database Languages,
Relational Databases, Data Definition Language(DDL) Statements: (Create table, Alter table, Drop
table), Data Manipulation Language(DML) Statements
Task:
Implement Data Definition Language(DDL) Statements: (Create table, Alter table, Drop table)
Implement Data Manipulation Language(DML) Statements

Module 3. Python Programming:

Introduction to Python: Features of Python, Data types, Operators, Input and output,
Control Statements, Looping statements
Python Data Structures: Lists, Dictionaries, Tuples.

Strings: Creating strings and basic operations on strings, string testing methods.

Functions: Defining a function- Calling a function- Types of functions-Function Arguments-

Anonymous functions- Global and local variables

OOPS Concepts; Classes and objects- Attributes- Inheritance- Overloading- Overriding- Data hiding

Modules and Packages: Standard modules-Importing own module as well as external modules
Understanding Packages Powerful Lamda function in python Programming using functions, modules
and external packages

Working with Data in Python: Printing on screen- Reading data from keyboard- Opening and
closing file- Reading and writing files- Functions-Loading Data with Pandas-Numpy

Tasks:
1. OPERATORS
 Read a list of numbers and write a program to check whether a particular element is present or
not using membership operators.
Read your name and age and write a program to display the year in which you will turn 100
years old.
Read radius and height of a cone and write a program to find the volume of a cone.
Write a program to compute distance between two points taking input from the user (Hint:
use Pythagorean theorem)

2. CONTROL STRUCTURES
a. Read your email id and write a program to display the no of vowels, consonants, digits and white
spaces in it using if…elif…else statement.
b. Write a program to create and display a dictionary by storing the antonyms of words. Find the
antonym of a particular word given by the user from the dictionary using while loop.
c. Write a Program to find the sum of a Series 1/1! + 2/2! + 3/3! + 4/4! +…….+ n/n!. (Input :n = 5,
Output : 2.70833)
d. In number theory, an abundant number or excessive number is a number for which the sum of its
proper divisors is greater than the number itself. Write a program to find out, if the given number is
abundant. (Input: 12, Sum of divisors of 12 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 6 = 16, sum of divisors 16 > original
number 12)

LIST
Read a list of numbers and print the numbers divisible by x but not by y (Assume x = 4 and y = 5).
Read a list of numbers and print the sum of odd integers and even integers from the list.(Ex: [23,
10, 15, 14, 63], odd numbers sum = 101, even numbers sum = 24)
Read a list of numbers and print numbers present in odd index position. (Ex: [10, 25, 30, 47, 56,
84, 96], The numbers in odd index position: 25 47 84).
Read a list of numbers and remove the duplicate numbers from it. (Ex: Enter a list with
duplicate elements: 10 20 40 10 50 30 20 10 80, The unique list is: [10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 80])

TUPLE
a. Given a list of tuples. Write a program to find tuples which have all elements divisible by K from a
list of tuples. test_list = [(6, 24, 12), (60, 12, 6), (12, 18, 21)], K = 6, Output : [(6, 24, 12), (60, 12, 6)]
b. Given a list of tuples. Write a program to filter all uppercase characters tuples from given list of
tuples. (Input: test_list = [(“GFG”, “IS”, “BEST”), (“GFg”, “AVERAGE”), (“GfG”, ), (“Gfg”, “CS”)],
Output : [(„GFG‟, „IS‟, „BEST‟)]).
Given a tuple and a list as input, write a program to count the occurrences of all items of the list
in the tuple. (Input : tuple = ('a', 'a', 'c', 'b', 'd'), list = ['a', 'b'], Output : 3)

5: SET
Write a program to generate and print a dictionary that contains a number (between 1 and n) in
the form (x, x*x).
Write a program to perform union, intersection and difference using Set A and Set B.
Write a program to count number of vowels using sets in given string (Input : “Hello World”, Output:
No. of vowels : 3)
Write a program to form concatenated string by taking uncommon characters from two strings
using set concept (Input : S1 = "aacdb", S2 = "gafd", Output : "cbgf").

6: DICTIONARY
Write a program to do the following operations:
Create a empty dictionary with dict() method
Add elements one at a time
Update existing key‟s value
iv. Access an element using a key and also get() method
Deleting a key value using del() method
Write a program to create a dictionary and apply the following methods:
pop() method
 popitem() method
clear() method
c. Given a dictionary, write a program to find the sum of all items in the dictionary.
d. Write a program to merge two dictionaries using update() method.

7: STRINGS
a. Given a string, write a program to check if the string is symmetrical and palindrome or not. A string
is said to be symmetrical if both the halves of the string are the same and a string is said to be a
palindrome string if one half of the string is the reverse of the other half or if a string appears same
when read forward or backward.
b. Write a program to read a string and count the number of vowel letters and print all letters except 'e'
and 's'.
c. Write a program to read a line of text and remove the initial word from given text. (Hint: Use split()
method, Input : India is my country. Output : is my country)
d. Write a program to read a string and count how many times each letter appears. (Histogram).

8: USER DEFINED FUNCTIONS

A generator is a function that produces a sequence of results instead of a single value. Write
a generator function for Fibonacci numbers up to n.
Write a function merge_dict(dict1, dict2) to merge two Python dictionaries.
Write a fact() function to compute the factorial of a given positive number.
Given a list of n elements, write a linear_search() function to search a given element x in a list.

9: BUILT-IN FUNCTIONS
a. Write a program to demonstrate the working of built-in statistical functions mean(), mode(), median()
by importing statistics library.
Write a program to demonstrate the working of built-in trignometric functions sin(), cos(),
tan(), hypot(), degrees(), radians() by importing math module.
Write a program to demonstrate the working of built-in Logarithmic and Power functions
exp(), log(), log2(), log10(), pow() by importing math module.
Write a program to demonstrate the working of built-in numeric functions ceil(), floor(), fabs(),
factorial(), gcd() by importing math module.

CLASS AND OBJECTS

Write a program to create a BankAccount class. Your class should support the following methods for
Deposit
Withdraw
GetBalanace
PinChange
Create a SavingsAccount class that behaves just like a BankAccount, but also has an interest rate and
method that increases the balance by the appropriate amount of interest (Hint:use Inheritance).
Write a program to create an employee class and store the employee name, id, age, and salary using
the constructor. Display the employee details by invoking employee_info() method and also using
dictionary ( dict ).
Access modifiers in Python are used to modify the default scope of variables. Write a program to
demonstrate the 3 types of access modifiers: public, private and protected.

FILE HANDLING
a. . Write a program to read a filename from the user, open the file (say [Link]) and then perform
the following operations:
i. Count the sentences in the file.
Count the words in the file.
Count the characters in the file.
b. . Create a new file ([Link]) and copy the text to other file called [Link]. The [Link] file should
store only lower case alphabets and display the number of lines copied.
c. Write a Python program to store N student‟s records containing name, roll number and branch. Print
the given branch student‟s details only.

References:
Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 5th Edition, PHI, 2018.
Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant, B. Navathe, “Database Systems”, Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2013.
[Link] Thareja, “Python Programming - Using Problem Solving Approach”, Oxford Press, 1st
Edition, 2017.
Larry Lutz, “Python for Beginners: Step-By-Step Guide to Learning Python Programming”,
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, First edition, 2018

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R-20
2020-2021
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS):: ANANTHAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICALENGINEERING
II Year [Link].M.E. II Semester

Course Code Mandatory noncredit course-III L T P C

20A49102 Design Thinking for Innovation 2 1 0 0
(Common to All branches of Engineering)
Pre-requisite NIL Semester IV
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with design thinking process as a tool for
breakthrough innovation. It aims to equip students with design thinking skills and ignite the minds to
create innovative ideas, develop solutions for real-time problems.
Course Outcomes (CO):
 Define the concepts related to design thinking.
 Explain the fundamentals of Design Thinking and innovation 
 Apply the design thinking techniques for solving problems in various sectors. 
 Analyse to work in a multidisciplinary environment 
 Evaluate the value of creativity
Formulate specific problem statements of real time issues

UNIT - I Introduction to Design Thinking 10 Hrs

Introduction to elements and principles of Design, basics of design-dot, line, shape, form as fundamental
design components. Principles of design. Introduction to design thinking, history of Design Thinking,
New materials in Industry.

UNIT - II Design Thinking Process 10 Hrs

Design thinking process (empathize, analyze, idea & prototype), implementing the process in driving
inventions, design thinking in social innovations. Tools of design thinking - person, costumer, journey
map, brain storming, product development

Activity: Every student presents their idea in three minutes, Every student can present design process in
the form of flow diagram or flow chart etc. Every student should explain about product development.

UNIT - III Innovation 8 Hrs

Art of innovation, Difference between innovation and creativity, role of creativity and innovation in
organizations. Creativity to Innovation. Teams for innovation, Measuring the impact and value of
creativity.

Activity: Debate on innovation and creativity, Flow and planning from idea to innovation, Debate on
value-based innovation.
UNIT - IV Product Design 8 Hrs
Problem formation, introduction to product design, Product strategies, Product value, Product planning,
product specifications. Innovation towards product design Case studies.

Activity: Importance of modelling, how to set specifications, Explaining their own product design.

UNIT - V Design Thinking in Business Processes 10 Hrs

Design Thinking applied in Business & Strategic Innovation, Design Thinking principles that redefine
business – Business challenges: Growth, Predictability, Change, Maintaining Relevance, Extreme
competition, Standardization. Design thinking to meet corporate needs. Design thinking for Startups.
Defining and testing Business Models and Business Cases. Developing & testing prototypes.

Activity: How to market our own product, About maintenance, Reliability and plan for startup.

Textbooks:
Change by design, Tim Brown, Harper Bollins (2009)
Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation, Idris Mootee, 2013, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
 Design Thinking in the Classroom by David Lee, Ulysses press
Design the Future, by Shrrutin N Shetty, Norton Press
Universal principles of design- William lidwell, kritinaholden, Jill butter.
The era of open innovation – chesbrough.H
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C

B. Tech (ME) III-I SEM (R20) 3 0 0 3

(20A50301) Theory -1 DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS

CourseObjectives:

Provideanintroductiontodesignofmachineelements.
Familiarizewithfundamentalapproachestofailurepreventionforstaticandd
ynamicloading.
Explaindesignprocedurestodifferenttypesofjoints.
Teachprinciplesofclutchesandbrakesanddesignprocedures.
Instructdifferenttypes ofbearingsanddesignprocedures.
CourseOutcomes:

Attheendofthecoursethestudentswillbeableto
Estimatesafetyfactorsof machinememberssubjectedtostaticanddynamicloads. (L5)
Designfastenerssubjectedtovarietyofloads. (L6)
Select of standard machine elements such as keys, shafts,
couplings, springs and bearings. (L1)
Designclutchesbrakesandspurgears.(L6)

UNIT-I Introduction,DesignforStaticandDynamicloads

Mechanical Engineering Design: Designprocess, design considerations,

codes and standards of designation of materials, selection of materials.

Design for Static Loads: Modes of failure, design of components subjected to

axial, bending, torsional and impact loads. Theories of failure for static loads.

Design for Dynamic Loads: Endurance limit, fatigue strength under axial,
bending and torsion, stress concentration, notch sensitivity. Types of
fluctuating loads, fatigue design for infinite life. Soderberg,Goodman and
modified Goodman criterion for fatigue failure. Fatigue design under combined
stresses.

UNIT-II DesignofBoltedandWeldedJoints

Design of Bolted Joints: Threaded fasteners, preload of bolts, various stresses

induced in the bolts. Torque requirement for bolt tightening, gasketed joints
and eccentrically loaded bolted joints.
WeldedJoints: Strengthof lap andbutt welds, Joints
subjectedtobendingandtorsion. Eccentrically loaded welded joints.

UNIT-III PowertransmissionshaftsandCouplings

Power TransmissionShafts: Design of shafts subjected to bending, torsion and

axial loading. Shafts subjected to fluctuating loads using shock factors.

Couplings:Designofflangeandbushedpincouplings,universalcoupling.

UNIT-IV DesignofClutches, BrakesandSprings

Friction Clutches: Torque transmitting capacity of disc and centrifugal

clutches. Uniform wear theory and uniform pressure theory.

Brakes: Different types of brakes. Concept of self-energizing and self-locking

of brake. Band and block brakes, disc brakes.
Springs:Designofhelicalcompression,tension,torsionandleafsprings.

UNIT-V DesignofBearingsand Gears

Design of Sliding Contact Bearings: Lubrication modes, bearing modulus,

McKee's equations, design of journal bearing, Bearing Failures.

Design of Rolling Contact Bearings: Static and dynamic load capacity,

Stribeck's Equation, equivalent bearing load, load-life relationships, load factor,
selection of bearings from manufacturer's catalogue.

DesignofGears:Spurgears,beamstrength,Lewisequation,designfor dynamicandwear
loads.

Textbooks:

[Link],MachineDesignanIntegratedapproach,2/e,PearsonEducation, 2004.
[Link],DesignofMachineElements,3/e,TataMcGrawHill,2010.
[Link]&[Link],Machinedesign,17/e,CharotarPublishingH
ouse Pvt. Ltd, 2009.

ReferenceBooks:

[Link],MachineDesign,KhannaPublications, 1978.
[Link],MechanicalEngineeringDesign,2/e,TataMcGrawHill,1986.
 M.F. SpottsandT.E. Shoup, DesignofMachineElements,3/e, Prentice
Hall (Pearson Education), 2013.
[Link]&[Link],Designdatahandbook,
CBSPublications,4/e,2018.

OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
3-course-name-design-of- machine-elements-1-nptel
[Link]
[Link]
[Link] [Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
B. Tech (ME)-III-I Sem (R20)
3 0 0 3
(20A50302) Theory 2 METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS

Course Objectives:

 Introducethebasicconceptsof metrologyandmeasurementmethods.
 Demonstratetheimportanceof metrologyin manufacturing.
 Explaintheconceptsoftransducersanditspracticalapplications.
 Exposewithvariousmeasuringinstruments.
Familiarizecalibrationmethodsofvariousmeasuringinstruments.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students will be able to
 Listvariousmeasuringinstrumentsusedinmetrology.L1
 Examinegeometryofscrewthreadsandgearprofiles.L3
 Measureforce, torqueandpressure.L3
Calibratevariousmeasuringinstruments.L5

UNIT I Concept of measurement

Concept of Measurement: General concept-generalized measurement system,

units and standards, measuring instruments, sensitivity, readability, range of
accuracy, precision, static and dynamic response, repeatability, systematic and
random errors, correction, calibration, terminology and limits fits and
tolerances, hole basis and shaft basis system, interchangeability.

Limit Gauges And Gauge Design: Plug, Ring, Snap, Gap, Taper gauges.
Taylor's principle. Design of Go and No Go gauges.

Linear and Angular Measurement: Linear measuring instruments:

Vernierinstruments, micrometers, slip gauges, tool makers microscope.
Comparators: Mechanical, pneumatic and electrical.

Angular measurements: Sine bar, bevel protractor and angle dekkor, rollers
and spheres used to determine the tapers.

UNIT–II FlatnessandSurfaceRoughnessmeasurement.
Flatness Measurement: Measurement of flatness – straight edges – surface
plates, optical flat and autocollimators, interferometers and their applications.
Surface Roughness Measurement: Terminology systems, differences between
surface roughness and surface waviness- Numerical assessment of surface finish -
CLA, R.M.S Value-Ra, Rzvalues, Methods of measurement of surface finish-
profilograph, talysurf, BIS symbols for indication of surface roughness.

UNIT–III ScrewThreadandGearMeasurement
Screw thread measurements: Elements of threads, errors in screw threads,
various methods for measuring external and internal screw threads, screw
thread gauges.

Gear Measurement: Gear tooth terminology, measurement of gear elements-

run out, lead, pitch backlash, profile, pressure angle, tooth thickness, diameter
of gear, constant chord and base tangent method.
CoordinateMeasuringMachine(CMM)-Constructionandfeatures.

UNIT–IV MeasurementofDisplacementandStrain
Measurement of Displacement: Theory and construction of various
transducers to measure displacement – Piezo-electric, inductive, capacitance,
resistance, ionization and photoelectric transducers, calibration procedures.

Measurements ofStrain: Various types of electrical strain gauges,

gaugefactor, methodof usage of resistance strain gauge for bending,
compressive and tensile strains, usage for measuring torque,straingaugerosettes.
UNIT–V MeasurementofForce,Torqueand Pressure

MeasurementofForce:Direct method-analyticalbalance, platformbalance;

elastic members –load cells, cantilever beams and proving rings.

Measurement of Torque: Torsion bar dynamometer, servo controlled dynamometer

and absorption dynamometer.

Measurement ofPressure: Standards and calibration, basic methods of

pressuremeasurement, dead weight gauges and manometers, High and low
pressure measurement, Elastic transducers.

Textbooks:

Beckwith,Marangoni,Linehard,MechanicalMeasurements,6/e,PHI,2013.
[Link],EngineeringMetrology,20/e,KhannaPublishers,2013.

ReferenceBooks:

Mahajan,EngineeringMetrology,2/e,DhanpatRai,2013.
[Link],BasicPrinciples-
 MeasurmentsandControlSystems,AnuradhaPublications, 2014.
AnandKBewoor&VinayAKulkarni,Metrology&Measurement,15/e,McGrawHill,
2015.
[Link],MechanicalMeasurements&Control,MetropolitanPublishers,5/e,2015.

OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
r_Unit_2B.pdf
[Link]
[Link]
2106138/[Link]
[Link]
2106179/[Link]
[Link]
Dykc
[Link]
=_UsAiZmRC1M
[Link]
=oCkaxMI19X8
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
[Link] (ME) – III-I Sem (R20)
2 0 1 3
(20A50303) Theory -3 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY
Course Objectives:

 Analysisofforcesactinginmechanisms
 Effectsofunbalanceforces
 Modellingandanalyzingthevibrationbehaviorofspringmassdampersystem
Theprinciplesinmechanismsusedforgoverningofmachines.

Course Outcomes:Attheendofthecourse,thestudentwillbeable to

Determinetheforcesactingonvariouslinkageswhenamechanismissubjectedtoexterna
 lforces.L5
 IdentifyandcorrecttheunbalancesofrotatingbodyL1
 AnalyzethevibratorymotionofSDOFsystems.L2
 ReducethemagnitudeofvibrationandisolatevibrationofdynamicsystemsL3
DeterminedimensionsofGovernorsforspeedcontrol.L5

UNIT-I Friction and PowerScrews

Friction: Inclined plane, frictionof screws andnuts, pivot andcollar,

uniformpressure, uniformwear. Friction circle and friction axis,
lubricated surfaces, boundary friction, film lubrication.

Powerscrews:Formsofthreads, self-locking ofscrews,efficiencyof

different screws,Square, trapezoidal, screw threads.

UNIT-II Precession,Turning Moment Diagram and FlyWheel

Precession: Gyroscopes, effect of precession motion on the stability of

moving vehicles such as motor car, motorcycle,aeroplanes and ships.
TurningMoment DiagramsandFlyWheels:Turningmoment diagrams for
steamengine, IC Engine and multi cylinder engine. Crank effort - coefficient
of Fluctuation of energy, coefficient of Fluctuation of speed – Fly wheels and
their design, Fly wheels for Punching machines.

UNIT-III Governors
Watt, Porterand Proell governors. Spring loaded governors– Hartnell and Hartung
 governors withauxiliary springs. Sensitiveness, isochronism and [Link]
and power of a governor.

UNIT-IVBalancing

Balancing: Balancing of rotating masses - single and multiple – single and

different planes.
Balancing
ofReciprocatingMasses:PrimaryandSecondarybalancingofreciprocatingmasses .

Analytical and graphical [Link] forces and couples – V-engine,

multi cylinder inline and radial engines for primary and secondary balancing.

UNIT-V Vibration

Freeandforced vibration ofsingledegreeoffreedomsystem, Roleof damping,

whirlingofshafts and critical [Link] problems on free, forced and
damped [Link] Isolation & Transmissibility. Transverse
vibrations of beams with concentrated and distributed loads. Dunkerly’s
method, Raleigh’s [Link] vibrations - two and three rotor systems.

Textbooks:

[Link],TheoryofMachines,MGHPublishers,3/e,2013.
[Link],KinematicsandDynamicsofMachinery,TataMcGrawHill,2017.

ReferenceBooks:

ThomasBevan,Theoryofmachines,Pearson,3/e,2012.
[Link],Thetheoryofmachinesandmechanisms,McGrawhill,2/e,1995.
[Link],[Link],[Link],2005.

OnlineLearningResources:

 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
[Link] (ME) – III-I SEM (R20)

(20A50304a) POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)

Course objective
Familiarizethesourcesofenergy,powerplant economicsandenvironmentalaspects.
Outlinetheworkingcomponentsofdifferentpower plant.
Explain renewable energy sources; characteristics, working principle,
classify types, layouts, and plant operations.
Imparttypesofnuclearpowerplants,andoutlineworkingprincipleandadvant
agesand hazards.

CourseOutcomes:At the end of the course the students will be able to

Outlinesourcesof energy,powerplanteconomics,andenvironmentalaspectsL1
ExplainpowerplanteconomicsandenvironmentalconsiderationsL1
Describeworkingcomponentsofa steampowerplantL2
IllustratetheworkingmechanismofDieselandGasturbinepowerplantsL3
SummarizetypesofrenewableenergysourcesandtheirworkingprincipleL4
Demonstratetheworkingprincipleofnuclear power plantsL3

UNIT-I Introduction to the Sources of Energy

Introduction to the Sources of Energy - Resources and Development of Power

in India. Layouts of Steam, Hydel, Diesel, MHD, Nuclear and Gas Turbine
Power Plants - Combined Power Cycles - Comparison and Selection.

Power Plant Economics and Environmental Considerations: Capital Cost,

Investment of Fixed Charges, Operating Costs, General Arrangement of Power
Distribution, Load Curves, Load Duration Curve. Definitions of Connected
Load, Maximum Demand, Demand Factor, Average Load, Load Factor,
Diversity Factor - Tariff - Related Exercises. Effluents from Power Plants and
Impact on Environment - Pollutants and Pollution Standards - Methods of
Pollution Control. Inspection And Safety Regulations.

UNIT-II Steam PowerPlant

Modern High Pressureand Supercritical Boilers - Analysis of Power Plant

CyclesModern Trends in Cycle Improvement - Waste Heat Recovery, Fluidized
Bed Boilers., Fueland Handling Equipments, Types ofCoals, CoalHandling,
ChoiceofHandlingEquipment, CoalStorage, AshHandlingSystems.
Combustion Process- Properties of Coal - Overfeed and Under Feed Fuel Beds,
Travelling Grate Stokers, Spreader Stokers, Retort Stokers, Pulverized Fuel
Burning System And Its Components, Combustion Needs and Draught System,
Cyclone Furnace, Design and Construction, Dust Collectors, Cooling Towers
And Heat Rejection. Analysis of Pollution from Thermal Power Plants -
Pollution Controls.CO2Recorders

UNIT-III Diesel and Gas Turbine PowerPlants

Diesel Power Plant: Diesel Power Plant: Introduction - IC Engines, Types,

Construction- FuelStorage
Gas Turbine Plant: Introduction - Classification - Construction - Principles of
Working Closed and Open Cycle Gas Turbines. Advantages And Disadvantages
Combined Cycle Power Plants.

UNIT-IV HydroElectric Power Plants

HydroElectricPowerPlant:Waterpower-
HydrologicalCycle/FlowMeasurement-Drainage Area Characteristics -
Hydrographs - Storage and Pondage - Classification of Dams and Spill
Ways. HydroProjects&Plant:Classification-PlantAuxiliaries-
PlantOperationPumpedStoragePlants.

UNIT-V Non-Conventional Source of Energy

Power From Non-Conventional Sources: Utilization of Solar Collectors-

Principle of its Working, Wind Energy - Types of Turbines - HAWT & VAWT-
Tidal Energy. MHD power Generation.

NuclearPowerStation:NuclearFuel-
NuclearFission,ChainReaction,BreedingandFertile Materials - Nuclear Reactor -
Reactor Operation.
TypesOfReactors:PressurizedWaterReactor,BoilingWaterReactor,Sodium-
GraphiteReactor,

Fast breeder Reactor, Homogeneous Reactor, Gas Cooled Reactor, Radiation Hazards
and Shielding - Radioactive Waste Disposal.

Textbooks:

[Link],PowerPlantEngineering,3/e,TMH,2013.
Arora andS. Domkundwar, AcourseinPower Plant
Engineering, DhanpatRai&Co(P) Ltd, 2014.
 ReferenceBooks:

Rajput,ATextbookofPowerPlantEngineering,4/e,LaxmiPublications, 2012.
Ramalingam,PowerplantEngineering,SciTechPublishers,2013.
[Link],PowerPlantEngineering,[Link],2012.

OnlineLearningResources:

[Link] f

[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L T P C
[Link] (ME) – III-I Sem (R20)
3 0 0 3
(20A50304b )TOOL DESIGN (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-
I)

Theobjectivesofthiscourseareto
 DescribethebasicconceptsofToolDesign.
 ClassifyFitsandTolerancesusedinToolDesign.
 DefinethefundamentalconceptsofDesigningofJigsandFixtures.
 Applybasicmathematicstodesignthepresstooldies.
Understandthen nomenclatureofthemillingcutters.
ExplaintheconceptualdesignofCNCmachinetools.

CourseOutcomes:

Attheendofthecoursestudentwillbeableto
 ComparetheFerrous andnonferrous toolmaterialsL1
 Classifythetypesofchipformationduringorthogonal cuttingL1
 DesignDrillJigsandFixturesL6
 Designas simplegripperforrobotL6
 UnderstandtheconceptofdesignofdieandpiercingoperationsL2
Understandaboutthetoolholdingmethods,Automatictoolchangersandtoolp
ositionsinCNC MachineL2

UNIT- INTRODUCTIONTOTOOLDESIGN

Introduction –Tool Engineering – Tool Classifications– Tool Design Objectives

– Tool Design in manufacturing- Challenges and requirements- Standards in
tool design-Tool drawings -Surface finish – Fits and Tolerances - Tooling
Materials- Ferrous and Non ferrous Tooling Materials- Carbides, Ceramics and
Diamond -Non metallic tool materials-Designing with relation to heat
treatment.

UNIT-II DESIGNOFCUTTINGTOOLS

Mechanics of Metal cutting –Oblique and orthogonal cutting- Chip formation

and shear angle -Single-point cutting tools – Milling cutters – Hole making
cutting tools- Broaching Tools - Design of Form relieved and profile relieved
cutters-Design of gear and thread milling cutters.
UNIT-III DESIGNOFJIGSANDFIXTURES

Introduction–FixedGages –GageTolerances –selectionof materialfor Gauges –

IndicatingGages – Automatic gages – Principles of location – Locating methods
and devices – Principles of clamping – Drill jigs – General considerations in the
design of drill jigs – Drill bushings – Methods of construction –Types of
Fixtures – Vice Fixtures – Milling Fixtures – Boring Fixtures – Broaching
Fixtures.

UNIT-IV DESIGNOFPRESSTOOL DIES

Types of Dies –Method of Die operation–Clearance and cutting force

calculations- Blanking and Piercing die design – Pilots – Strippers and pressure
pads- Presswork materials – Centre of pressure - Strip layout – Short-run
tooling for Piercing – Bending dies – Drawing dies-Design and drafting.

UNIT-V TOOLDESIGNFORCNCMACHINETOOLS

Introduction–Toolingrequirements for Numericalcontrolsystems –

Fixturedesignfor CNCmachine tools- Sub plate and tombstone fixtures-
Universal fixtures– Cutting tools– Tool holding methods– Automatic tool
changers and tool positioners – Tool presetting– General explanation of the
Brownand Sharp machine.

Textbooks:

CyrllDonaldson,[Link],[Link],“ToolDesign”,TataMcGra
wHill Publishing Company Ltd., 2000.
[Link],”JigandFixtureDesign”, ThomsonAsia PvtLtd, Singapore,2004.

ReferenceBooks:

[Link],ATextbookofProductionEngineering’[Link],1999.
PrakashHiralalJoshi,“Toolingdata”,WheelerPublishing, 2000
VenkataramanK.,“DesignofJigs,FixturesandPress tools”, TMH,2005.
HaslehurstM.,“ManufacturingTechnology”, TheELBS,1978.

OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
GN_Lecture_Notes.pdf
[Link]
%20Notes-ilovepdf- [Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
[Link] (ME)-III-I Sem (R20)
3 0 0 3
(20A50304c) AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)

Course objective: -

Theobjectivesofthiscourseareto
 Describethebasicconceptsofautomationinmanufacturingsystems.
 Acquirethefundamentalconceptsofautomatedflowlinesand theiranalysis.
 Classifyautomatedmaterialhandling,automatedstorageandretrievalsystems.
 Illustrateadaptivecontrolsystemsandautomatedinspection methods.
 Definethefundamentalconceptsofindustrialrobotics.
 Applybasicmathematicstocalculatetherobotkinematicanddynamicmechanics
• Understandtherobotprogrammingmethodsandsoftwarepackages.

CourseOutcomes:

Attheendofthecoursestudentwillbeableto
 Classifythetypesof hardwarecomponentsofautomationandcontrolsystem.L1
 Designa simplematerialhandlingsystemforlow-costmanufacturingL5
 DesignasimplegripperforrobotL5
 ComparethetypesofactuatorsusedinrobotmanipulatorL2
 UnderstandtherequirementsandfeaturesofrobotprogrammingL2
DemonstratethevariousapplicationsofrobotsinmanufacturingL2

UNIT- Introduction

Introduction:Automationinproductionsystem,need,types,PrinciplesandStrategie
sof automation, levels of automation, basic elements of an automated system,
hardware components for automationandprocess control, mechanicalfeeders,
hoppers, orienteers ,high speedautomaticinsertion devices.
Material handling and Identification Technologies: Overview of automatic
material handling systems, principles anddesignconsideration, material transport
systems, storagesystems, overview of automatic identification methods.

UNIT-II Assembly Line Balancing and Automated Manufacturing System

Assembly Line Balancing: Assembly process and systems assembly line, line
balancing algorithms, ways ofimprovinglinebalance,flexibleassemblylines.
Automated flow lines& transfer mechanisms, fundamentals of transfer Lines,
flow lines with or without buffer storage.

Automated Manufacturing Systems: Components, classification and overview

of manufacturing systems, manufacturing cells, GT and cellular manufacturing,
FMS and its planning and implementation.

UNIT-III Introductionto Robotics

Introduction:Briefhistoryofrobots,classificationofrobot,functionallinediagram,d
egreesof freedom. Elements of robot - types and its functions, factors
tobeconsideredinthe designofgrippers.
Robot Actuators and Feedback Components: Actuators, Pneumatic,
Hydraulic actuators, Electric &Steppermotors,[Link]-
potentiometers,resolvers,encoders-velocitysensors, Tactile sensors, Proximity
sensors.

UNIT-IV Kinematics and Dynamics of a Manipulator

Manipulator Kinematics:
Homogenoustransformationsasapplicabletotranslation, rotations-D-H notation,
Forwardand inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics:Differentialtransformations, Jacobians,
Lagrange-Euler andNewton- Euler formations.

UNIT-V RobotProgrammingandApplications

Robot Programming: Methods of programming - requirements and features of

programming languages, software packages, problems with programming
languages. Motion path control- slew
motion,jointintegratedmotion,straightlinemotion;avoidanceof obstacles.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: MaterialTransfer -Materialhandling,
loadingandunloading; Process -
spotandcontinuousarcwelding&spraypainting; AssemblyandInspection.

Textbooks:

[Link], Automation, ProductionSystems andComputer

IntegratedManufacturing- Pearson Education.5/e, 2009.
[Link],[Link],NicholasG.O
drey,Industrial Robotics –– McGraw Hill, 1986.
ReferenceBooks:

S. R. Deb & Sankha Deb, Robotics Technology and Flexible

 Automation, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
R KMittal andI J Nagrath, Robotics andcontrol, IllustratedEdition, Tata
McGrawHill India 2003.
SaeedB. Niku, IntroductiontoRobotics – Analysis, System, Applications,
2/e, JohnWiley& Sons, 2010.
RichardD. Klafter,ThomasRoboticEngineeringanintegratedapproach,
PHIpublications 1988.
OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
B-Tech (ME)-III-I Sem (R20)
(20A50306) METROLOGY AND - - 3 1.5
MEASUREMENTS LAB
CourseObjectives:

 Toexperimentwithmeasuringequipment’susedforlinearandangularmeasurements.
 Tofindcommontypesof errorsin measurement equipment.
 Toexperimentwithdifferenttypesofsensors,transducersandstraingaugesequipment.
Tomakeuseofthermocouplesformeasurementoftemperature.

CourseOutcomes:Attheendofcoursethestudents willbeableto:

Applydifferentinstrumentstomeasurelength,width,depth,borediameters,in
 ternaland external tapers, tool angles, and surface roughness.L2
 Measure effective diameter ofthreadprofile.L3
 Conductdifferentmachinealignmenttests.L2
Measuretemperature,displacement,andpressure.L4

ListofExperiments:

SectionA:

Measurement ofboresbyinternalmicrometersanddialboreindicators.
Use of gear teeth Verniercallipers and checking the chordal
addendum and chordal height of spur gear.
Alignmenttestonthelatheandmillingmachineusingdialindicators
StudyofToolmakersmicroscopeanditsapplication
AngleandtapermeasurementsbyBevelprotractor,Sinebar spiritleveletc.
ThreadmeasurementbyTwowire/Threewiremethod.
SurfaceroughnessmeasurementbyTalysurfinstrument.
Useofstraightedgeandsprit levelinfindingtheflatness ofsurfaceplate.
SectionB:

CalibrationofPressureGauges
Calibrationoftransducerorthermocouplefortemperaturemeasurement.
CalibrationofLVDTtransducerfordisplacement measurement.
Calibrationofcapacitivetransducerforangular measurement.
Calibrationofphotoandmagneticspeedpickupsfor themeasurementofspeed.
Study and use of a Seismic pickup for the measurement of
vibration amplitude of an enginebed at various loads.
 StudyandcalibrationofMcleodgaugeforlowpressure.

VirtualLab:

TouseVernierCallipersforthemeasurementofdimensions
ofgivenobject.
To use Micrometer Screw Gauge for the measurement
ofdimensions(Length,Thickness, Diameter) of given object.
[Link]
TocalculateYoung'smodulusofelasticityofsteelwirebyVerniermethod
[Link]
References:

[Link],MetrologyandMeasurementslaboratorymanual,Notion Press;1/e,
2020.
ArulR, MetrologyandMeasurementsLabManual,NotionPress;1/e,2020.
OnlineLearningResources/VirtualLabs:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
Measurement-Laboratory- [Link]
[Link]
s9GDke48rETYcnBFBumj&index=5
[Link]
s9GDke48rETYcnBFBumj&index=6
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
III Year [Link]. M.E.I-Sem (R20)
0 0 3 1.5
(20A50307)DYNAMICS LAB
Course Objectives:

To supplement the principles learnt in kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery.

To understand how certain measuring devices are used for dynamic testing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students will be able to
Ability to demonstrate the principles of kinematics and dynamics of machineryL1
Determine the Mass moment of inertia, Range sensitivity.L2
Drawing of Cam profile, determination of torsional ,undamped and damped
natural frequencies.L3
Determining of influence of coefficient and balancing of rotating
,reciprocating masses.L5
Verify the laws of springs and forced vibration of cantilever beam.L6
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Kinematics of Four Bar, Slider Crank, Crank Rocker, Double crank, Double
rocker, Oscillating cylinderMechanisms.

Determination of Mass moment of inertia of Fly wheel and Axlesystem.

Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Watts,
Porter, Proell and HartnellGovernors.
Cams – Cam profile drawing, Motion curves and study of jumpphenomenon.
Determination of torsional natural frequency of single and Double
Rotorsystems. Undamped and Damped Natural frequencies.
Multi degree freedom suspension system – Determination of influencecoefficient.
Determination of torsional natural frequency of single and Double
Rotor systems.-damped Natural frequencies.
Determination of torsional natural frequency of single and Double
Rotor systems.- UnDamped Natural frequencies
Balancing of rotating masses.
Balancing of reciprocatingmasses.
Determination of natural Frequency and verification of Laws ofsprings
Forced Vibration of Cantilever beam – Mode shapes and naturalfrequencies.
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
III YEAR B-TECH I SEM (R20) L T P C

(20A50308)COMPUTER AIDED MODELING 1 0 2 2

(Skill Oriented Course-III)
CourseObjectives:

 Totrainthestudents withCADpackages.
 To importthe2Dand3Dmodelingskills tothestudents.
Toimportandexportdifferent IGES filesfromonesoftwaretoanother

CourseOutcomes:At the end of the course the students will be able to

 Studentswillbeabletodesigndifferentpartsofmechanicalequipment’s L2
 StudentswillbeabletoapplytheirskillsinvariousdesigningandManufacturingIndustries.L
2

ListofExperiments:

Generationofthefollowingcurvesusing“C”/Pythonlanguage -2 experiments
CubicSplines
Beziercurves
B-Splines.
Generationofthefollowingsurfacesusing“C”/Pythonlanguage -2 experiments
Beziersurfaces
B-Splinesurfaces
TypicaltasksofModeling using any solidmodeling packages such as
PRO/E,IDEAS,CATIA, etc.,
SolidBooleanalgebra-1Exercise
Wireframe&SurfaceModelling– 3 Exercises
3D–Draftingindetail– 1Exercise
ProductionDrawingwithGeometricDimensioningandTolerances–3 Exercises
(PreferablyfortheassemblydrawingsdrawninComputerAidedMachineDrawinginprev
ious semester)
Introduction to MATLAB Tools
References:
JamesDMeadows"GeometricDimensioningandTolerancing-
Applications,Analysis&Measurement ASME Y14.5-2018.
KLNarayana,[Link], ProductionDrawing,
NewAgepublishers, 2014.
IbrahimZeid,TataMcGrawhill, CAD/CAMTheoryandPractice, 2012.

OnlineLearningResources/Virtual Labs:
[Link]
OuK49WxJJVjiyKks&index=2
[Link]
nN7UDa1YW4s_hR6YX0
[Link]
v5ZXxQ2NyIdSlid_jCB
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous):
ANANTAPURAMU DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
Year [Link]. M.E. I Semester (R20)

CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Common to Civil, Mech, Chem
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
INDIAN 2 0 0 0
20A59101 CONSTITUTION

COURSE OBJECTIVES :The objective of this course is

To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution
To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary
To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
To understand the autonomous nature of constitutional bodies like Supreme Court and high
court controller and auditor general of India and Election Commission of India.
To understand the central-state relation in financial and administrative control

Syllabus
UNIT-IIntroduction to Indian Constitution
Constitution -Meaning of the term - Indian Constitution- Sources and constitutional history -
Features– Citizenship – Preamble - Fundamental Rights and Duties - Directive Principles of
State Policy.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:-After completion of this unit student will
 Understand the concept of Indian constitution
 
Apply the knowledge on directive principle of state policy
 
Analyze the History and features of Indian constitution
 
Learn about Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Duties

UNIT-IIUnion Government and its Administration
Structure of the Indian Union- Federalism - Centre-State relationship – President’s Role, power
and position - PM and Council of ministers - Cabinet and Central Secretariat–LokSabha-
RajyaSabha - The Supreme Court and High Court - Powers and Functions LEARNING
OUTCOMES:-After completion of this unit student will
 
Understand the structure of Indian government
 
Differentiate between the state and central government
 
Explain the role of President and Prime Minister

Know the Structure of supreme court and High court
UNIT-IIIState Government and its Administration
Structure of the State Govt. -Governor - Role and Position -CM and Council of Ministers - State
Secretariat-Organization Structure and Functions
LEARNING OUTCOMES:-After completion of this unit student will
 Understand the structure of state government
 
Analyze the role of Governor and Chief Minister
 
Explain the role of State Secretariat

Differentiate between structure and functions of state secretariat

UNIT-IV Local Administration

District’s Administration Head - Role and Importance - Municipalities - Mayor and role of
Elected Representatives -CEO of Municipal Corporation PanchayatiRaj - Functions– PRI–
ZillaParishath - Elected officials and their roles – CEO, ,ZillaParishath - Block level
Organizational Hierarchy - (Different departments) - Village level - Role of Elected and
Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy

LEARNING OUTCOMES:-After completion  of this unit student will

 Understand the local Administration
 
Compare and contrast district administration’s role and importance
 
Analyze the role of Mayor and elected representatives of Municipalities

Learn about the role ofZillaParishath block level organization
UNIT-VElection Commission
Election Commission- Role of Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissionerate -
State Election Commission -Functions of Commissions for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and
Women
LEARNING OUTCOMES:-After completion of this unit student will
 Know the role of Election Commission
 
Contrast and compare the role of Chief Election commissioner and Commissionerate
 
Analyze the role of state election commission

Evaluate various commissions vizSC/ST/OBC and women
TEXT BOOKS

Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd..
New Delhi

SubashKashyap, Indian Constitution, National Book Trust

REFERENCES:

J.A. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics,

[Link], Constitutional Law of India, 4th edition in 3 volumes (Universal Law

Publication)

3. .J.C. Johari, Indian Government andPolitics, Hans India

M.V. Pylee, Indian Constitution Durga Das Basu, Human Rights in Constitutional Law,
Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.. New Delhi

E-RESOURCES:

[Link]/courses/109104074/8
[Link]/courses/109104045/
[Link]/courses/101104065/
[Link]/en/lecture-details
[Link]/en/event/2nd-lecture-institute-lecture-series-indian-constitution

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to

CO1 State the historical background of the constitution making and its importance for
building a democratic India.
CO2 Understand the functioning of three wings of the governmentie., executive,
legislative and judiciary.

CO3 Demonstrate the value of the fundamental rights and duties for becoming good
citizen of India.

CO4 Analyze the decentralization of power between central, state and local self-
government
CO5 Appraise the knowledge in strengthening of the constitutional institutions like
CAG,Election Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy.

CO6 Develop themselves as responsible citizens and pave way to build a democratic
country.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

L T P C
(20A60301) Theory -1 CAD/CAM 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
To impart the students to CAD/CAM and CIM and the basics of computer graphics.
To impart knowledge on geometric modeling.
To impart fundamental knowledge on NC and concepts of part programming.
To introduce the philosophy of group technology, basics of Flexible Manufacturing
Systems and computer aided quality control.
To impart the concepts of Computer Aided Process Planning, Computer Integrated
Process Planning and introduce the trends in manufacturing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students will be able to
CO1 To implement the concepts of CAD/CAM and CIM in industry. L2

CO2 Use CAD software for solid modeling. L1

CO3 To implement suitable NC part programming concepts. L2

CO4 Implement appropriate suitable production systems and computer aided quality control.
L2
CO5 Utilize suitable computer aided process planning and computer integrated production
planning for a customized manufacturing system. L3

UNIT –I
Overview of CAD/CAM: Product cycle, CAD, CAM and CIM. CAD Tools,CAM Tools,
Utilization in an Industrial Environment, Evaluation criteria. CAD data structure, Data base
managementsystems.

Computer Graphics: Co-ordinate systems, Graphics package functions, 2D and 3D

transformations, clipping, hidden line / surface removal color, shading.

UNIT –II
Geometric Modeling: Representation techniques, Parametric and non-parametric
representation, various construction methods, wire frame modeling, synthetic curves and their
representations, surface modeling, synthetics surfaces and their [Link]
modeling, solid representation, fundamentals, introduction to boundary
representations, constructive solid geometry representations

UNIT- III
Numerical Control: NC, NC Modes, NC Elements, NC Machine tools and their structure,
Machining center, types and features. Controls in NC, CNC systems, DNC systems.
Adaptive control machining systems, types of adaptive control.
CNC Part Programming: Fundamentals, NC word, NC Nodes, canned cycles, cutter
radius compensation, length compensation, computed assisted part programming using
APT: Geometry statements, motion statements, post process statements, auxiliary
statements, macro statement program for simple components.

UNIT -IV
Group Technology & FMS: Part Family, Classification and Coding, advantages &
limitations, Group technology machine cells, benefits. FMS: Introduction, components of
FMS, material handling systems, Computer control systems, advantages.
Computer Aided Quality Control: Terminology in Quality control, Inspection and
testing, Contact inspection methods - optical and non-optical, integration of CAQC with
CAD andCIM.

UNIT- V
Computer Aided Processes Planning: Retrieval type and Generative type,
benefits Machinability data systems, Computer generated time standards.

Computer integrated production planning: Capacity planning, shop floor control, MRP-I,
MRP- II, CIMS benefits. Trends in manufacturing systems: Concepts of
Reconfigurable manufacturing, Sustainable manufacturing and lean manufacturing.

Text Books:
CAD/CAM, A Zimmers &Groover, PE, PHI
CAD/CAM-Principles and applications, P.N. Rao, TMH, 3rd edition,2010
References:
Automated Production Systems and CIM by P. Groover Pearson
Education, Limited.
CAD/CAM/CIM (Revised second edition)- P. Radhakrishnan, S.
Subramanyan, V. Raju- New Age International Edition
CAD/CAM- Theory and practice- Irahim Zeid- Tata McGraw Hill
publications.
Online Learning Resources:

 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

L T P C
(20A60302)Theory 2 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

 Familiarize basic principles of finite element analysis procedure.

 Explaintheoryandcharacteristicsoffiniteelementsthatrepresentengineeringstructures.
 Applyfiniteelementsolutionstostructural,thermal,dynamic problem.
Learntomodelcomplexgeometryproblemsandsolutiontechniques.

Course Outcomes:Uponsuccessfulcompletionofthiscourse,youshouldbeableto

 UnderstandtheconceptsbehindvariationalmethodsandweightedresidualmethodsinFEM.L1
IdentifytheapplicationandcharacteristicsofFEAelementssuchasbars,beams,and
isoparametric elements, and 3-D element.L2

Develop element characteristicequationprocedureand generationofglobalstiffness
 equation will be applied.L2
Able to apply Suitable boundary conditions to a global structural equation, and
 reduce it to a solvable form.L1
Abletoidentifyhowthefiniteelementmethodexpandsbeyondthestructuraldomain,for
problems involving dynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow.L1

UNIT-I Introduction to finite element methods

Introduction to finite element methods for solving field problems, applications, Stress and
equilibrium, Boundary conditions, Strain-Displacement relations, Stress- strain relations for
2D and 3D Elastic problems. Potential energy and equilibrium, Rayleigh-Ritz method,
Formulation of Finite Element Equations.

One dimensional Problems: Finite element modelling of ID bar elements coordinates and
shape functions. Requirements for ConvergenceandInterpolationfunctions, Pascal‟s Triangle,
Assemblyof global stiffness matrix and load vector. Finite element equations, Treatment of
boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

UNIT-II ID Analysis of Trusses and Beams

Analysisof trusses:StiffnessMatrixfor1Dtruss element,

StressCalculationsandProblemswith maximum of three elements.

Analysisofbeams:ElementStiffnessMatrixandLoadvector for 1Dbeamelement, Hermiteshape

functions and simple problems.
UNIT-III 2D Analysis

Finiteelementmodelingoftwo-dimensionalstressanalysiswithconstantstraintrianglesand
treatment of boundary [Link] of load Vector, Stresses.
Finite element modeling of Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading
with triangular elements.

UNIT-IV Quadrilateral Elements & Thermal Analysis

Quadrilateral Elements: Isoparametric, Sub parametric and Super parametric elements,

Modellingof 4 nodded and 8 nodded quadrilateral elements and simple problems. Numerical
Integration.

Steady state heat transfer analysis: Onedimensionalanalysisofcompositeslabandfin.

UNIT-V Dynamic analysis

Analysisofa1Duniformshaftsubjectedtotorsion –Simpleproblems

Dynamicanalysis:Formulationoffiniteelementmodel,element–massmatrices,evaluationof
Eigen values and Eigen vectors for a bar and shaft.

Textbooks:

[Link],AshokBelegundu,IntroductiontoFiniteElementinEngineering, Pearson
Publications, 4/e, 2011.
[Link],TheFiniteElementMethodsinEngineering,ElsevierButterworth -Heinemann,2/e, 2011.
[Link],FiniteElementAnalysisinEngineering,2/e,AnuradhaPublications,2016

Reference Books:

JNReddy, AnintroductiontotheFiniteElementMethod,McGraw–Hill, NewYork, 1993.

RDCook,DSMalkusandMEPlesha,ConceptsandApplicationsofFiniteElement
Analysis, 3/e, John Wiley, New York, 1989.
KJBathe,FiniteElementProceduresinEngineeringAnalysis,Prentice-Hall,Englewood
Cliffs, 1982.
[Link],FiniteElementAnalysis,1/e, B.S. Publications,2008.
OCZienkiewiczandRLTaylor,theFiniteElementMethod,3/[Link]-Hill, 1989.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

(20A60303)Theory -3 HEAT TRANSFER

L T P C

Course Objectives: 3 0 0 3

• Toimpartthebasiclawsofconduction,convectionandradiationheattrans
ferandtheir applications
• Tofamiliarizetheconvectiveheattransferconcepts
• Toexplainbasicsofradiationheat transfer
• Tomakeconversantwiththeheattransferanalysisrelatedtothermalsystemslikeheat
exchangers, evaporator, and condenser.

CourseOutcomes:

At theendofthecourse,thestudentwillbeableto
Applytheconceptsofdifferentmodesofheattransfer. (L3)
Applyknowledgeofconductionheattransferinthedesignofinsulationoffurnacesand pipes.
(L3)
Analyzefreeandforcedconvectionphenomenainexternalandinternalflows. (L4)
Designofthermalshieldsusingtheconceptsofblackbodyandnon-blackbodyradiation. (L5)
Applythebasicsofmasstransferforapplicationsindiffusionofgases. (L3)

UNIT-I Introduction
Basic modes of heat transfer- rate equations- generalized heat conduction equation-various
forms - steady state heat conduction solution for plane and composite slabs - cylinders -
critical thickness of insulation- heat conduction through fins of uniform cross section- fin
effectiveness and efficiency.

Unsteady State Heat Transfer Conduction- Transient heat conduction-

lumpedsystemanalysis and use of Heisler charts.

UNIT-II Convection
Convection: Basic concepts of convection–heat transfer coefficients - types of convection –
forced convection and free convection.
Free Convection: development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical
plate – use of empirical relations for convective heat transfer on plates and cylinders in
horizontal andvertical orientation
Forced convection: in external flow–concepts of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer-
use of empirical correlations for flow over plates and [Link] friction – heat transfer
analogy, approximate solution to laminar boundary layer equation for external [Link]
flow – Use of empirical relations for convective heat transfer in horizontal pipe flow-
problems.
UNIT-III Boiling and Condensation
Different regimes ofboiling- nucleate, transitionandfilmboiling – condensation–
filmwiseanddrop wise condensation-problems.

UNIT-IV Heat Exchangers

Types of heat exchangers- parallel flow- counter flow- cross flow heat exchangers- overall
heat transfer coefficient- LMTD and NTU methods- fouling in heat exchangers-problems.
UNIT-V
Radiation: Radiation heat transfer – thermal radiation – laws of radiation - Black and
Gray bodies shape factor-radiation exchange between surfaces - Radiation shields -
Greenhouse effect- simple problems.

Mass Transfer: Conservation laws and constitutive equations - Fick's law of diffusion,
isothermal equi-mass - Equimolal diffusion- - diffusion of gases and liquids- mass transfer
coefficient.

Textbooks:

[Link],HeatTransfer,3/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.

J.P. Holman, HeatTransfer,9/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
S. C. Arora&S. Domkundwar , A Coursein Heat and Mass Transfer, Dhan pat Rai&
CO.(P) LTD-Delhi , 2007.
[Link], Fundamentals of Engineering Heat& Mass transfer, New Age
International Publishers, 2017.
ReferenceBooks:

F.P. [Link],FundamentalsofHeatandMassTransfer, 6/e,

John Wiley, 2007.
[Link],HeatTransfer-APracticalApproach,4/e,TataMcGraw-Hill, 2007.
S.P. Sukhatme,ATextbookofHeatTransfer,UniversitiesPress,2005
LienhardandLienhard, AHeatandMassTransfer,CambridgePress,2011.
[Link],HeatandMassTransferdatabook,NewAge
Publications, 2014.
[Link],AText bookofHeat &MassTransfer,[Link],1/e,2018.
OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
transfer-fall- 2015/
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

(20A60304a) PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT
(Professional Elective–II)
CourseObjectives:
Attheendofthecourse,thestudentwillbeableto learn
Introductiontothetechnicaldesignandmanufacturingoperationsandsupplymanagementt o
the sustainability of an enterprise.
 Needforforecastingandtypesofforecasting.
Importthebasicprinciples ofproject managementandother
 businessfunctionssuchasvalue engineering, purchasing, marketing, finance etc.
Analyzethenewdemandsofthegloballycompetitivebusinessenvironmentthatsupply

chain managers face today.
Knowledgeonvariousschedulingalgorithmsapplicabletosinglemachine,parallel
machines, flow shop and job shop models.
CourseOutcomes:
At theendofthecourse,thestudentwillbeableto
Demonstratetheoperations and supply management to the
 sustainabilityofanenterpriseL3
 Identifythe need for forecastingandunderstanddifferentforecasting methodsL3 
 Identifyvarious production and plant layoutsL3
 Examine the quality control of the productionL3
 ApplyJust in Time (JIT)basicprinciples and applicationsL2
 Recommendtheproductionschedule for productivityL3
 Design, analyze and implementsingle machine,parallel machine, flow shopand job
shop scheduling algorithmsL5

UNIT-I Introduction 10 Hours Introduction: Operations Management – Definition,

Objectives, Types of Production
System, Difference between OM & PM, Historical Development of Operations
Management, Current Issues in Operation Management, Product Design – Requirements of
Good Product Design, Product Development–Approaches, Concepts in Product
Development, Standardization, Simplification, Speed to Market, Introduction to Concurrent
Engineering.
UNIT -II Forecasting: 8 Hours
Forecasting: Introduction, Statistical Forecasting Techniques, Moving Average,
ExponentialSmoothingTechnique,ErrorsinForecastingandEvaluationofForecasting
Techniques.
UNIT -III ValueEngineeringandPlantLayout: 8 Hours
Value Engineering and Plant Layout: Value Engineering – Objectives, Types of Values,
Function and Cost, Product Life Cycle, Steps in Value Engineering, Methodology in Value
Engineering, FAST Diagramand Matrix Method. Facility Location and Layout – Factor
Considerations in Plant Location, Comparative Study of Rural and Urban Sites, Methods of
Selection of Plant Layout, Objectives of Good layout, Principles, Types of Layouts, Line
Balancing
UNIT -IV AggregatePlanningandMRP: 8 Hours
Aggregate Planning and MRP: Aggregate Planning – Definition, Different Strategies,
Various Models of Aggregate Planning- Transportation and Graphical Models, Master
scheduling, MaterialRequirement Planning (MRP)- Terminology, TypesofDemands, Inputs
to MRP, Techniques of MRP, Lot Sizing Methods, Benefits and Drawbacks of MRP,
ManufacturingResourcesPlanning(MRPII), Justin Time (JIT)Philosophy,Kanban

System, Calculation of Number of Kanban‟s, Pull Systems vs. Push Systems,

Requirement for Implementation of JIT, JIT Production Process, Benefits of JIT.
UNIT -V Scheduling: 8 Hours
Scheduling: Policies, Types of Scheduling, Scheduling Strategies, Scheduling and Loadin
Guidelines, Forward and Backward Scheduling, Grant Charts, Priority Decision Rules,
Flo Shop Scheduling, Job Shop Scheduling, Line of Balance. Textbooks:

th
Buffa E.S. and Sarin R.K., Modern Production / Operations Management, 8
Editio Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
rd
Joseph G. Monks, Operations Management-Theory and Problems, 3
Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 1987.
Reference Books:
James L. Riggs, Jim Rigs, Production Systems: Planning, Analysis and Control,
th
4 Edition, Wave Land Press, 1992.
th
Chary S.N., Production and Operations Management, 5 Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2017.
Richard B. Chase, Ravi Shankar, Robert Jacobs., Operations and Supply Chain
th
Management, 15 Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.
rd
Pannerselvam R., Production and Operations Management,3 Edition, PHI
Learnin Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
Steven Nahmias, Tava Lennon Olsen, Production and Operation Analysis: Strategy
th
Quality – Analytics – Applications, 7 Edition, Waveland Press Inc., 2015.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
indraprastha-university/production-operations-management/full-unit-
1-lecture-notes-6/3528988
 [Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

(20A60304b)NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
(NDT)

L T P C
(Professional Elective–II)
3 0 0 3

CourseObjectives:
 Introducebasicconceptsofnon-destructive testing.
 Familiarizewithcharacteristicsof ultrasonic test,transducers,rejectionandeffectiveness. 
Describeconceptof liquid Penetrant, eddy current andmagneticparticletests,its
 applications and limitations.
Explainthe principles of infraredand thermal testing,applicationsandhoney comb and
sandwich structures case studies.

 Explainvariousmethods of non-destructivetesting.L1
 Applyrelevantnon-destructivetestingmethoddifferentapplications.L1
 Explaintheapplicationsofrailways,nuclearandchemicalindustries.L2
 Outlinethelimitationsanddisadvantagesof NDE.L2
Explainthe applicationsofNDAofpressure vessels,casting andwelding constructionsL2
UNIT-I Introductiontonon-destructivetesting 8Hrs
Introduction tonon-destructive testing: Radiographic test,SourcesofX and Gamma Rays
andtheir interactionwithMatter,Radiographicequipment, RadiographicTechniques, Safety
Aspects of Industrial Radiography.
UNIT -II Ultrasonictest 8Hrs
Ultrasonic test: Principle of Wave Propagation, Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Mode
Conversionand Attenuation, Sound Field, Piezo-electric Effect, Ultrasonic Transducersand
their Characteristics, Ultrasonic Equipment and Variables Affecting Ultrasonic Test,
Ultrasonic Testing, Interpretations and Guidelines for Acceptance, Rejection - Effectiveness
and Limitations of Ultrasonic Testing.
UNIT -III Liquidpenetrant,EddyCurrent&Magnetic Particle 10Hrs
Test
Liquid Penetrant Test: Liquid Penetrant Test, Basic Concepts, Liquid Penetrant System,
Test Procedure, Effectiveness and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
Eddy Current Test: Principle ofEddyCurrent, EddyCurrent Test System, Applications of
Eddy Current-Testing Effectiveness of Eddy Current Testing.
Magnetic Particle Test: Magnetic Materials, Magnetization of Materials, Demagnetization
of Materials, Principle of Magnetic Particle Test, Magnetic Particle Test Equipment,
Magnetic Particle Test Procedure, Standardization and Calibration, Interpretation and
Evaluation, Effective Applications and Limitations of the Magnetic Particle Test.
UNIT -IV Infrared&ThermalTesting 8Hrs
Infrared And Thermal Testing: Introduction and fundamentals to infrared and thermal
testing–Heat transfer –Active and passive techniques –Lock in and pulse thermography–
Contact and non-contact thermal inspection methods–Heat sensitive paints –Heat sensitive
papers –-thermally quenched phosphors liquid crystals –techniques for applying liquid
crystals–othertemperaturesensitivecoatings–Inspectionmethods–Infraredradiationand infrared
detectors–thermos mechanical behavior of materials–IR imaging in aerospace applications,
electronic components, Honey comb and sandwich structures–Case studies.

UNIT -V Industrial Applications of NDE: 8Hrs

Industrial Applications of NDE: Span of NDE Activities Railways, Nuclear, Non-nuclear
and Chemical Industries, Aircraft and Aerospace Industries, Automotive Industries, Offshore
Gas and Petroleum Projects, Coal Mining Industry, NDE of pressure vessels, castings,
welded constructions. Acoustics Test facilities.
Textbooks:
J Prasad, GCK Nair, Nondestructive test and evaluation of Materials, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education Publishers, 2008.
JosefKraut Kramer,
HerbertKrautkrämer,Ultrasonictestingofmaterials,3/springer-Verlag, 1983.
3. X. P. V. Maldague, Nondestructive evaluation of materials by infrared
thermography, 1/e, Springer-Verlag, 1993.
Reference Books:
Gary Workman, PatrickO. Moore, DoronKishoni,Non-destructive, Handbook,
Ultrasonic Testing, 3/e, Amer Society for Nondestructive, 2007.
ASTMStandards, Vol3.01, Metal sandalloys.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
non-destructive- testing-9872
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20) L T P C

3 0 0 3
(20A60304c) TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT(TQM)
(Professional Elective–II)
CourseObjectives:
Introduce the students,thebasic concepts of Total QualityManagement.
Expose with various quality issues in Inspection.
GainKnowledgeon qualitycontrol andits applicationstore all time.
Knowtheextentofcustomersatisfactionbytheapplicationofvariousqualityconcepts.
Understand the importance of Quality standards in Production.

Course Outcomes (CO):

At the end of this course, the student will be ableto
Develop an understanding on quality Management philosophies andframeworksL3
AdoptTQMmethodologies for continuous improvement of qualityL2
Measure the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and efficiency to identify
areas for improvementL3
Applybenchmarkingandbusinessprocessreengineeringtoimprovemanagement
processes.L2
Determine the setoff indications to evaluate performance excellence of an
organization.L3
UNIT-I Introduction LectureHrs:10
Introduction: Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality
management, Quality Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs,
Basic concepts of Total Quality Management.
UNIT -II Historical Review: LectureHrs:9
Historical Review: Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming
Philosophy, Barriers of TQM Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of
successful quality leader, Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Case studies.
UNIT -III TQMPrinciples: Lecture Hrs:8
TQM Principles: Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer
Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation,
Empowerment teams, Continuous Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle,
Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating,
Relationship Development, Performance Measures – Basic Concepts, Strategy, Performance
Measure Case studies.
 UNIT -IV TQMTools: Lecture Hrs:9
TQM Tools: Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality
Function Deployment (QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality
Loss Function, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs,
FMEA–StagesofFMEA, The seven tools of quality, process capability,Concept of Six
Sigma, New Sevenmanagementtools,Casestudies.

UNIT -V Quality Systems: Lecture Hrs:8

Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality
System – Elements, Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS
9000, ISO 14000 – Concept, Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.

Textbooks:
Dale H Biesterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2015.
Subbu raj Rama swamy, Total QualityManagement,Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., 2005.
Joel E. Ross,TotalQuality Management, Third Edition,CRCPress, 2017.
Reference Books:
Narayana V and Sreenivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks,
New Age International, 1996.
Robert L Flood,BeyondTQM, First Edition,John Wiley&SonsLtd, 1993.
[Link]&EugeneLodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control,
Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015
SamuelHo,TQM–An Integrated Approach,KoganPageLtd, USA,1995.
OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)– III-II Sem (R20)
(20A60306)COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
LABORATORY

L T P C
Course Objectives:
0 0 3 1.5
 To use the commercial Finite Element packages to build Finite
Element models and solve a selected range of engineering
problems.
 TovalidateaFiniteElementmodel using range of techniques.
 To communicate effectively in writing to report (both textually and graphically) the
method used, the implementation and the numerical results obtained.
 To discuss the accuracy of the Finite Element solutions.
Course Outcomes

 Ability to solve engineering problems using the commercial software‟s such as
ANSYS, SIMUFACT, ABAQUS, SIMULIA, Mathematical, MAT LAB, GNU
Octave, Scilab, MAPLE/ COMSOL.L5

List of Experiments:

Finite Element Analysis using Simulation package for different structures. The
discretization can be done with 1-D, 2-D & 3-D elements to perform the following analysis
for post processing:
StaticAnalysis
Stressanalysisof2Dtruss.
StressanalysisofaplatewithacircularholeandL-Bracket –2Dand3D
Stressanalysisofbeams-cantilever
Stress analysis of beams -simplysupported
Stressanalysisofanaxi-symmetriccomponent
TorsionbasedProblem
ThermalAnalysis
Conductiveheattransfer analysisofa 2Dand3Dcomponents
ConductionandConvectiveheattransfer analysisofa2Dcomponent
Heattransfer rateofa composite wall
Coupledfieldanalysisofacomponent
ModalAnalysis
Modefrequencyanalysisofa2Dcomponent
Modefrequencyanalysisofbeams (cantilever,simplysupported)

Note: Students should practice the above problems with combinations of ANSYS, Octave,
Scilab, MATLAB/ Mathematica, MAPLE/COMSOLetc. based onthe available software’s
of either licensed or freeware. Staffcanmake useofFreeware
insolvingtheFEAProblemswith different combination of simulation packages.
References:

Nitin S Gokhale and Sanjay Deshpande, Practical Finite Element Analysis, Finite to
Infinite Publishers, 1/e, 2008.
JoeStefanelli,FiniteElement AnalysisinPractice-InstructorManual,Auto-desk,2010.
[Link],MATLABcodesforFiniteElementMethod”, Springer Publications, 2020.
Heinrich, JuanC.,Pepper, DarrellW, Thefiniteelementmethod:basicconceptsand
applications with MATLAB, MAPLE, and COMSOL: CRC Press, 3/e, 2017.
OnlineLearningResources/VirtualLabs:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

[Link]
[Link]
y3ZEjF 5qE7YYeX_I
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Tech (ME)–III-II Sem (R20)

(20A60307)COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING LABORATORY

L T P C
CourseObjectives:
0 0 3 1.5
 To get practical knowledge on manual part programming of CNC
lathe machine by using G codes and M codes.
 TogetpracticalknowledgeonmanualpartprogrammingofCNCmillinganddrillingmachin
e by using G codes and M codes.
 TogetthepracticalknowledgeonAPTlanguage.
 Toget practicalapplicationofIndustrialRobots
CourseOutcomes:Uponsuccessfulcompletionstudentsshouldbeableto:

UseandunderstandingofPreparatoryandMiscellaneous(G&M) codestogenerateor
 edit a program which will operate a CNC Lathe/ Milling and Drilling.L1
 ApplymathematicalmethodstocalculateWorld/Joint/Toolcoordinatesinrobotics.L2
ApplytheprogrammingconceptsofRobotsfor
simpleapplicationsinmaterialhandlingand assemblyL3
ListofExperiments:

Manualpartprogramming(usingGandMcodes)inCNC LatheMachine:
Partprogrammingforlinearinterpolation,circularinterpolation,chamferingandgrooving.
Part programming by using standard Canned
cyclesforfacing,turning,taperturning and thread cutting, Chess Bishop profile
Multiple turningoperationswhichcoveralllathe operationscoveringmaximum
Gcodes and M codes
Manualpart programming(usingGandMcodes)inCNC MillingMachine:
Partprogrammingforlinearinterpolation,circularinterpolationandcontour motions.
PartprogramminginvolvingCannedcyclesfordrilling,Peckdrilling
andboringandpocketing & Mirroring.
PartprogrammingforGear cuttingprofile
APT(AutomaticallyProgrammedTools)Language-Cuttingtoolpathgenerationbyusingany
CAM simulation package / Experiment for different machining operations.
APT LatheProgramming‟s –2 Experiments
APTMillingProgramming‟s-2Experiments
Robotics: Byusing5or6–Axis robot
PickandPlacewithpalletizing/de-palletizingofcomponents
Nut,BoltandWasherAssemblywithrobot.
References:

PRadhaKrishnan,ComputerNumericalControl(CNC)Machines,NewCentralBookagen
cy, 2013.
[Link],RoboticsTechnologyandFlexibleAutomation,McGrawHillEducation, 2017.
CHAO-
 [Link],NCMachineProgrammingand
software Design, Prentice Hall Publishers, 1989.

OnlineLearningResources/VirtualLabs:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

(20A60308)HEAT TRANSFER LAB

L T P C
CourseObjectives:
0 0 3 1.5
Studentsundergoingthiscoursewould
● Understanddifferentmodesofheat transfer
● Gainknowledgeabout naturalandforce convectionphenomenon
● Estimateexperimentaluncertainty inmeasurements
CourseOutcomes:

Upon thesuccessfulcompletion ofcourse, students will be able to

Explain differentmodes ofheat transfer L1
Identifyparametersformeasurementforcalculatingheat transfer L3
Determineeffectivenessofheat exchanger L3
Designnewequipmentrelatedtoheat transfer L5
Applyprinciplesofheat transfer inwideapplicationin industries. L2

ListofExperiments:

Determinetheoverallheat transfer coefficientacross thewidth ofcompositewall

Determinethethermalconductivityof metal rod
Determine thethermal conductivityof insulating
powdermaterial throughconcentricsphere apparatus
Determinethe thermal conductivityof insulatingmaterial throughlaggedpipe apparatus
Determine theefficiency of apin fininnaturalandforced convection.
Determinetheheat transfercoefficient foraverticalcylinderinnatural convection
Determinetheheat transfercoefficient inforcedconvectionofairina horizontal tube.
Determinetheheat transfercoefficients onfilm and dropwisecondensationapparatus.
Determinetheeffectivenessofa parallelandcounter flowheat exchanger.
Studythepool boilingphenomenon anddifferent regimesofpool boiling.
Experimentonpool boiling
Determinetheemissivityofthetestplate surface.
Experiment onStefan-Boltzmannapparatus
Determine theheat transfer rate coefficient in fluidized bed apparatus.

Virtual Lab: -

Determination of thermal conductivity of metal rod

[Link]
lab/determination-of- thermal-conductivity-of-a-metal-rod
NaturalConvection heat transfer
 [Link]
Heat Transfer by Radiation
[Link]
cnt=1
Heat transfer byConduction
[Link]
cnt=1
The Study of phase change
[Link]
cnt=1
Blackbody Radiation:Determinationof Stefan‟s
Constant[Link]
=548&cnt=1
Newton's Law of Cooling
[Link]
cnt=1
Lee's Disc
Apparatus[Link]
m=353&cnt=1
Thermos Couple- See beck Effect
[Link]

References:

Abdul Matheen, Heat Transfer Laboratory Manual, Laxmi Publications;2/e,2007.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
sfer%2 [Link]
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

Skill oriented course – IV

Course Code Soft Skills L T P C

20A65502 1 0 2 2
Pre-requisite
Common to CIVIL,MECH, CHEM
Course Objectives:
To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on soft skills
To make the students aware of critical thinking and problem-solving skills
To develop leadership skills and organizational skills through group activities
To function effectively with heterogeneous teams
Course Outcomes (CO):
By the end of the program students should be able to
 Define various elements of effective communicative skills
 Understanding people using emotional intelligence
 apply critical thinking skills in problem solving
 analyse the needs of an organization for team building
 Assess the situation and take necessary decisions as a leader
 Creating a productive work place atmosphere using social and work-life skills
ensuring personal and emotional well-being
UNIT – I Soft Skills & Communication Lecture Hrs
Skills
Introduction, meaning, significance of soft skills – definition, significance, types of
communication skills - Intrapersonal & Inter-personal skills - Verbal and Non-verbal
Communication

Activities:
Intrapersonal Skills- Narration about self- strengths and weaknesses- clarity of thought
– self- expression – articulating with felicity
(The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the
lives of the great, anecdotes and literary sources)
Inter personal Skills- Group Discussion – Debate – Team Tasks - Book and film
Reviews by groups - Group leader presenting views (non- controversial and secular) on
contemporary issues or on a given topic.
Verbal Communication- Oral Presentations- Extempore- brief addresses and speeches-
convincing- negotiating- agreeing and disagreeing with professional grace.
Non-verbal communication – Public speaking – Mock interviews – presentations with
an objective to identify non- verbal clues and remedy the lapses on observation
UNIT – II Lecture Hrs
Critical Thinking
Active Listening – Observation – Curiosity – Introspection – Analytical Thinking –
Open-mindedness – Creative Thinking

Activities
:
Gathering information and statistics on a topic - sequencing – assorting – reasoning –
critiquing issues –placing the problem – finding the root cause - seeking viable solution
– judging with rationale – evaluating the views of others - Case Study, Story Analysis
UNIT – III Lecture Hrs
Problem Solving & Decision
Making
Meaning & features of Problem Solving – Managing Conflict – Conflict resolution –
Methods of decision making – Effective decision making in teams – Methods & Styles

Activities:
Placing a problem which involves conflict of interests, choice and views – formulating
the problem – exploring solutions by proper reasoning – Discussion on important
professional, career and organizational decisions and initiate debate on the
appropriateness of the decision.
Case Study & Group Discussion
UNIT – IV Emotional Intelligence & Stress Lecture Hrs
Management
Managing Emotions – Thinking before Reacting – Empathy for Others – Self-awareness
– Self-Regulation – Stress factors – Controlling Stress – Tips

Activities:
Providing situations for the participants to express emotions such as happiness,
enthusiasm, gratitude, sympathy, and confidence, compassion in the form of written or
oral presentations.
Providing opportunities for the participants to narrate certain crisis and stress –ridden
situations caused by failure, anger, jealousy, resentment and frustration in the form of
written and oral presentation, Organizing Debates

UNIT – V Leadership Skills Lecture Hrs

Team-Building – Decision-Making – Accountability – Planning – Public Speaking –
Motivation – Risk-Taking - Team Building - Time Management

Activities
Forming group with a consensus among the participants- choosing a leader-
encouraging the group members to express views on leadership- democratic attitude-
sense of sacrifice – sense of adjustment – vision – accommodating nature- eliciting
views on successes and failures of leadership using the past knowledge and experience
of the participants, Public Speaking, Activities on Time Management, Motivation,
Decision Making , Group discussion etc.

NOTE-:
1. The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the
lives of the great, anecdotes, epics, scriptures, autobiographies and literary sources
which bear true relevance to the prescribed skill.
2. Case studies may be given wherever feasible for example for Decision Making- The
decision of King Lear or for good Leadership – Mahendar Singh Dhoni etc.

Textbooks:
1. Personality Development and Soft Skills (English, Paperback, Mitra Barun
K.)Publisher : Oxford University Press; Pap/Cdr edition (July 22, 2012)
2. Personality Development and Soft Skills: Preparing for Tomorrow, Dr Shikha
KapoorPublisher : I K International Publishing House; 0 edition (February 28,
2018)

1. Reference Books:

[Link] skills: personality development for life success by prashantsharma,

BPB publications 2018.

2. Soft Skills By Alex K. Published by [Link]

3. Soft Skills: An Integrated Approach to Maximise Personality Gajendra
Singh Chauhan, Sangeetha Sharma Published by Wiley.
4. Communication Skills and Soft Skills (Hardcover, A. Sharma) Publisher:
Yking books

5. SOFT SKILLS for a BIG IMPACT (English, Paperback, RenuShorey)

Publisher: Notion Press

6. Life Skills Paperback English Dr. Rajiv Kumar Jain, Dr. Usha Jain
Publisher : Vayu Education Of India
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
Xh0E_y-bOO1_q
2. [Link]
pwjVUgj7KlJ
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B-Tech (ME)-III-II Sem (R20)

(Mandatory Non-Credit Course) (CIVIL, ME, CHEM))

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS
20A69901
L T P C

2 0 0 0

CourseObjectives:
This course introduces the student to the basics of Intellectual Property Rights, Copy Right
Laws,
Cyber Laws, Trade Marks and Issues related to Patents. The overall idea of the course is to
help and encourage the student for startups and innovations.

CourseOutcomes: At the end of the course the students will be able to

 UnderstandIPRlaw&Cyberlaw
 Discussregistration process,maintenance andlitigations associatedwith trademarks
 Illustrate thecopyright law
Enumerate thetrade excretal.

UNIT I
Introduction to Intellectual Property Law – Evolutionary past – Intellectual Property Law
Basics – Types of Intellectual Property – Innovations and Inventions of Trade related
Intellectual Property Rights – Agencies Responsible for Intellectual Property Registration –
Infringement – Regulatory – Overuse or Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights – Compliance
and Liability Issues.

UNIT II
Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright – Subject Matters of Copyright – Rights
Afforded by Copyright Law –Copyright Ownership – Transfer and Duration – Right to
Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of performers – Copyright
Formalities and Registration–Limitations–Infringement of Copyright –International
Copyright Law-Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.

UNIT III
IntroductiontoPatentLaw–RightsandLimitations–RightsunderPatentLaw–Patent Requirements
–Ownership and Transfer –Patent Application Process and Granting of Patent –Patent
InfringementandLitigation–InternationalPatentLaw–DoublePatenting–PatentSearching–
Patent Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patent Law- Invention Developers and
Promoters.
 UNIT IV
Introduction to Trademark – Trademark Registration Process – Post registration procedures –
Trade Mark maintenance – Transfer of rights – Inter parties Proceedings – Infringement –
Dilution of Ownership of Trademark– Likelihood of confusion –Trademark claims –
Trademarks Litigation – International Trade Mark Law.

UNIT V
Introduction to Trade Secrets – Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security – Employee
Access Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreement – Trade Secret Law – Unfair
Competition – Trade Secret Litigation – Breach of Contract – Applying State Law.
Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act – Cyber Crime and E-commerce –
Data Security – Confidentiality – Privacy – International aspects of Computer and Online
Crime.

Textbooks:
 Deborah E. Bouchoux: “Intellectual Property”. Cengage learning, New Delhi
 KompalBansal&ParishitBansal “Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers‟ S Publications
 (Press)
 Cyber Law. Texts& Cases, South-Western‟s Special Topics Collections
 References:
PrabhuddhaGanguli: „Intellectual Property Rights” Tata Mc-Graw–Hill,
New Delhi
Richard Stim: “Intellectual Property”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
R. Radha Krishnan, S. Balasubramanian: “Intellectual Property Rights”,
Excel Books. New Delhi.
[Link] Kumar and Mohd. Iqbal Ali: “Intellectual property Right “Serials Pub
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70301a) REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING L T P C

(Professional Elective-III) 3 0 0 3
CourseObjectives:

Provides insightsin howthermodynamicprinciples areapplied

withintherefrigerationandair conditioningindustry.

Introduce the studentshowrealsystemsusedincommercial,industrial
 refrigerationandair conditioning industries arebuilt-up.
 ExposethestudentsonvariousrefrigerationmethodslikeVCR,VARandlatest
developments.

Know the various air conditioning methods like summer, winter and
year-round air
conditioningandtomakethestudenttounderstandthepracticalapplication
sofrefrigeration andair conditioningsystems.

CourseOutcomes:At theendthestudent willbeableto

 Appraisetheimportanceofhumidifiersand dehumidifiersL1
 Selecttherequirementsoftemperatureandhumidityfor humancomfortL1
 DemonstratetheheatpumpworkinganditscomponentsL2
ListthevariousairconditioningequipmentsL2
UNIT I
IntroductiontoRefrigeration

Necessity and Applications, Carnot Refrigerator, First and Second Law Applied
to Refrigerating Machines, Unit
ofRefrigeration,COP,EER,DifferentRefrigerationMethods.

Air Refrigeration: Bell-Coleman Cycle, Ideal and Actual Cycles, Open and
Dense Air Systems - NumericalProblems-RefrigerationNeeds ofAirCrafts.

UNITIIVaporCompressionRefrigeration(VCR)System

Vapor Compression Refrigeration (VCR) System - Basic Cycle - Working

Principle and Essential Components of the Plant - COP - Representation of
Cycle On T-S and P-h Charts - Expander Vs. Throttling, Effect of Sub Cooling
and Super Heating - Cycle Analysis - Actual Cycle- Influence of Various
Parameters on System Performance - Construction and Use of P-h Charts -
Numerical Problems. Refrigerants - Desirable Properties - Classification of
Refrigerants Used - Nomenclature- SecondaryRefrigerants-Lubricants-
OzoneDepletion-GlobalWarming-NewerRefrigerants.

UNITIIIVaporAbsorptionRefrigeration(VAR)System

Vapor AbsorptionRefrigeration (VAR)System-Descriptionand Working of

NH3 - Water System and Li Br -Water (Two Shell & Four Shell) System -
Calculation of Max COP, Principleof Operation of Three Fluid Absorption
System

STEAMJETREFRIGERATIONSYSTEM:
WorkingPrincipleandBasicComponents-Estimation of Motive Steam Required
Principle and Operation of: (I) Thermo-Electric Refrigerator (ii) Vortex Tube or
Hilsch Tube.

UNITIVIntroductiontoAirConditioning:

Psychrometric Properties & Processes - Characterization of Sensible and Latent

Heat Loads - Need for Ventilation, Consideration of Infiltrated Air - Heat Load
Concepts. Air Cooler (Evaporative Cooling), Window, Split, Summer, Winter,
Year-Round,CentralAirConditioningSystems.
UNITVAirConditioningEquipment

AirConditioningEquipment-Humidifiers-Dehumidifiers-AirFilters,FansandBlowers.
Human Comfort: Requirements of Temperature, Humidity and Concept of
Effective Temperature, [Link]-HeatSources-
DifferentHeatPumpCircuits.

Textbooks:

RefrigerationandAirConditioning,CPArora,TMH,15/e,2013.
[Link]&Domkundwar,ACourseinRefrigerationandAirconditioning,D
hanpatrai&Co, 2018.
ReferenceBooks:

RefrigerationandAirConditioning/ManoharPrasad/NewAge,2/e, 2013
Principles ofRefrigeration-Dossat/PearsonEducation,4/e,2007
RefrigerationandAirConditioning-P.L. Ballaney,2/e,2012.
BasicRefrigerationandAir-Conditioning-P.N. Ananth Narayanan/TMH,4/e,2013.

NOTE:Tables/Codes:ThermalEngineeringDataBookcontainingrefrigerantandPs
ychrometric propertyTables and charts arepermitted inExam
OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
pdf
[Link]
university/fluid-dynamics- laboratory/refrigeration-
lecture-notes-1/3020577
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME) – IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70301b) OPERATIONS RESEARCH

L T P C
(Professional Elective-III)
3 0 0 3
Course objective:
Toimpartthebasicconceptsofmodelling,modelsandstatementsoftheoperationsresearch.
Formulateandsolvelinear programmingproblem/situations.
Modelstrategicbehaviourindifferenteconomicsituations.
Tosolvetransportationproblemstominimize cost.
ApplyQueuingtheorytosolveproblemsoftrafficcongestion,countersinbanks,railway
bookings etc.
Explainschedulingandsequencingofproductionrunsanddevelopproperreplacement
policies.
CourseOutcomes:At theendofthecourse,thestudent willbeableto

Developmathematicalmodelsforpracticalproblems. (L3)
Applylinearprogrammingtotransportationproblems.(L3)
Solvegamesusingvarioustechniques.(L3)
Solveproductionschedulinganddevelopinventorypolicies.(L6)
Applyoptimalityconditionsforconstrainedandunconstrainednonlinearproblems.(L3)
Applydynamicprogrammingmethods.(L3)

UNITIIntroductiontoOR

Introduction to Operations Research (OR): OR definition - Classification of Models,

modeling – Methods of solving OR Models, limitations and applications of OR models

Linear Programming(LP): Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Method, Big-

M Method, Two–Phase Simplex Method, Special Cases of LP- Degeneracy, Infeasibility and
Multiple Optimal Solutions; Concept of dual theorem
UNIT–IITransportationandAssignment Problems

TransportationProblem – Formulation; Different Methods ofObtainingInitial

BasicFeasibleSolution –North West Corner Rule, Least Cost Method, Vogel's Approximation
Method; Optimality Method – Modified Distribution (MODI) Method; Special Cases –
Unbalanced Transportation Problem, DegenerateProblem. Assignment Problem –
Formulation, HungarianMethodfor SolvingAssignment Problems, Traveling Salesman
problem.

UNIT–IIIGametheory&JobSequencing

Game theory: Optimal solution of two-person zero sum games, the max min and min max
principle. Games without saddle points, mixed [Link] by principles of
dominance, arithmetic, algebraic method and graphical method.
 Job Sequencing: Introduction to Job shop Scheduling and flow shop scheduling, Solution of
Job Sequencing Problem, Processing of n Jobs through two machines, Processing of n Jobs
through m machines, graphical method.

UNIT–IVQueuingTheory&InventoryControl

Queuing Theory: Introduction – Terminology, Arrival Pattern, Service Channel, Population,

Departure Pattern, Queue Discipline, Birth & Death Process, Single Channel Models with
Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service Times with infinite and finite queue length;
Multichannel Models with Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service Times with infinite queue
length.
Inventory Control: Introduction, Deterministic models – EOQ model with and without
shortages, Production model, Buffer stock and discount inventory models with single price
breaks. Selective inventory control.

UNIT–VReplacementandMaintenanceAnalysis& DP

Replacement and Maintenance Analysis: Introduction – Types of Maintenance, Make or

buy decision. Types of Replacement Problems, Determination of Economic Life of an Asset,
and Simple Probabilistic Model for Items which completely fail-Individual Replacement
Model, Group Replacement [Link] Programming (DP): Introduction –Bellman’s
Principle of Optimality –ApplicationsofDynamicProgramming–ShortestPathProblem–
CapitalBudgetingProblem–
SolutionofLinearProgrammingProblembyDP.

Textbooks:

Sharma S.D.,OperationsResearch:Theory,MethodsandApplications,
15/e,KedarNathRam Nath, 2010
TahaH.A.,OperationsResearch,9/e,PrenticeHallofIndia,NewDelhi, 2010.

ReferenceBooks:

Hiller F.S., and Liberman G.J., Introduction to Operations Research, 7/e, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2010.
SharmaJ.K.,OperationsResearch:TheoryandApplications,4/e,LaxmiPublications, 2009.
PremKumar Gupta and Hira, Operations Research,3/e, S Chand Company Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.
PannerselvamR.,OperationsResearch,2/e,PenticeHallofIndia,NewDelhi, 2006.
Sundaresan.V,andGanapathySubramanian.K.
S,ResourceManagementTechniques:Operations Research, A.R Publications, 2015.

OnlineLearningResources:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70301c) DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING

L T P C
(Professional Elective-III)
3 0 0 3
Course objective:
 Explaintheproductdevelopmentcycleandmanufacturingissuestobeconsideredindesign.
 Familiarizemanufacturingconsiderationincast,forged,andweldcomponents.
 Describethemanufactureofsheetmetalcomponents.
Impartknowledgeplasticsas substitutiontometallicparts.

CourseOutcomes: After successfulcompletionofthecourse,thestudentwillbeableto

 DesignmechanicalcomponentswitheconomicalconsiderationL3
 SelectmaterialsandmachiningprocessesL1
 IdentifythenecessityforredesigningcomponentsoutofmanufacturingconsiderationsL2 
Considerthemanufacturingconsiderationswhiledesigningcast,forgedweldandsheet
 metal componentsL4
DesignplasticpartswithmanufacturingconsiderationsL5

UNIT I Introduction

Introduction: Design philosophy-steps in design process-general design rules for

manufacturability- basic principles of designing for economical production-creativity in
design.
Materials:Selectionof materialsfor design-developmentsinmaterialtechnology-criteria for
material selection-material selection interrelationship with process selection-process selection
charts.

UNITII Machiningprocesses

Overview of various machining processes-general design rules for machining-dimensional

tolerance and surface roughness-Design for machining – ease –redesigning of components for
machining ease with suitable examples. General design recommendations for machined parts.

UNITIII MetalCastingandJoining

Metal casting: Appraisal of various casting processes, selection of casting process, -general
design considerations for casting-casting tolerance-use of solidification, simulation in casting
design-product design rules for sand casting.
Metal joining: Appraisal of various welding processes, factors in design of weldments –
general designguidelines-preandpost treatment ofwelds-effectsofthermalstressesinweldjoints-
designof brazed joints.
UNITIV Forging, Extrusion&Sheetmetalwork

Forging: Design factors for forging – closed die forging design – parting lines of dies – drop
forging die design – general design recommendations.
Extrusion&Sheet metalwork: Designguidelines extrudedsections-designprinciplesfor
punching, blanking, bending, deep drawing-Keeler Goodman forging line diagram –
component design for blanking.

UNIT V Plastics

Viscoelasticandcreepbehaviorinplastics-designguidelinesforplasticcomponents-design considerations
for injection moulding – design guidelines for machining and joining of plastics.

Textbooks:

GeorgeEDieterandLindaSchmidt,EngineeringDesign,4/e,McGrawHill, 2015.
A.K. ChitaleandR.C. Gupta,ProductDesignandManufacturing,5/e,PHILearning2011.
DavidMAnderson,DesignforManufacturability,CRCPress, 2013.

ReferenceBooks:

JamesGBralla,DesignforManufacturabilityHandbook,2/e,McGrawHill,2004.
Dr.P.C. Sharma,ProductionTechnology,S. Chand&Company,2009.
[Link],ProductDesignforManufacture&Assembly,CRCPress,3/e, 2010.

OnlineLearningResources:

 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
and-manufacturing-ii- spring-2004/lecture-notes/

[Link]
lecture-notes-on- [Link]

[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70302a) AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

L T P C
(Professional Elective-IV)
3 0 0 3
CourseObjective:
Imparttheknowledgeofvehiclestructureanditscomponents.
Demonstratevariouscomponentsofpetrolenginesanddiesel engines.
Trainsaboutthevariouselectricalsystem,circuits,andtestingofautomobiles.
Explaintheconceptsofsteering,suspensionandbrakingsysteminautomobile.

CourseOutcomes: Aftersuccessfulcompletionofthiscourse,thestudentwillbeableto
Identifydifferentpartsofautomobile L2
Explaintheworkingofvariouspartslike engineandbrakes L2
Describetheworkingofsteeringandthesuspensionsystems. L2
Summarizethewheelsandtires L3
Outlinethefuturedevelopments intheautomobileindustry L1

UNITI Introductiontovehiclestructureandenginecomponents

Vehicle construction - Chassis and body - Specifications – Chassis Layout and its
components, Types of chassis. Engine - Types - Construction -Location of engine - Cylinder
arrangement - Construction details. Lubricationsystem- Types - Oil pumps - Filters.
Crankcase ventilation.

UNITII Ignitionandfuelsupplysystems

Ignition system - Coil and Magneto - Spark plug - Distributor – Electronic ignition system -
Fuel system - Carburetor - Fuel pumps - Fuel injection systems - Mono point and Multi point
– Unit Injector – Nozzle types - Electronic Fuel Injection system (EFI) – GDI, MPFI, DTSI.

UNIT–III Steeringandsuspensionsystem

Principle of steering - Steering Geometry and wheel alignment - Steering linkages – Steering
gearboxes - Power steering – Ackerman’s steering gear mechanism & Davis’s steering gear
mechanism front axle - Suspension system - Independent and Solid axle – coil, leaf spring
and air suspensions - torsion bar - shock absorbers.

UNIT–IV BrakingSystem

Brakes - Needs – Classification –Drum and Disc Mechanical - Hydraulic and pneumatic - Vacuum
assisted – Retarders – Anti-lock Braking System (ABS).
 UNIT–V Automobileelectricalsystemsandadvancesinautomobileengineering

Battery-General electrical circuits- Active Suspension System (ASS) - Electronic Brake

Distribution (EBD) – Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Traction Control System (TCS) -
Global Positioning System (GPS), Hybrid vehicle, Fuel Cell.

Textbooks:

KirpalSingh,AutomobileEngineering,Vol.1&2,StandardPublications,13/e,2020.
William.H. Crouse,AutomotiveMechanics,10/e,McGraw-Hill,2006.
David A. Corolla, Automotive Engineering: Powertrain, Chassis System and
Vehicle Body, Butterworth-Heinemann Publishing Ltd, 2009.
Richard Stone,Jeffrey [Link],Automotive Engineering
Fundamentals" SAEInternational, 2004.

ReferenceBooks:

Bosch,AutomotiveHandBook,6/e,SAEPublications,2007.
K. Newton and W. Steeds, The motor vehicle, 13/e, Butterworth-Heinemann
Publishing Ltd, 1989.
JosephHeitner,AutomotiveMechanicsPrinciplesandPractices,2/e,CBSpublishing2004.
OnlineLearningResources:

 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]

[Link]
Yr_22.06.2020-1. pdf
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70302b) MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS

L T P C
(Professional Elective-IV)
CourseObjective: 3 0 0 3
● Demonstrate basic concepts and definitions of mechanical
[Link] write equation of motion for discrete spring-mass systems with different
configuration using classical and energy methods.
● To train the students about basic concepts of forced vibrations, vibration
transmissibility and isolation and seismic instruments. Further to understand about
various vibration control methods.
● To familiarize the students about two-degree freedom system and various types of
vibration absorbers.
● Toanalyzethetwodegreeand multidegreeoffreedomsystems.

CourseOutcomes: Aftersuccessfulcompletionofthecourse,thestudentwillbeableto
Findnaturalfrequencyofun-dampedsingledegreefreedomsystems L3
Analyzethetwo-degreefreedomsystemswithandwithoutdamping L3
Calculatetransmissibilityandisolation L4
Solveproblemsonvibrationabsorber L4
CalculatenaturalfrequenciesofmultidegreefreedomsystemL4
MeasurevibrationparametersL3
Usemechanicalexcitersandelectrodynamicshaker L1

UNIT ISingleDegreeFreedomSystems

Single Degree Freedom Systems: Un-damped free vibration: Classical method, Energy
method, equivalent systems, torsional systems. Damped free vibration- Viscous damping,
under damping, critical damping, over damping. Coulomb damping, equivalent
[Link] of shafts: Transverse vibrations:
Dunkerley's lower bound approximation, Critical speedof shafts.

UNITIIForcedvibrationsofSingleDegreeFreedomSystems

Steady state forced vibration, sources of excitation, impressed harmonic force, resonance
impressed forceduetounbalance, motion excitation, transmissibilityandisolation, performance
of different type of isolators, power absorbed by viscous damping.

UNITIII TwoDegreeFreedomSystems:

Formulation of Equation of motion, Natural frequencies and modes of vibration by classical

method, coupled pendulum, forced vibration, dynamic vibration absorber.

UNITIV MultiDegreeFreedomSystems:
LagrangianmethodforformulationofequationofmotionInfluenceco-efficient
method,Lumped mass and distributed mass systems, Stodola method, Holzer's method,
model analysis of freeand forced vibrations.

UNITV VibrationmeasurementandApplications

Transducers: variable resistance transducers, Piezoelectric transducers, electro dynamic

transducers and linear variable differential transformer transducer; Vibration pickups:
vibrometer, accelerometer, velocimeter and phase distortion; Frequency-measuring
instruments; Vibration exciters- Mechanical exciters and electro dynamic shaker.
Textbooks:

[Link],MechanicalVibrations,6/e,PearsonEducation,2018.
G.K. Groover,MechanicalVibrations,Nemchand&Bro,8/e,2009.
ReferenceBooks:

[Link],ElementsofVibrationsAnalysis,TataMcGrawHill,1986.
[Link],MechanicalVibrations,TataMcGrawHill,1996
WilliamThomson,TheoryofVibrationswithApplications,5/e,Pearson,2008
WilliamWeaver,Timoshenko,andYoung,VibrationProblemsinEngineering,5/e,John Wiley,
2013.
[Link],VibrationofMechanicalSystems,1/e,CengageLearning,2012.
OnlineLearningResources:

 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

(20A70302c) MODERN MANUFACTURING METHODS

L T P C
(Professional Elective-IV)
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

 DefinevariousModernMachiningProcesses.
Acquireknowledgeintheelementarymechanismandmachinabilityofmaterialswith
 different Modern Machining Processes.
 Determinebasicprinciplesofoperationfor eachprocessandtheir applications.
 StatevariousparametersinfluencingMRRinNon–TraditionalMachiningProcess.
ClassifyandunderstandtheworkingofAdditiveManufacturingProcesses.

Course Outcomes: At theendofthecourse,thestudent willbeableto

Illustrateadvancedmachiningprocesses,cuttingtoolsandcuttingfluidsforaspecificmateria
 l and part features.L3
Classifythemechanism ofMechanicalEnergybasedmachiningprocesses,itsapplications
 and limitations.L1
DifferentiateElectricalEnergyBasedmachiningprocesses,mechanismofmetalremoval,
machine tool selection.L2

InterpretElectroChemicalmachiningprocess,economicaspectsofECMandproblems
on estimation of metal removal rate.L2

UNITI
Non – Traditional Machining Processes: Introduction, Need, Classification and Brief
Overview,ConsiderationsinProcessselection,Materials,Applications.
Mechanical Energy Based Processes: Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining, Abrasive
Water JetMachining, Ultra SonicMachining–WorkingPrinciple, DescriptionofEquipment,
Process Parameters, Metal Removal Rate, Applications, Advantages and Limitations.

UNIT II
ElectricalEnergy Based Processes: Electric DischargeMachining – WorkingPrinciples,
Description of Equipment, Process Parameters, Surface Finish and MRR, Electrode / Tool,
Power and Control Circuits, Tool Wear, Dielectric Fluid, Flushing, Advantages, Limitations
and Applications. Wire cut EDM – Working Principle and Applications.

UNIT III
Chemical and Electro Chemical Energy Based Processes: Chemical Machining and
Electro Chemical Machining – Working Principle, Description of Equipment, Etchants,
Maskants,Techniques of Applying Maskants, Process Parameters, Surface Finish and MRR,
Electro Chemical Grinding, Electro Chemical Honing,Applications, Advantages and
Limitations.
UNIT IV
Thermal Energy Based Processes: Laser Beam Machining and Drilling, Plasma Arc
Machining, Electron Beam Machining – Working Principle, Description of Equipment,
Process Parameters, Applications, Advantages and Limitations.

UNIT V
Additive Manufacturing: Introduction to Additive Manufacturing, Classification of
Additive Manufacturing Processes, Working Principle, Advantages, Limitations and
Applications of Stereolithography (SLA), Fused Deposition Modeling, Selective Laser
Sintering, Laminated Object Manufacturing

Textbooks:
st
Jain V.K., Advanced Machining Processes, 1 Edition, Allied Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
[Link].S.,ModernMachiningProcesses, 1/e,McGrawHill,NewDelhi, 2007.
IanGibson,[Link],BrentStucker,AdditiveManufacturingTechnologies:Rapid
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, 1/e, Springer, 2010.
ReferenceBooks:

ChuaC.K.,[Link].S.,RapidPrototyping:PrinciplesandApplications,2/e,
World Scientific Publishers, 2003.
BenedictG.F.,NontraditionalManufacturingProcesses,1/e,CRCPress, 1987.
MishraP.K.,NonconventionalManufacturing,1/e,NarosaPublishingHouse,NewDelhi,
2014.
McGeoughJ.A.,AdvancedMethodsofMachining,1/e,Springer, 1988.
OnlineLearningResources:

 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
 [Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

Professional Elective Course– V (MOOC)

L T P C
20A70303
3 0 0 3
1. Heat exchangers, Fundamentals and design analysis
2. Mechatronics
[Link] of Composite Materials
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
[Link] IV-I Sem (R20)
Course Code 1. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE L T P C
(20A75401a) (Humanities Elective) 3 0 0 3

Common to All Branches

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objectives of this course are
To provide fundamental knowledge on management, administration, organization & its concepts.
To make the students understand the role of management in Production process and marketing
management
To impart the concept of HRM in order to have an idea on Recruitment, Selection, Training
& Development, job evaluation and Merit rating concepts
To create awareness on identify Strategic Management areas & the PERT/CPM for better
Project Management
To make the students aware of the contemporary issues in management
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, students will be able to
Define the Management, and its Functions
Understand the concepts & principles of management and designs of organization in a practical
world
Apply the knowledge of Work-study principles & Quality Control techniques in industry
Analyse the concepts of HRM in Recruitment, Selection and Training & Development.
Evaluate PERT/CPM Techniques for projects of an enterprise and estimate time & cost of
project & to analyse the business through SWOT.
Create Modern technology in management science.
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
Management - Concept and meaning - Nature-Functions - Management as a Science and Art and both.
Schools of Management Thought - Taylor’s Scientific Theory-Henry Fayol’s principles - Elton Mayo’s Human
relations - Systems Theory - Organizational Designs - Line organization - Line & Staff Organization -
Functional Organization - Committee form of Organization - Social responsibilities of Management.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end if the Unit,

  the learners will be able to
Understand the concept of management and organization 
 Analyze the organization chart & structure for an enterprise. 
Apply the concepts & principles of management in real life industry.

 Evaluate and interpret the theories and the modern organization theory.

UNIT - II OPERATIONS & MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Principles and Types of Plant Layout - Methods of Production (Job, batch and Mass Production), - Statistical
Quality Control- Materials Management - Objectives - Inventory-Functions - Types, Inventory Techniques -
EOQ-ABC Analysis - Purchase Procedure - Marketing Management - Concept - Meaning - Nature-Functions
of Marketing - Marketing Mix - Channels of Distribution - Advertisement and Sales Promotion - Marketing
Strategies based on Product Life Cycle.

LEARNING

OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the learners willbe able to
Understand the core concepts of Management Science and Operations Management 
 Apply the knowledge of Method of Production principles in real life industry.
 
Analyze Marketing Mix Strategies for an enterprise
 Evaluate Materials departments & Determine EOQ
Create and design advertising and sales promotion
UNIT - III HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)
HRM - Evolution of HRM - Definition and Meaning – Nature - Managerial and Operative functions - - Job
Analysis - Human Resource Planning (HRP) – Process of Recruitment & Selection - Training and
Development - Performance Appraisal - Methods of Performance Appraisal – Placement - Employee Induction
- Wage and Salary Administration.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end if the Unit, the learners

  will
Understand the concepts of HRM in Recruitment, Selection,
 Training & Development
 Apply Managerial and operative
  Functions of HRM
Analyze the need of training 
 Evaluate performance appraisal Techniques 
Design the basic structure of salaries and wages Administration.

UNIT - IV STRATEGIC & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Strategy Definition & Meaning - Vision - Mission - Goals - Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation
SWOT Analysis Project Management - Network Analysis - Programme Evaluation and Review Technique
(PERT) - Critical Path Method (CPM) Identifying Critical Path - Project Crashing (Simple problems).

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit,the learners will be able to

 Understand Mission, Objectives, Goals & strategies
 for an enterprise
 Apply SWOT Analysis to strengthen the project 
 Analyze Strategy formulation and implementation
 
Evaluate PERT and CPM Techniques 
Creative in completing the projects within given time

UNIT - V Contemporary Issues In Management

The concept of Management Information System (MIS) - Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Customer
Relations Management (CRM) - Total Quality Management (TQM) - Six Sigma Concept - Supply Chain
Management (SCM) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) - Business
Process Re-engineering - knowledge Management.

LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end if the

  Unit, the learners will be able to
Understand modern management techniques 
 Apply Knowledge in Understanding in modern management techniques
 
Analyze Concept of CRM, MRP, TQM
Evaluate Six Sigma concept and SCM

Textbooks:
A.R Aryasri, Management Science, TMH, 2013
Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert, Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

Reference Books:
Koontz & Weihrich, Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005.
Thomas [Link] & John [Link], Management Principles and Guidelines, Biztantra.
Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University Press, 2004.
Samuel [Link], Modern Management, 9/e, PHI, 2005

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]/jhayabesamis/chapter-1-the-nature-and-concept-of-management-
122625641?
[Link]/vivekpratapsingh14/school-of-management-thoughts?
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
72210724?
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
[Link] IV-I Sem (R20)
Course Code 2. BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT L T P C
(20A75401b) (Humanities Elective) 3 0 0 3

Common to All Branches

Course Objectives:
To make the student understand about the business environment

To enable them in knowing the importance of fiscal and monitory policy

3 To facilitate them in understanding the export policy of the country

To Impart knowledge about the functioning and role of WTO

To Encourage the student in knowing the structure of stock markets Course

Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Define Business Environment and its Importance.
2. Understand various types of business environment.
3 Apply the knowledge of Money markets in future investment
4 Analyse India’s Trade Policy
5 Evaluate fiscal and monitory policy
Develop a personal synthesis and approach for identifying business
opportunities
UNIT - I Overview of Business Environment
Introduction – meaning Nature, Scope, significance, functions and advantages. Types -
Internal & External, Micro and Macro. Competitive structure of industries - Environmental
analysis - advantages & limitations of environmental analysis & Characteristics of business.

Learning Outcomes: - After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of Business environment
 
Classify various types of business environment 
 Evaluate the environmental analysis in business

Discuss the Characteristics of Business.

UNIT - II Fiscal Policy

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Public Revenues -
Public Expenditure - Public debt - Development activities financed by public expenditure -
Evaluation of recent fiscal policy of GOI. Highlights of Budget - Monetary Policy - Demand
and Supply of Money – RBI - Objectives of monetary and credit policy - Recent trends -
Role of Finance Commission.
Learning

Outcomes: - After completion of this unit studentwill
Understand the concept of public revenue
 and public Expenditure
 Identify the functions of RBI and its role

Analyze the Monitory policy in India
  recent trends and the role of Finance Commission in the development of our
Know the
country 
Differentiate between Fiscal and Monitory Policy

India’s Trade Policy

UNIT - III
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Magnitude and
direction of Indian International Trade - Bilateral and Multilateral Trade Agreements -
EXIM policy and role of EXIM bank - Balance of Payments– Structure & Major
components - Causes for Disequilibrium in Balance of Payments - Correction measures.
Learning Outcomes: - After completion of this unit
 student will
Understand the role of Indian international trade 
 Understand and explain the need for Export and EXIM Policies
 
Analyze causes for Disequilibrium and correction measure 
Differentiate between Bilateral and Multilateral Trade Agreements

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Organization and

Structure - Role and functions of WTO in promoting world trade - Agreements in the
Uruguay Round – TRIPS, TRIMS, and GATT - Disputes Settlement Mechanism - Dumping
and Anti-dumping Measures.
Learning Outcomes: - After completion
  of this unit student will
Understand the role of WTO in trade 
 Analyze Agreements on trade by WTO
 
Understand the Dispute Settlement Mechanism
Compare and contrast the Dumping and Anti-dumping Measures.

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Features and

components of Indian financial systems - Objectives, features and structure of money
markets and capital markets - Reforms and recent development – SEBI - Stock Exchanges -
Investor protection and role of SEBI.
Learning Outcomes: - After completion of this unitstudent will
 Understand the components of Indian financial system 
 Know the structure of Money
  markets and Capital markets
Analyze the Stock Markets 
 Apply the knowledge in future investments

Understand the role of SEBI in investor protection.
Textbooks:

[Link] Environment Text & Cases: JUNE 2017

Francis Cherunilam (2009), International Business: Text and Cases, Prentice Hall of India.
K. Aswathappa, Essentials of Business Environment: Texts and Cases & Exercises
13th Revised Edition.HPH2016

Reference Books:
1.K. V. Sivayya, V. B. M Das (2009), Indian Industrial Economy, Sultan Chand
Publishers, New Delhi, India.
Sundaram, Black (2009), International Business Environment Text and Cases,
Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, India.
Chari. S. N (2009), International Business, Wiley India.
4.E. Bhattacharya (2009), International Business, Excel Publications, New Delhi.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
[Link] IV-I Sem (R20)
Course Code 3. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR L T P C
20A75401c (Humanities Elective) 3 0 0 3
Common to All Branches
Course Objectives:
1 To make them aware of concepts & analysis in organizational behaviour
2 To offer knowledge to students on self-motivation, leadership and management
3 To facilitate them to become powerful leaders
4 To Impart knowledge about group dynamics
5 To make them understand the importance of change and development
COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to
1 Define the Organizational Behaviour, its nature and scope
2 Understand the nature and concept of Organizational behaviour
3 Apply theories of motivation to analyse the performance problems
4 Analyse the different theories of leadership
5 Evaluate group dynamics
UNIT - I
6 Develop as powerful leader
Introduction Of Organizational Behavior and
Various Concepts
Meaning, definition, nature, scope and functions - Organizing Process – Making organizing
effective - Understanding Individual Behavior – Attitude - Perception - Learning –
Personality.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of Organizational Behavior
 
Contrast and compare Individual
 & Group Behavior and attitude
Evaluate personality types

UNIT - II Motivation and Organization Outcome

Theories of Motivation - Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs - Hertzberg’s Two Factor Theory -
Vroom’s theory of expectancy - McClelland’s theory of needs – Mc Gregor’s theory X and
theory Y – Adam’s equity theory – Locke’s goal setting theory –

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of Motivation
 
Analyze the Theories of motivation 
 Explain how employees are motivated according to Maslow’s Needs Hierarchy

UNIT - IIILeadership
Introduction – Meaning, scope, definition, Nature - Organizational Climate - Leadership -
Traits Theory–Managerial Grid - Transactional Vs Transformational Leadership - Qualities
of good Leader - Alderfer’s ERG theory – traits - Leaders Vs Managers.

Conflict Management - Evaluating Leader - Women and Corporate leadership.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will
 Understand the concept of Leadership
 
Contrast and compare Trait theory and Managerial Grid 
 Distinguish the difference between Transactional and Transformational Leadership

Evaluate the qualities of good leaders

UNIT - IV Organizational Culture

Introduction – Nature, Meaning, scope, definition and functions - Organizational Culture -
Changing the Culture – Change Management – Work Stress Management - Organizational
management – Managerial implications of organization’s change and development

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the importance of organizational change and development
 
Apply change management in the organization
 Analyze work stress management 
Evaluate Managerial implications of organization

UNIT - V Organizational Change and Development

Introduction – Nature, Meaning, scope, definition and functions - Organizational Culture -
Changing the Culture – Change Management – Work Stress Management - Organizational
management – Managerial implications of organization’s change and development

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the importance of organizational change and development
 
Apply change management in the organization
 Analyze work stress management 
Evaluate Managerial implications of organization

Textbooks:
Luthans, Fred, Organisational Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, 12 Th edition 2011
P Subba Rao, Organisational Behaviour, Himalya Publishing House 2017

Reference Books:
 McShane, Organizational Behaviour, TMH 2009
 
Nelson, Organisational Behaviour, Thomson, 2009. 
 Robbins, [Link], Timothy A. Judge, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson 2009.

Aswathappa, Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya, 2009

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech (ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

Open Elective Course – III

L T P C
Common to All Branches

3 0 0 3
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech(ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

Open Elective Course – IV

L T P C

Common to All Branches

3 0 0 3
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech(ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

20A70306 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

(Skill Oriented Course-III)

L T P C

Course Objectives 1 0 2 2

 IntroducebasicconceptsandprinciplesofIndustrialAutomation.
 Familiarizewithfluidpowersystemscircuits.
 DescribeconceptsofSCADAsoftware
 ExplaintheprinciplesofPLCand8085microprocessor.
 Exposethestudents onMechatronics.
CourseOutcomes:Attheendofthecourse,studentwillbeableto

 Summarizesthehowfluidpowersystemwork L3
 DiscussaboutSCADAsoftware L1
 Developtheskillsrelatedtopredicttheoutputfor various programs.L2
ExplaintheconceptsofmechatronicsL1
ListofExperiments:

Module1:Design and testing of fluid power circuits to control

IntroductiontoFluidpowersystems,Symbolicrepresentationofhydraulicandpneumaticcomponent s.

Tasks:-

Pneumatictrainer kitwithFRLUnit,Singleactingcylinder,pushbutton.
PneumatictrainingkitwithFRLunit,Doubleactingcylinder,manuallyactuatedDCV.
PneumatictrainerkitwithFRLunit,Doubleactingcylinder,PilotactuatedDCV.
Pneumatictrainer kitwithFRLunitDoubleactingcylinder,
DoublesolenoidactuatedDCV, DCV with sensor / magnetic reed.
Hydraulicpower packwithpumpsandpressurereliefvalve.
Module2:

 OpensourceSCADAsoftwaresuchasFreeSCADA,OpenSCADA,
IndigoSCADACodeSysOpensourcefor PLC
programmingandinterfacingwithrealtime PLC
 DeltaPLCsoftware–freewareandcorrespondingPLCprogrammingsoftware.
 8085MicroprocessorTrainerwithPowerSupply
TrafficLightControlSystem
Module3: Mechatronics

 Experiment onP,PIandPIDController.
SimulationofHydraulicActuationSystem.
  SimulationofPneumaticActuationSystem.
 SimulationonStepperMotor.
 SimulationonLogicgates,decodersandflip-flops.
References:

B. Gavali, S. A. Patil and A. R. Koli, "Technology-Based Learning system in
Programmable Logic Controller Education," 2016 IEEE Eighth International
Conference on Technology for Education (T4E), Mumbai, 2016, pp. 264-265.
Groover, Mikell ,Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes,
and Systems, 2014.
Lamb, Frank. Industrial Automation: Hands On (English Edition). NC, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2013. ISBN 978-0071816458.
Note:-Trainercanusefreewaresimulationsoftware's.
OnlineLearningResources/VirtualLabs:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. Tech(ME)–IV-I Sem (R20)

20A70307 Evaluation of Industry Internship

L T P C

0 0 0 3
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020
Admitted Batch (THEORY)
Open Elective Course – I

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

OPTIMIZATION 3 0 0 3
2050305 TECHNIQUES

Course Objectives:

To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,


Transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming Constrained and
unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing.

Electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.

To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project

Learn the knowledge to formulate optimization problems

UNIT - I
Classical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization with and without constraints,
multi – variable optimization without constraints, multi – variable optimization with constraints
– method of Lagrange multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

UNIT - II
Numerical methods for optimization: Nelder Mead’s Simplex search method, Gradient of a
function, Steepest descent method, Newton’s method, types of penalty methods for handling
constraints.

UNIT - III
Genetic algorithm (GA) : Differences and similarities between conventional and evolutionary
algorithms, working principle, reproduction, crossover, mutation, termination criteria, different
reproduction and crossover operators, GA for constrained optimization, draw backs of GA,

Multi-Objective GA: Pareto’s analysis, Non-dominated front, multi – objective GA, Non-
dominated sorted GA, convergence criterion, applications of multi-objective problems
UNIT – IV
Genetic Programming (GP): Principles of genetic programming, terminal sets, functional sets,
differences between GA & GP, random population generation, solving differential equations
using GP.

UNIT V
Applications of Optimization in Design and Manufacturing systems: Some typical
applications like optimization of path synthesis of a four-bar mechanism, minimization of weight
of a cantilever beam and general optimization model of a machining process.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the need of optimization of
engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
 transportation problem apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear
programming and
dynamic programming Formulate optimization problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
Optimal design – Jasbir Arora, Mc Graw Hill (International) Publishers
Optimization for Engineering Design – Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers
Engineering Optimization – [Link], New Age Publishers

REFERENCES:
[Link] algorithms in Search, Optimization, and Machine learning – [Link], Addison-
Wesley Publishers
Genetic Programming- Koza
Multi objective Genetic algorithms - Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches)
(THEORY)
Open Elective Course – II

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

SOLAR ENERGY 3 0 0 3
20A60305 SYSTEMS

Course objectives
Learning the fundamental principles of solar radiation and geographic distribution of solar
radiation.
Study of various solar energy technologies with different types of concentrating collectors.
Comparative study of different solar cells with respect to properties and applications of solar
cells in nano technology.
Understanding the basics of economics involves in the solar system.
Learning the concepts and designing aspects in thermal power. 6. Study of solar pond
and solar stills and their applications.

UNIT – I
SOLAR RADIATION:
Sources of radiation –sun earth relationship, Solar Time and angles, day length, angle of
incidence on tilted surface; Sun path diagram, Solar Radiation: Extraterrestrial Radiation; Effect
of earth atmosphere; Estimation of solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces.
Geographic Distribution of solar radiation, Phyrellio, pyranometer, equation of time-estimation
of average radiation falling on tilled.

UNIT-II
SOLAR ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES:
Performance analysis of a liquid Flat-plate collector, Total loss coefficient and heat losses: Top
loss coefficient, Bottom loss coefficient, Side loss coefficient. Solar concentrating collectors,
types of concentrating collectors, Parabolic Dish System, The central power tower system, The
Parabolic Trough System, Tracking CPC and Solar Swing, Performance analysis of cylindrical
parabolic collector, Compound parabolic concentrator (CPC).

UNIT-III
SOLAR CELLS:
Solar cell fundamentals, solar cell classification, solar cell, module, panel array construction,
maximum power pint trackers(MPPT), solar PV applications, The Recent developments in Solar
cells, Role of Nano-Technology in Solar cells.
UNIT – IV
ECONOMICS:
Discounted Cash Flow-light cycle, coasting of solar system, production function and optimization

UNIT – V
THERMAL POWER:
The power concepts- design aspects, thermo-chemical reactor.
SOLAR POND AND SOLAR STILLS:
Working Principle-Construction-operating difficulties and remedies, Agriculture and Domestic
applications: Still, timber drying, crop drying, cooker.

Course Outcomes :
Illustrate the fundamental principles of solar radiation and geographic distribution of solar
radiation.
Obtaining the performance analysis of liquid flat plate collector and cylindrical parabolic
collector.
Developing solar cells in the field of nano technology.
Calculating the cash flow and costs involves in the solar energy systems.
Designing and developing of thermo chemical reactor with respect to thermal power.

Reference Books:
Solar Energy Thermal Process Diffice and Beckman
Solar Heating and Cooling by Kreith and Kreider
Solar Energy Utilization by [Link]
Solar Energy Utilization by [Link] , Khanna Publishers.
Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies- By D.P. Kothari, PHI Pub.,
Applied Solar Energy by Meinel and Meinel
Non-Conventional Energy Resources by B.H . Khan, Tata McGraw Hill
Energy Resources Utilization and Technologies By Anjaneyulu, BS Pub.,
 JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches)
(THEORY)
Open Elective Course – III

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

MODERN 3 0 0 3
20A70304 MANUFACTURING
METHODS

Course Objectives:

To learn the importance and basics of unconventional machining.

 To understand the rapid prototyping processes.
To have the knowledge of different micro machining methods
To understand the working principles of various Non-traditional machining methods.
To learn about Non-traditional forming processes.

UNIT-I
Need for Modern Manufacturing Methods: Non-traditional machining methods and rapid
prototyping methods - their relevance for precision and lean manufacturing. Classification of
non-traditional processes - their selection for processing of different materials and the range of
applications.
Introduction to rapid prototyping - Classification of rapid prototyping methods -
sterolithography, fused deposition methods - materials, principle of prototyping and various
applications.

UNIT-II
Ultrasonic machining – Elements of the process, mechanics of material removal, process
parameters, applications and limitations, Abrasive jet, Water jet and abrasive water jet
machining: Basic mechanics of material removal, descriptive of equipment, process variables,
applications and limitations.

UNIT-III
Electro –Chemical Processes: Fundamentals of electro chemical machining, electrochemical
grinding, metal removal rate in ECM, Tooling, process variables, applications, economic aspects
of ECM.
Chemical Machining: Fundamentals of chemical machining- Principle of material removal-
maskants – etchants- process variables, advantages and applications.
UNIT-IV
Thermal Metal Removal Processes: Basic principle of spark erosion (EDM), Wire cut EDM, and
Electric Discharge Grinding processes - Mechanics of machining, process parameters, selection
of tool electrode and dielectric fluids, choice of parameters for improved surface finish and
machining accuracy - Applications of different processes and their limitations.
Plasma Machining: Principle of material removal, description of process and equipment, process
variables, scope of applications and the process limitations.

UNIT-V
Electron Beam Machining: Generation and control of electron beam for machining, theory of
electron beam machining, comparison of thermal and non-thermal processes - process mechanics,
parameters, applications and limitations.
Laser Beam Machining: Process description, Mechanism of material removal, process
parameters, capabilities and limitations, features of machining, applications and limitations.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course the student should be able to understand

Technical aspects of precision machining.
Applications of rapid prototyping technologies.
Tool selection for non traditional processes.
 Knowledge of economic aspects of Non traditional processes.
Fabrication of microelectronic devices.

TEXT BOOKS:

Manufacturing processes for engineering materials by Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid, 5edn,
Pearson Pub.
Advanced machining processes, VK Jain, Allied publishers.

REFERENCES:

New Technology , Bhattacharya A, The Institution of Engineers, India 1984

Manufacturing Technology, Kalpakzian, Pearson
Modern Machining Process, Pandey P.C. and Shah H.S., TMH.
JNTUACEA R20
2020-21
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous): ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches)
(THEORY)
Open Elective Course – IV

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

MATERIAL 3 0 0 3
20A70305 HANDLING
EQUIPMENTS
Course Objectives:

To understand how the knowledge of materials management can be an advantage to

logistics and supply chain operations.

To sensitize the students on the materials management functions – Planning, Purchase,

Controlling, Storing, Handling, Packaging, Shipping and Distributing, and Standardizing.

To realize the importance of materials both in product and service.

planning/ production and plant layouts, studying about strategies of material handling
and equipments, and selection of site locations.

It also aims to explore the layout planning by computer applications following

different algorithms.
UNIT-I

Overview of Material Handling: Principles of Material Handling, Principal groups of Material

Handling equipment – General Characteristics and application of Material Handling Equipment,
Modern trends in material handling.

UNIT-II

Lifting Equipments: Hoist- Components of Hoist – Load Handling attachments hooks, grabs
and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk material – Wire ropes and chains.

UNIT-III

Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed: Tension in drop parts – Drums, Shears and
sprockets – Arresting gear and brakes – Block brakes, Band brakes, thrust brakes – Safety and
hand cranks. Principle operation of EOT, Gantry and jib cranes Hoisting Mechanisms, Travelling
mechanisms, lifting mechanisms – Slewing Mechanisms – Elevators and lifts.
UNIT-IV

CONVEYORS: Types - description -applications of Belt conveyors, apron conveyors and

escalators Pneumatic conveyors, Screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors

UNIT-V

ELEVATORS: Bucket elevators: Loading and bucket arrangements - Cage elevators - shaft
way, guides, counter weights, hoisting machine, safety devices - Design of fork lift trucks.

Course Outcomes :

The students will be able to select appropriate location for establishing industrial plants by
applying the concepts of location selection.
The students will be able to plan and design plant and production layouts through basic
strategies and with computer applications.
The students will be able to identify and analyse the problems in the existing layout/ material
handling system and shall be able to the optimize the layout/ material handling system
The students will be able to develop algorithms for new planning layouts for typical
applications in the industries and Suggesting appropriate material handling strategies in the
industries.
The students will be able to design of fork lift trucks.

REFERENCES

Rudenko, N., Materials handling equipment, ELnvee Publishers, 1970.

Spivakovsy, A.O. and Dyachkov, V.K., Conveying Machines, Volumes I and II, MIR Publishers, 1985.
Alexandrov, M., Materials Handling Equipments, MIR Publishers, 1981.
Boltzharol, A., Materials Handling Handbook, The Ronald Press Company, 1958.
P.S.G. Tech., “Design Data Book”, Kalaikathir Achchagam, Coimbatore, 2003.
Lingaiah. K. and Narayana Iyengar, “Machine Design Data Hand Book”, Vol. 1 & 2, Suma Publishers,
Bangalore, 1983
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R20)

Course Code MATERIAL SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERING L T P C

Semester 20A03M11 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
To teach the principles of physical metallurgy, i.e. crystallography of metals, constitution
 of alloys, phase diagrams and heat treatment of steels.
To Explain the methods to change the properties of materials through heat treatment
 processes.
To Expose commercially important metals and alloys (both ferrous and nonferrous) with
engineering constraints.
 To Familiarize properties and applications of ceramics, polymers and composite materials.
 Course Outcomes (CO):
Explain the principles of binary phases
Apply heat treatment to different applications
Select steels and cast irons for a given application
Utilize nonferrous metals and alloys in engineering
Choose composites for various applications
Assess the properties of Nano-scale materials and their applications
UNIT - I Structure of Metals & Constitution of Alloys 8 Hrs
Structure of Metals: Crystal Structures: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Imperfection in
solids: Point, Line, interstitial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and slip
systems, critically resolved shear stress.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of Alloying, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions –
Phasediagrams: Interpretation of binary phase diagrams and microstructure development; eutectic,
peritectic, peritectoid and monotectic reactions. Iron – Iron – carbide diagram and microstructural
aspects of ferrite, cementite, austenite, ledeburite, and cast iron.

UNIT - II Heat Treatment of Steels: 8 Hrs

Heat Treatment of Steels: Annealing, tempering, normalizing and spheroidizing, isothermal
transformation diagrams for Fe-Fe3Calloys and microstructure development. Continious cooling
curves and interpretation of final microstructures and properties- austempering, martempering, case
hardening, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, carbo-nitriding, flame and induction hardening, and
vacuum and plasma hardening

UNIT - III Steels and Cast Irons 10 Hrs

Steels: Plain carbon steels, use and limitations of plain carbon steels. AISI& BIS classification of
steels. Classification of alloys steels. Microstructure, properties and applications of alloy steels-
stainless steels and tool steels.
Cast irons: Microstructure, properties and applications of white cast iron, malleable cast iron, grey
cast iron, nodular cast iron and alloy cast irons.

UNIT - IV Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys 10 Hrs

Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys:Microstructure, properties and applications of copper and its alloys,
aluminium and its alloys. Study of Al – Cuphase diagram, precipitation hardening. Microstructure,
properties and applications of titanium and its alloys.

UNIT - V Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: 10 Hrs

Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Structure, properties and applications of ceramics, polymers
and composites. Introduction to super alloys and nanomaterials.
Textbooks:
 [Link], Material Science and Engineering, 5/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
William D. Callister Jr, Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 8/e, John Wiley
Sons, 2009.
Reference Books:
Y. Lakhtin, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, University Press of the Pacific, 2000.
[Link], Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, 2/e, Tata McGraw- Hill, 1997.
[Link], Elements of Material Science and Engineering, 6/e, Pearson Education,
2008.
George [Link], Mechanical Metallurgy, 3/e, McGraw-Hill, 2013.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R20)

Course Code COMPUTER AIDED MACHINEDRAWING L T P C

Semester 20A03M12 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
Introduce conventional representations of material and machine components.
Train to use software for 2D and 3D modeling.
Familiarize with thread profiles, riveted, welded and key joints.
Teach solid modeling of machine parts and their sections.
Explain creation of 2D assembly drawings from 3D assemblies.

 Demonstrate the conventional representations of materials and machine components

Model riveted, welded and key joints using CAD system
Create solid models and sectional views of machine components
Generate solid models of machine parts and assemble them
Translate 3D assemblies into 2D drawings

UNIT - I Isometric and Orthographic Projections 8 Hrs

Principles of isometric projection- Isometric Scale-Isometric Views- Conventions- Isometric Views
of lines, Planes Figures, Simple and Compound Solids-Conversion of isometric Projections/Views of
Orthographic Views-Conventions.

UNIT - II Perspective projections 8 Hrs

Perspective projections –Planes and simple solids. Vanishing point Method only.

UNIT - III Detachable joints & Permanent Joint 10 Hrs

Drawing of thread profiles, hexagonal and square-headed bolts and nuts, bolted joint, bolted joint
with washer and locknut, stud joint, screw joint.
Riveted joints: Drawing of rivet, lap joint, butt joint with single strap, single riveted, double riveted
double strap joints.
Welded joints: Lap joint and T joint with fillet, butt joint with conventions.

UNIT - IV Keys and Couplings 10 Hrs

Keys: Taper key, sunk taper key, round key, saddle key, feather key, woodruff key.
Shaft coupling: bushed pin-type flange coupling, universal joint, Oldhams’ coupling.
Sectional views: Creating solid models of complex machine parts and create sectional views.

UNIT - V Assembly drawings: 10 Hrs

Piston, connecting rod, Eccentric, Screw jack, Plumber block, Pipe vice, Clamping device,Tail
stock,Air Cock, Machine vice, Carburetor.

Textbooks:
[Link], [Link], A text book on Machine Drawing, SciTech Publications, 2014.
Cecil Jensen, Jay Helsel and Donald [Link], Computer Aided Engineering Drawing,
Tata Mcgraw-Hill, NY, 2000.

Reference Books:
James Barclay, Brain Griffiths, Engineering Drawing for Manufacture, Kogan Page
Science, 2003.
[Link], Machine Drawing, Charotar, 50/e, 2014.
[Link], Production Drawing, NewAge International Publishers, 3/e, 2014.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
materials/CAMD_MANUAL18ME36A_FINAL.pdf
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R20)

Course Code 3D PRINTING MATERIALS L T P C

Semester 20A03M13 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
Explain the need of 3D Printing Technology.
Familiarize manufacturing of polymer components.
Describe the manufacture of products through powder metallurgy.
Impart knowledge on various material characterization techniques.
Course Outcomes (CO):
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
Development mechanical components with powder metallurgy technique
Select materials for Additive Manufacturing
Explain the concept of material characterization
Understand the concepts of powder shaping and sintering

UNIT - I Introduction 8 Hrs

Need for AM, Historical Development, Fundamentals of AM, AM Process Chain, Advantages and
Limitations of AM, Classification of AM Systems, Materials used in AM

UNIT - II Polymers Basic Concepts 10 Hrs

Polymers Basic Concepts: Introduction to Polymers used for additive manufacturing: polyamide, PF
resin, polyesters etc. Classification of polymers, Concept of functionality, Polydispersity and
Molecular weight [MW], Molecular Weight Distribution [MWD]
Polymer Processing: Methods of spinning for additive manufacturing: Wet spinning, Dry spinning.
Biopolymers, Compatibility issues with polymers. Moulding and casting of polymers, Polymer
processing techniques.

UNIT - III Powder Metallurgy 10 Hrs

Powder Metallurgy Basic Concepts: Introduction and History of Powder Metallurgy (PM), Present
and Future Trends of PM, Different Mechanical and Chemical methods, Atomization of Powder,
other emerging processes

UNIT - IV Powder Shaping and Sintering 10 Hrs

Powder Shaping: Particle Packing Modifications, Lubricants & Binders, Powder Compaction &
Process Variables, Pressure & Density Distribution during Compaction, Isotactic Pressing, Injection
Moulding, Powder Extrusion, Slip Casting, Tape Casting.
Sintering: Theory of Sintering, Sintering of Single & Mixed Phase Powder, Liquid Phase Sintering
Modern Sintering Techniques, Physical & Mechanical Properties Evaluation, Structure-Property
Correlation Study, Modern Sintering techniques, Defects Analysis of Sintered Components

UNIT - V Introduction to Characterization 10 Hrs

Characterization Techniques: Particle Size & Shape Distribution, Electron Microscopy of Powder,
Interparticle Friction, Compression ability, Powder Structure, Chemical Characterization.
Microstructures of Powder by Different techniques characterization methods -BET surface area
analyzer, Atomic force Microscopy (AFM), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Transmission
Electron Microscopy (TEM), X-ray Diffraction (XRD), Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS) and
High Power X-ray.

Textbooks:
Chee Kai Chua, Kah Fai Leong, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications” 5/e, World Scientific.
G Odian Principles of Polymerization, Wiley Inerscience John Wiley and Sons, 4/e, 2005.
Reference Books:
Mark James Jackson, Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing, CRC Press, 2005.
Powder Metallurgy Technology, Cambridge International Science Publishing, 2002.
P. C. Angelo and R. Subramanian: Powder Metallurgy- Science, Technology and
Applications, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
Ray F. Egerton , Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy: An Introduction to TEM,
SEM, and AEM , Springer, 2005.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPURAMU
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (R20)

Course Code APPLICATIONS OF 3D PRINTING L T P C

Semester 20A03M14 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
Explain the typical application areas of additive manufacturing.
Familiarize with the applications of 3D printing in Design and Engineering area.
Describe the concepts of manufacturing of bio-medical implants.
Impart knowledge onApplications in Automotive, Civil and other fields.
Course Outcomes (CO):
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
Design CAD model and verification of CAD model
Select type of 3D printing technology for different applications
Identify the various applications of 3D printing in manufacturing and aerospace
Explain the various Applications of 3D printing in Automotive, Civil and other fields
List the various applications of 3D printing technology

UNIT - I Typical application areas of Additive Manufacturing: 8 Hrs

Finishing Processes- Cutting Processes, Sand-Blasting and Polishing, Coating, Painting.

UNIT - II Applications in Design and Engineering: 10 Hrs

Applications in Design: CAD Model Verification, Visualizing Objects, Proof of Concept, Marketing
and Commercial Applications,
Applications in Engineering Analysis and Planning: Scaling, Form and Fit, Flow Analysis, Stress
Analysis, Mock-Up Parts, Pre-Production Parts, Diagnostic and Surgical Operation Planning, Design
and Fabrication of Custom Prosthesis and Implant,

UNIT - III Applications in Manufacturing and Tooling: 8 Hrs

Classification of rapid tooling, Direct Soft Tooling, Indirect Soft Tooling, Direct Hard Tooling.

UNIT - IV Applications in Bio-medical and Aerospace: 8 Hrs

Operation Planning for Cancerous Brain Tumor Surgery, Planning Reconstructive Surgery with RP
Technology, Craniofacial Reconstructive Surgery Planning, Biopsy Needle Housing, Knee Implants,
Scaffolds for Tissue Engineering, Customized Tracheobronchial Stents, Inter-Vertebral Spacers,
Cranium Implant, Design Verification of an Airline Electrical Generator, Engine Components for
Fanjet Engine, Fabrication of Flight-Certified Production Castings.

UNIT - V Applications in Automotive, Civil and other fields 10 Hrs

Prototyping Complex Gearbox Housing for Design Verification, Prototyping Advanced Driver
Control System with Stereolithography, Creating Cast Metal Engine Block with RP Process, Using
Stereolithography to Produce Production Tooling, Civil engineering- 3D printing in house
construction, Development of Contour Crafting Process, Building Disaster Relief Shelters, Metal
Frames For Solid Structures, other fields- Coin industry, Jewelry Industry, tableware industry.

Textbooks:
Chee Kai Chua, Kah Fai Leong, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications” 5/e, World Scientific.
Liou W. Liou, Frank W., Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications: A Tool
Box for Prototype Development, CRC Press, 2007.
Reference Books:
Pham D.T. and Dimov S.S., Rapid Manufacturing; The Technologies and Application of
RPT and Rapid Tooling, Springer, London 2001.
Gebhardt A., Rapid prototyping, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003.
Hilton P.D. and Jacobs P.F., Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications,
CRC Press, 2005.
RafiqNoorani, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing, John
Wiley & Sons, 2006.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
29%20-%[Link]
 [Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS) Anantapur COURSES OFFERED FOR
HONOURS DEGREE IN Advanced Manufacturing systems (offered only for Mechanical
Students)
[Link]. Course Course Title Contact Hours
Code per week Credits
L T
1 Additive Manufacturing 3 1 4
2 Precision Engineering 3 1 4
3 Quality Engineering in Manufacturing 3 1 4
4 Simulation of Manufacturing Systems 3 1 4
5 MOOC I:Laser based Manufacturing 2

6 MOOC II: Automation in Manufacturing 2

JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS) Anantapur COURSES OFFERED

FOR HONOURS DEGREE IN INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (offered only for
Mechanical Students)
[Link]. Course Course Title Contact Hours
Code per week Credits
L T
1 Internal combustion Engine Design 3 1 4
2 Engine Auxiliary Systems 3 1 4

3 Alternative fuels for [Link] 3 1 4

4 Engine pollution and control 3 1 4

5 MOOC I: Hybrid and Electric vehicles 2

6 MOOC II: Automotive safety 2

 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING L T P C

Semester 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: Student will be able to

To introduce students the basics of additive manufacturing/rapid prototyping and its
applications in various fields, reverse engineering techniques.
To teach students about mechanical properties and geometric issues relating to specific
rapid prototyping applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
CO1: describe additive manufacturing and explain its advantages and disadvantages
CO2: explain the processes used in additive manufacturing for a range of materials
and applications
CO3: understand the role of additive manufacturing in the design process and the
implications for design
CO4: describe the effects of surface finish and microstructural properties on behaviour
for components produced using additive manufacturing
CO5: display an awareness of residual stresses that may occur during additive
manufacturing and their effects.

UNIT - I Lecture Hrs:

INTRODUCTION:
Need - Development of AM systems – AM process chain - Impact of AM on Product
Development - Virtual Prototyping- Rapid Tooling – RP to AM -Classification of AM processes-
Benefits-Applications.
UNIT – II Lecture Hrs:
REVERSE ENGINEERING AND CAD MODELING:
Basic concept- Digitization techniques – Model reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid
Prototyping: CAD model preparation, Data requirements – Geometric modeling techniques: Wire
frame, surface and solid modeling – data formats - Data interfacing, Part orientation and support
generation, Support structure design, Model Slicing, Tool path generation-Software for AM- Case
studies.
UNIT – III Lecture Hrs:
LIQUID BASED AND SOLID BASED ADDITIVE
MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS:
Stereolithography Apparatus (SLA): Principle, pre-build process, part-building and post-build
processes, photo polymerization of SL resins, part quality and process planning, recoating issues,
materials, advantages, limitations and applications. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working
principle, process, strengths, weaknesses and applications. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM):
Principle, details of processes, process variables, types, products, materials and applications.
Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM): Working Principles, details of processes, products,
materials, advantages, limitations and applications - Case studies.
UNIT – IV Lecture Hrs:
POWDER BASED ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS: Selective Laser Sintering
(SLS): Principle, process, Indirect and direct SLS- powder structures, materials, post processing,
surface deviation and accuracy, Applications. Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS): Processes,
materials, products, advantages, limitations and applications– Case Studies.
UNIT – V Lecture Hrs:
OTHER ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
Three dimensional Printing (3DP): Principle, basic process, Physics of 3DP, types of printing,
process capabilities, material system. Solid based, Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems,
strength and weakness, Applications and case studies. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM),
Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM), Selective Laser Melting, Electron Beam Melting.
Textbooks:
Gibson, I., Rosen, D.W. and Stucker, B., “Additive Manufacturing Methodologies:
Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing”, Springer, 2010.
Chua, C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., “Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications”, second
edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2010.
Gebhardt, A., “Rapid prototyping”, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003.
Liou, L.W. and Liou, F.W., “Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box
for prototype development”, CRC Press, 2011.
Reference Books:
Kamrani, A.K. and Nasr, E.A., “Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice”, Springer, 2006.
Hilton, P.D. and Jacobs, P.F., Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications,
CRC press, 2005
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code PRECISION ENGINEERING L T P C

Semester 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
To impart knowledge about basics of precision machining and different
Manufacturing technique in precision engineering.
Accuracy and alignment tests.
Influences of static stiffness and thermal effects.
Precision machining.
 Nano measuring systems.
Various lithography techniques
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
Apply fits and tolerances for parts and assemblies according to ISO standards
 Apply selective assembly concept for quality and economic production
Assign tolerances using principles of dimensional chains for individual features of a part or
 assembly.
Evaluate the part and machine tool accuracies.
UNIT – I CONCEPTS OF ACCURACY Lecture Hrs:9
Introduction – Concept of Accuracy of Machine Tools – Spindle and Displacement
Accuracies – Accuracy of numerical Control Systems – Errors due to Numerical
Interpolation Displacement Measurement System and Velocity lags.
GEOMETIC DEIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING: Tolerance Zone Conversions
– Surfaces, Features, Features of Size, Datum Features – Datum Oddly Configured and
Curved Surfaces as Datum Features, Equalizing Datum’s – Datum Feature of Representation
– Form controls, Orientation Controls – Logical Approach to Tolerancing.

UNIT – II DATUM SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:9

Design of freedom, Grouped Datum Systems – different types, two and three mutually
perpendicular grouped datum planes; Grouped datum system with spigot and recess, pin and
hole; Grouped Datum system with spigot and recess pair and tongue – slot pair –
Computation of Transnational and rotational accuracy, Geometric analysis and application.
UNIT – III TOLERANCE ANALYSIS Lecture Hrs:9
Process Capability, Mean, Variance, Skewness, Kurtosis, Process Capability Metrics, Cp,
Cpk, Cost aspects, Feature Tolerances, Geometric Tolerances. Surface finish, Review of
relationship between attainable tolerance grades and different machining process,
Cumulative effect of tolerances sure fit law, normal law and truncated normal law.
UNIT – IV TOLERANCE CHARTING TECHNIQUES Lecture Hrs:9
Operation Sequence for typical shaft type of components, Preparation of Process drawings
for different operations, Tolerance worksheets and centrally analysis, Examples, Design
features to facilitate machining; Datum Features – functional and manufacturing
Components design – Machining Considerations, Redesign for manufactured, Examples.

UNIT – V FOUNDAMENTALS OF NANOTECHNOLGY Lecture Hrs:9

Systems of nanometer accuracies – Mechanism of metal Processing – Nano physical
processing of atomic bit units. Nanotechnology and Electrochemical atomic bit processing.
MEASURING SYSTEMS PROCESSING: In processing or in-situ measurement of
position of processing point-Post process and on-machine measurement of dimensional
features and surface-mechanical and optical measuring systems.

Textbooks:
Engineering Design – A systematic Approach / Matousek / Blackie & Son Ltd., London
Precision Engineering/VC Venkatesh& S Izman/TMH

Reference Books:
Precision Engineering in Manufacturing/Murthy R.L./New Age International (P) limited,
1996.
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing / James D. Meadows / Marcel Dekker inc.
1995.
Nano Technology / Norio Taniguchi / Oxford University Press, 1996

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code QUALITY ENGINEERING IN L T P C

Semester MANUFACTURING 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
 Explore knowledge of basic sciences engineering and manufacturing process.
Manage projects in various sectors of economy which facing on conceptual , technological
 and human aspects.
 Identify the bottle ends and production process.
Similarity of the manufacturing process to analyze the overall performance
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 Applications of the user friendly software packages to simulate the manufacturing entities.
 Analyze the data by using different performance analysis techniques.
Modelling various operators in manufacturing systems
UNIT - I QUALITY VALUE AND ENGINEERING Lecture Hrs:09
An overall quality system, quality engineering in production design, quality engineering in
design of production processes. Loss Function and Quality Level: Derivation and use of
quadratile loss function, economic consequences of tightening tolerances as a means to
improve quality, evaluations and types tolerances.(N-type,S-type and L-type)
UNIT - II TOLERANCE DESIGN AND TOLERANCING Lecture Hrs:09
Functional limits, tolerance design for N-type. L-type and S-type characteristics, tolerance
allocation fbr multiple components. Parameter and Tolerance Design: Introduction to
parameter design, signal to noise ratios, Parameter design strategy, some of the case studies
on parameter and tolerance designs.
UNIT - III ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE (ANOVA) Lecture Hrs:09
Introduction to ANOVA, Need for ANOVA, NO-way ANOVA, One-way ANOVA, Two-way ANOVA,
Critique of F-test, ANOVA for four level factors, multiple level factors.
UNIT - IV ORTHOGONAL ARRAYS Lecture Hrs:09
Typical test strategies, better test strategies, efficient test strategies, steps indesigning,
conducting and analyzing an experiment. Interpolation of Experimental Results: Interpretation
methods, percent contributor, estimating the mean.
UNIT - V SIX SIGMA AND THE TECHNICAL SYSTEM Lecture Hrs:09
Six sigma DMAIC methodology, tools fpr process improvement, six sigma in services and small
organizations, statistical foundations, statistical methodology.
Textbooks:
Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering / Phillip J. Ross / McGraw Hill/ Intl. II Edition,
1995.
2. Quality Engineering in Production systems I G. Taguchi, A. Elsayed et al /[Link] Hill Intl.
Edition, 1989.
Reference Books:
Taguchi Methods explained: Practical steps to Robust Design /Papan P. BagchiI Prentice Hall
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code Simulation of Manufacturing Systems L T P C

Semester 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
To provide knowledge simulation and simulation steps
 To provide knowledge on parameter estimation and hypothesis
To provide knowledge on building simulation model how to validation and verification is
 done
To provide knowledge on generation of random variants and variables
 To provide knowledge on some simulation languages
To provide knowledge on some Applications of Simulation
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
Students gain knowledge on various types of simulation and simulation languages steps in
 simulation and applications of simulation.
Students gain knowledge on parameter estimation and hypothesis.
 Students can build simulation model and also can validation and verify model.
Can Generation of random variants and variables.
UNIT - I Lecture Hrs:09
System - ways to analyze the system - Model - types of models - Simulation - Definition -
Types of simulation models - steps involved in simulation - Advantages & Disadvantages.
Parameter estimation - estimator - properties - estimate - point estimate - confidence interval
estimates - independent - dependent - hypothesis - types of hypothesis- step - types l& 2
errors - Framing - string law of large numbers.
UNIT - II Lecture Hrs:09
Building of Simulation model validation - verification - credibility - their timing - principles
of valid simulation Modeling - Techniques for verification - statistical procedures for
developing credible [Link] of stochastic input elements - importance - various
procedures - theoretical distribution - continuous - discrete their suitability in modeling.
UNIT - III Lecture Hrs:09
Generation of random variables - factors for selection methods - inverse transform -
composition - convolution - acceptance - rejection - generation of random variables -
exponential - uniform - weibull - normal Bernoullie - Binomial uniform - poisson -
Simulation languages - comparison of simulation languages with general purpose languages
Simulation languages vs Simulators - software features - statistical capabilities - G P S S -
S1MAN- SIMSCRIPT - Simulation of WMJI queue - comparison of simulation languages.
UNIT - IV Lecture Hrs:09
Output data analysis - Types of Simulation w. r. t output data analysis – warm up period-
Welch algorithm - Approaches for Steady - State Analysis - replication - Batch means
methods - corn pan Sons.
UNIT - V Lecture Hrs:09
Applications of Simulation - flow shop system - job shop system - M/MI1 queues with
infinite and finite capacities - Simple fixed period inventory system – New boy paper
problem.
Textbooks:
Simulation Modelling and Analysis / Law, A.M.&Kelton / McGraw Hill, Edition/ New
York, 1991.
 Discrete Event System Simulation I Banks J. & Carson J.S., PH I Englewood Cliffs
N/ 1984.
Reference Books:
Simulation of Manufacturing Systems / Carrie A. / Wiley, NY, 1990.
A Course in Simulation / Ross, S.M., McMillan, NY, 1990.
Simulation Modelling and S1MNET/ Taha HA. / PH, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1987
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code MOOC-I Laser based manufacturing L T P C

Semester 0 0 0 2
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code MOOC-II AUTOMATION IN L T P C

Semester MANUFACTURING 0 0 0 2

Course Objectives:
At the end of this course

The course should enable to understand the principles of automation, importance of

 automated flow lines and its types.
The Student should be able to understand outline the system configurations used in
automated production

Students should be able to recognize and articulate the foundational assumption of the
transfer mechanism, types of transfer mechanism that may be used for work part transfer

Student able to describe automated assembly systems, and their associated system
configurations , list the hardware components used for parts delivery at workstations
Outline typical automated assembly processes
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
After completion of this unit students are able to understand to know what is automation,
 types of automation, components of automation, strategies and levels of automation
After completion of this course students are able to understand to know what is
automation, types of automation, components of automation, strategies and levels of
 automation
After completion of this course students are able to understand the types of flow lines,
quantitative analysis of flow lines, how the assembly is carried out on automated flow
 line without interruption and how to balance the line and flexible assembly lines
Students are able to understand automated transfer and storage system, recognize the
equipments used in automated transfer and storage system.
UNIT - I OVER VIEW OF MANUFACTURING AND Lecture Hrs:09
AUTOMATION
Production systems, Automation in production systems, Automation principles and strategies,
Manufacturing operations, production facilities. Basic elements of an automated system, levels
of automation; Hardware components for automation and process control, programmable logic
controllers.
UNIT – II MATERIAL HANDLING AND IDENTIFICATION Lecture Hrs:09
TECHNOLOGIES
Material handling, equipment, Analysis. Storage systems, performance and location strategies,
Automated storage systems, AS/RS, types. Automatic identification methods, Barcode
technology, RFID.

UNIT – III MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS AND AUTOMATED Lecture Hrs:09

PRODUCTION LINES:
Manufacturing systems: components of a manufacturing system, Single station manufacturing
cells; Manual Assembly lines, line balancing Algorithms, Mixed model Assembly lines,
Alternative Assembly systems. Automated production lines, Applications, Analysis of transfer
lines.
UNIT – IV AUTOMATED ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:09
Fundamentals, Analysis of Assembly systems. Cellular manufacturing, part families, cooling,
production flow analysis. Group Technology and flexible Manufacturing systems,
Quantitative Analysis
UNIT – V QUALITY CONTROL AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:09
Quality in Design and manufacturing, inspection principles and strategies, Automated
inspection, contact Vs non contact, CMM. Manufacturing support systems. Quality function
deployment, computer aided process planning, concurrent engineering, shop floor control, just
in time and lean production.
Textbooks:
Automation, production systems and computer integrated
manufacturing/ [Link]/PHI/3rd edition/2012.
Automation, Production Systems and CIM/ Mike J P. Grower/PHI
Reference Books:
CAD/CAM/CIM/ P. Radha Krishnan & S. Subrahamanyarn and Raju/New
Age International Publishers/2003.
System Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing/ Singh/John Wiley /96.
Computer Aided Manufacturing/Tien-Chien Chang, Richard A. Wysk and Hsu-Pin
Wang/ Pearson/ 2009
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 COURSES OFFERED FOR HONOURS DEGREE IN
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE (R20)
[Link]. Course Course Title Contact Hours
Code per week Credits
L T
1 Internal combustion Engine Design 3 1 4
2 Engine Auxiliary Systems 3 1 4

3 Alternative fuels for [Link] 3 1 4

4 Engine pollution and control 3 1 4

5 MOOC I: Hybrid and Electric vehicles 2

6 MOOC II: Automotive safety 2

 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

CourseCode INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE L T P C

Semester DESIGN 3 1 0 4
20A03H11

CourseObjectives:

Toprovidethebasic groundingonthepistonenginedesignphilosophy.

CourseOutcomes(CO):Student willbeableto

Thestudentwouldhavegainedaninsight/understandingontherudimentsofpistonenginedesig
n philosophy as a prelude to higher level design activities for variedapplications.

UNIT–I GENERAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES Lecture Hrs:9

Principleofsimilitude,Choiceofmaterial,Stress,FatigueandNoise,Vibration
andHarshnessconsiderations(NVH)

UNIT–II DESIGNSPECIFICSOFTWO- Lecture

STROKEENGINESYSTEMS Hrs:9

Scavenging,Arrangementandsizingofports,pistonassembly,intakeandexhaustsystem,applicationtoa
utomotivegasolineengines.

UNIT–III DESIGNOF MAJOR COMPONENTS Lecture Hrs:9

Pistonsystem,Powercylindersystem,Connectingrodassembly,Crankshaftsystem,ValveGearing,Stres
sanalyses
UNIT–IV DESIGNOFOTHERCOMPONENTS/SUBSYSTEMS Lecture
Hrs:9

Inlet and exhaust manifolds, cylinder block, cylinder-head, crankcase. Design aspects of
enginemountings,gaskets,[Link] ofignition,lubricationandcoolingsystemdesign.
Introductiontodesignofcatalytic converters,particulatetrapsandEGR systems.

UNIT–V DESIGN OF FUEL FLOW SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:9

Design of injectors systems, carburetors and fuel supply systems in CI Engines

Textbooks:
 AnIntroductiontoEngineTestingandDevelopment,[Link],SAEInternation
al,USA,2009.
Design andSimulation ofFour-
StrokeEngines,[Link],SocietyofAutomotiveEngineers,Inc.,USA,1999.
Diesel Engine Reference Book, Second Edition, RodicaBaranescu and Bernard
Challen(Editors),SocietyofAutomotiveEngineers,Inc.,USA,1999.
Engineering Design,A SystematicApproach,[Link], [Link] [Link] and
[Link],Springer
ModernEngineTechnologyfromAtoZ,RichardVanBasshuysenandFredSchafer,SAEInternation
al,USAandSiemensVDO,Germany,2007.
Springer–Verlag,Wien,Austria,2006.
VehicularEngineDesign,[Link],SAEInternational USA/

ReferenceBooks:
EngineeringFundamentalsoftheInternalCombustionEngine,[Link],Second
Edition,Prentice–[Link].,NewDelhi,2006.
InternalCombustionEngineDesign,[Link],MIRPublishers,Moscow,1984.
InternalCombustionEngineFundamentals,[Link],McGraw–
HillBookCompany,1988.
InternalCombustionEngineHand
book:Basics,Components,SystemsandPerpectives,RichardVanBasshuysenandFredSchafer(Edito
rs)SAEInternationalUSAandSiemes VDOAutomotive,Germany,2002.
IntroductiontoEngineValvetrains,YushuWang, SAE International,USA,2007.
Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Richard Stone, Fourth Edition
SAEInternational,USAandMacmillanPress,2012.

OnlineLearningResources:
[Link]://[Link]/courses/112/104/112104033/
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code ENGINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS L T P C

20A03H12
Semester 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:

 Know about the concept of carburation.

 Know about the concept of gasoline injection and ignition systems.
 Understand diesel fuel injection.
 Understand the design and construction of various intake systems and its components.
Know about the various types and the concepts of lubrication and cooling system.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 Understand the concept of air fuel mixture and the various components in the carburetor
 Understand the types of gasoline fuel injection , and the mechanism of ignition system.
 Know about the various techniques involved in diesel fuel injection.
 Understand the various design constraints and the types of intake and exhaust manifolds.
Understand the concept and various types of lubrication and cooling system

UNIT – I CARBURETION Lecture Hrs:9

Properties of air-petrol mixtures, Mixture requirements for steady state and transient operation,
Mixture formation studies of volatile fuels, Design of elementary carburetor, Chokes, Effects of
altitude on carburetion, Carburetor for 2-stroke and 4-stroke engines, Carburetor systems for
emission control.
UNIT – II GASOLINE INJECTION AND IGNITION SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:9
Petrol Injection, Pneumatic and Electronic Fuel Injection Systems types. Ignition system
requirements, Timing, Ignition Systems, Breaker mechanism and Spark plugs, Factors affecting
energy requirement of the ignition system, Factors affecting spark plug operation, Electronic
Ignition Systems.
UNIT – III DIESEL FUEL INJECTION Lecture Hrs:9
Factors influencing fuel spray atomization, Penetration and Dispersion of diesel and heavy oils
and their properties, Rate and duration of injection, Fuel line hydraulics, Fuel pump, Injectors.
UNIT – IV MANIFOLDS AND MIXTURE DISTRIBUTION Lecture Hrs:9
Intake system components, Discharge coefficient, Pressure drop, Air filter, Intake manifold,
Connecting pipe, Exhaust system components, Exhaust manifold and exhaust pipe, Spark
arresters, Waste heat recovery, Exhaust mufflers, Type of mufflers, exhaust manifold expansion.
UNIT – V LUBRICATION AND COOLING SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs:9
Lubricants, Lubricating systems, Lubrication of piston rings, Bearings, Oil consumption, Oil
cooling. Heat transfer coefficients, liquid and air cooled engines, Coolants, Additives and
lubricity improvers, Concept of adiabatic engines.

Textbooks:
[Link],K.K, Internal Combustion Engine, Scitech Publication (India) [Link].2000.
[Link], V.M, A Course in Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 1999.
[Link],M.L., and Sharma,R.P., A Course in Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai
Publications (P) Ltd., 1998.
[Link], V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1995.
Reference Books:
[Link] Smith, Auto Fuel Systems, The Good Heart Willcox Company Inc., Publishers, 1987.
[Link] F, Obert, Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution, Intext Education Publishers,
1980.
Online Learning Resources
1. [Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code ALTERNATIVE FUELS FOR IC L T P C

ENGINES 20A03H13
Semester 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
Togive anin-depthknowledge ofvarious fuels and alternative fuels used in IC Engines

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

Onsuccessfulcompletionofthiscoursethestudentwillbeabletounderstandabout the usage
of alternative fuels in IC Engines and its effect on environment
UNIT – I Introduction Lecture Hrs:9
solid fuels, gases fuels, liquid fuels, chemical structure of petroleum, petroleum refining
process, important requisite qualities of engine fuels, SAE rating of fuels.
UNIT – II FUELS Lecture Hrs:9
Availability and Suitability to Piston Engines, Concept of conventional fuels, potential
alternative fuels - Ethanol, Methanol, DEE/DME - Hydrogen, LPG, Natural gas, Producer gas,
Bio gas and Vegetable oils - Use in [Link]-Merits and Demerits of various fuels.
UNIT – III ALCOHOL FUELS Lecture Hrs:9
Properties as engine fuels - Performance in [Link] - Alcohol & Gasoline blends -
Flexible Fuel Vehicle -Reformed alcohols.
Alcohols in C.I. Engines - Emulsions - Dual fuel systems -Spark assisted diesel engines -
Surface ignition engines - Ignition accelerators - Manufacture of alcohol fuels.

UNIT – IV GASEOUS FUELS Lecture Hrs:9

Hydrogen - Properties - Use in C.I Engines - Use in S.I Engines - Storage methods - Safety
precautions -Production methods.
Production of Producer gas and bio gas - Raw materials - Gasification - Properties - Cleaning
up the gas -Use in S.I. and fuel engines, LPG & Natural gas - Properties - Use in S.I. and C.I.
Engines.

UNIT – V VEGETABLE OILS Lecture Hrs:9

Properties - Esterification - Performance in Engines.
FUEL QUALITY:Fuel quality standards for Automotive Engines - Lead free gasolines, low
and ultra -low sulphur diesels, LPG, CNG, and Biodiesels.
Textbooks:
Internal combustion engines by V . Ganesan, Tata McGraw Hill book cop. 2007
Richard [Link], Automotive Fuels Guide Book, SAE Publications,1997.
Reference Books:
Osamu Hirao and Richard [Link], Present and Future Automotive Fuels, John Wiley
and sons, 1988.
Keith Owen and Trevor Eoley, Automotive Fuels Handbook, SAE Publications, 1990.

[Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code ENGINE POLLUTION AND L T P C

Semester CONTROL 20A03H14 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
Understandeffectofvehiclepopulationandemittedpollutantsonhumanhealthandenvironmentandv
arioustypesofemissions.
UnderstandtheformationmechanismofvarioustypesofpollutantsfromSIandCIengines.
[Link].
Understandtheconstructionandworkingofemissionmeasuringinstruments.
Befamiliarwithemissionstandardsandtestprocedures.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 Analysetheimpact of
vehiclepopulationonpollutionandtheeffectsHC,CO,CO2,NOX,smoke,particulates,leadandaldehydes
onhealthandenvironment.
[Link]
ationmechanismofHC,CO,CO2,NOX,smoke,particulatesandaldehydesinSIandCIengines.

[Link]
[Link],measurementandcontrol.

AwareofUS,Euro,JapanandIndianemissionnorms,[Link]
ein-
cylinderemissioncontrolmethodssuchasEGR,airinjection,fuelmodifications,waterinjection,ignitiona
ndinjectiontiming.

Describeengine-
[Link]
orkingofemissionmeasuringinstrumentssuchasNDIR,FID,smokemetersChemiluminiscentanalyseran
[Link].

UNIT – I POLLUTANT FORMATION-ENGINES AND Lecture Hrs:9

TURBINES

Atmosphericpollutionfrompistonenginesandgasturbines,[Link],
Carbonmonoxide,Hydrocarbon,aldehydesandSmoke,Particulateemission,Effectsofpollutionsonenvir
onment.

UNIT – II POLLUTIONMEASUREMENT Lecture Hrs:9

Nondispersiveinfraredgasanalyzer,Gaschromatography,Chemiluminescentanalyzerandflameionization
detector,Smokemeasurement,Noisepollution,Measurementandcontrol.
UNIT – III POLLUTIONCONTROL-INCYLINDERMETHODS Lecture Hrs:9

Enginecomponent,Fuelmodification,Evaporativeemissioncontrol,EGR,Airinjection,WaterInjection,Appli
cationofmicroprocessorinemissioncontrol.

UNIT – IV POLLUTIONCONTROLAFTERTREATMENT Lecture Hrs:9

Thermalreactors,Catalyticconverters,&ParticulateTraps

UNIT – V CYCLESANDEMISSIONSTANDARDS Lecture Hrs:9

Useofdrivingcyclesforemissionmeasurement,Chassisdynamometer,CVSsystem,Nationaland
Internationalemissionstandards.
Textbooks:
[Link],AutomotiveEmissionControl,GreggDivision/McGraw-Hill.1980
[Link],S.,Starkman,CombustionGeneratedAirPollutions,PlenumPress,1980.

Reference Books:
George,[Link],Engineemissions,PollutantFormationandMeasurement
,Plenumpress,1972.
Obert,E.F.,InternalCombustionEnginesandAirPollution,IntextEducationalPublishers,1980.

Online Learning Resources:

1. [Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course Code MOOC I: HYBRID AND L T P C

ELECTRICVEHICLES 20A03H15
Semester 2

Course Objectives:
 Understand working of Electric Vehicles and recent trends.
Know-how & aptitude towards future trends in Hybrid Electric Vehicles

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 Familiarize on concepts of electric vehicle & performance of electric vehicles
 Gain knowledge on Electric Propulsion Systems & Generators
 Acquire the knowledge on hybrid electric drive train systems
 Gain knowledge on motor controllers and control systems & energy storages
Attain the knowledge on Energy Storages -Fuel Cells & Solar Cars and Control
systems.
UNIT – I ELECTRIC VEHICLES Lecture Hrs:9
Layout of an electric vehicle, performance of electric vehicles – traction motor
characteristics,
tractive effort, transmission requirements, vehicle performance, energy consumption,
advantage and limitations, specifications, system components, electronic control
system.
UNIT – II ELECTRIC PROPULSION SYSTEMS & Lecture Hrs:9
GENERATORS
DC motors, AC motors, permanent magnet motors, brushless DC and
reluctance motors,
characteristics, regenerative braking. DC generators, AC generators, voltage and
frequency
regulations
UNIT – III HYBRID VEHICLES Lecture Hrs:9
Concepts of hybrid electric drive train, types, architecture of series and parallel hybrid
electric drive train, merits and demerits, series and parallel hybrid electric drive train
design
UNIT – IV MOTOR CONTROLLERS AND CONTROL Lecture Hrs:9
SYSTEMS & ENERGY STORAGES
Control system principles, speed and torque control – DC motors and AC motors.
Electromechanical batteries- types of batteries –lead acid batteries, nickel based batteries,
lithium
based batteries, electrochemical reactions, thermodynamic voltage, specific energy,
specific
power, energy efficiency, ultra-capacitors.
UNIT – V FUEL CELLS & SOLAR CARS Lecture Hrs:9
Fuel cell, construction, working, equations, possible fuel sources, fuel reformer, design.
Solar carsphotovoltaic cells, tracking, efficiency and cost comparison.
Textbooks:
MehrdadEhsani, Yimin Gao, sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric,
Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design”, CRS
Press, 2014.
James Larminie and John Loury, “Electric Vehicle Technology-Explained”, John

Sandeep Dhameja, “Electric Vehicle Battery Systems”, Butterworth –Heinemann,

2012.
Donwhite Consultant Incorporate – Handbook of EMI / EMC – Vol I – 2015
Ronald K Jurgen, “Electric and Hybrid – Electric Vehicles”, SAE, 2012
Ron Hodkinson and John Fenton, “Light Weight Electric/Hybrid Vehicle Design”,
ButterworthHeinemann, 201
Online Learning Resources:

1. [Link]
 JNTUA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS), ANANTAPUR
Department of Mechanical Engineering (R20)

Course MOOC II: AUTOMOTIVE L T P C

Code SAFETY 20A03H16
Semester 2

Course Objectives:
Understand the Design of the body for safety.
Understand the various types of safety concepts.
Understand the concept of scavenging in two stroke engines.
 Understand the design concept of safety equipment’s.
Understand the experimental methods for comfort and convenience
 system. Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 Know about the basics about the vehicle.
 Understand the safety aspects in the vehicle
 Know and understand the various safety aspects
 To get the knowledge in sensors provided in the vehicle to avoid the crash and
 to detect the defects in the vehicle
To know about the comfort and convenience system
UNIT – I INTRODUCTION Lecture Hrs:9
Design of the body for safety, Energy equation, Engine location, Deceleration of
vehicle inside passenger compartment, Deceleration on impact with stationary and
movable obstacle, Concept of crumble zone, Safetysandwich construction.
UNIT – II SAFETY CONCEPTS Lecture Hrs:9
Active safety: Driving safety, Conditional safety, Perceptibility safety, Operating safety-
Passive safety: Exterior safety, Interior safety, Deformation behaviour of vehicle body,
Speed and acceleration characteristics of passenger compartment on impact.
UNIT – III SAFETY EQUIPMENTS Lecture Hrs:9
Seat belt, Regulations, Automatic seat belt tightener system, Collapsible steering column,
Tiltable steering wheel, Air bags, Electronic system for activating air bags, Bumper design
for safety, Antiskid braking system, Regenerative Braking System, Cruise Control,
Adaptive Cruise Control Devices
UNIT – IV COLLISION WARNING AND AVOIDANCE Lecture Hrs:9
Collision warning system, Causes of rear end collision, Frontal object detection, ear
vehicle object detection system, Object detection system with braking system
interactions, Driver Fitness Detection.
UNIT – V COMFORT AND CONVENIENCE SYSTEM Lecture Hrs:9
Steering and mirror adjustment, Central locking system , Garage door opening
system, Tyre pressure controlsystem, Rain sensor system, Environment information
system, Manual and Automated Wiper System, GPS.

[Link] - "Automotive Handbook" - 5th edition - SAE publication - 2000.

[Link] - "Vehicle Body Engineering" - Business books limited, London - 1969.

[Link] - "Automotive Electronics Handbook" - Second edition- McGraw-
Hill Inc., - 1999.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

 Open Elective Course – I Civil
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code Experimental Stress Analysis L T P C
20A50105 3 0 0 3
Semester V

Course Objectives:
1. To understand different methods of experimental stress analysis
2. To understand the use of strain gauges for measurement of strain
3. To be exposed to different Non destructive methods of concrete
4. To understand the theory of photo elasticity and its applications in analysis of structures
5. To understand different methods of photo elasticity
Course Outcomes (CO):
1. Understand different methods of experimental stress analysis
2. Understand the use of strain gauges for measurement of strain
3. Expose to different Non destructive methods of concrete
4. Understand the theory of photo elasticity and its applications in analysis of structures
5. Understand different methods of photo elasticity

UNIT - I
PRINCIPLES OF EXPERIMENTAL APPROACH:Merits of Experimental Analysis
Introduction, uses of experimental stress analysisAdvantages of experimental stress analysis,
Different methods –Simplification of problems.

UNIT - II
STRAIN MEASUREMENT USING STRAIN GAUGES :Definition of strain and its relation
of experimental Determinations Properties of Strain-
Gauge Systems-Types of Strain Gauges –Mechanical, Acoustic and Optical Strain Gauges.
Introduction to Electrical strain gauges - Inductance strain gauges – LVDT – Resistance strain
gauges – Various types –Gauge factor – Materials of adhesion base.

UNIT - III
STRAIN ROSSETTES AND NON – DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE:
Introduction – The three elements Rectangular Rosette – The Delta Rosette Corrections for
Transverse Strain Gauge.
Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity method –Application to Concrete. Hammer Test – Application to
Concrete.

UNIT - IV
THEORY OF PHOTOELASTICITY: Introduction –Temporary Double refraction – The
stress Optic Law –Effects of stressed model in a polar scope for various arrangements – Fringe
Sharpening. Brewster’s Stress Optic law.
UNIT - V
TWO DIMENSIONAL PHOTOELASTICITY:Introduction – Isochramic Fringe patterns-
Isoclinic Fringe patterns passage of light through plane Polariscope and Circular polariscope
Isoclinic Fringe patterns – Compensation techniques – Calibration methods – Separation
methods – Scaling Model to prototype Stresses – Materials for photo – Elasticity Properties of
Photoelastic Materials.

Textbooks:
1. Experimental stress analysis by [Link] and [Link], College House Enterprises2005
2. Experimental stress analysis by [Link] Publishers 4 th edition

Reference Books:
1. Experimental Stress analysis by [Link], Pearson Pubilications 2012 edition
2. Experimental Stress Analysis by [Link], [Link] Hill Company Publishers.
Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – I EEE
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Course Code ELECTRIC VEHICLE ENGINEERING L T P C

20A50205 (OE-I) EEE 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite AC & DC Machines Semester V

Course Objectives: The student will be able to:

 Understand latest trends in Electric Vehicles; parameters used in EV and types of EVs.
 Analyze various energy sources available to run EV like batteries, fuels cells etc.
 Analyze the dynamics and the propulsion system used in EVs, working of fuel cells,
battery charging concept.
  Design a electromechanical system using various control techniques.

Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the difference between conventional and latest trends in Electric Vehicles;
understand the various parameters used in EV, types of HEVs.
CO2:Analyze various energy sources available to run EV like batteries, fuels cells etc.
CO3:Analyze the propulsion system of EV, its dynamics and the concept of battery charging.
CO4: Design EV system with battery charger using various fundamental concepts.
UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO EV SYSTEMS AND Lecture Hrs: 10
PARAMETERS
Past, Present and Future EV, EV Concept, EV Technology, State-of-the Art EVs, EV
configuration, EV system, Fixed and Variable gearing, single and multiple motor drive, in-wheel
drives, EV parameters: Weight, size, force and energy, performance parameters.

UNIT - II EV AND ENERGY SOURCES Lecture Hrs: 08

Electro mobility and the environment, history of Electric power trains, carbon emissions from
fuels, green houses and pollutants, comparison of conventional, battery, hybrid and fuel cell
electric systems

UNIT - III EV PROPULSION AND DYNAMICS Lecture Hrs: 10

Choice of electric propulsion system, block diagram, concept of EV Motors, single and multi
motor configurations, fixed and variable geared transmission, In-wheel motor configuration,
classification, Electric motors used in current vehicle applications, Recent EV Motors, Vehicle
load factors, vehicle acceleration.
UNIT - IV FUEL CELLS Lecture Hrs: 10
Introduction of fuel cells, basic operation, model, voltage, power and efficiency, power plant
system – characteristics, sizing, Example of fuel cell electric vehicle.
Introduction to HEV, brake specific fuel consumption, comparison of series, series-parallel
hybrid systems, examples
UNIT - V BATTERY CHARGING AND VEHICLE Lecture Hrs: 10
CONTROL
Battery charging: Battery Chemistry, Basic requirements, charger architecture, charger
functions, wireless charging, power factor correction.
Battery Management System: Introduction and BMS functionality, Battery pack topology,
Voltage, Temperature and Current Sensing.
Control: Introduction, modelling of electro mechanical system, feedback controller design
approach, PI controllers designing, torque-loop, speed control loop compensation, acceleration of
battery electric vehicle
Textbooks:C.C Chan, K.T Chau: Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, Oxford University Press
Inc., New York 2001.
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press 2005.
2. Ali Emadi, Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles, CRC Press, 2015.
3. Tom Denton, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, TAYLOR & FRANCIS; 2nd edition, CBS
PUBLISHERS, 2nd Edition, 2020.
4. MehrdadEhsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell
 Vehicles: Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2010.
5. Bergveld, H.J., Kruijt, W.S., Notten, P.H.L “Battery Management Systems -Design by
Modelling” Philips Research Book Series 2002.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – I Mechanical
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
OPTIMIZATION 3 0 0 3
2050305 TECHNIQUES

Course Objectives:
To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,

Transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming Constrained and
unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing.
Electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project
Learn the knowledge to formulate optimization problems
UNIT - I
Classical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization with and without constraints,
multi – variable optimization without constraints, multi – variable optimization with constraints–
method of Lagrange multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions.
UNIT - II
Numerical methods for optimization:Nelder Mead’s Simplex search method, Gradient of a
function, Steepest descent method, Newton’s method, types of penalty methods for handling
constraints.
UNIT - III
Genetic algorithm (GA) : Differences and similarities between conventional and evolutionary
algorithms, working principle, reproduction, crossover, mutation, termination criteria, different
reproduction and crossover operators, GA for constrained optimization, draw backs of GA,
Multi-Objective GA: Pareto’s analysis, Non-dominated front, multi – objective GA, Non-
dominated sorted GA, convergence criterion, applications of multi-objective problems

UNIT – IV
Genetic Programming (GP): Principles of genetic programming, terminal sets, functional sets,
differences between GA & GP, random population generation, solving differential equations using
GP.
UNIT V
 Applications of Optimization in Design and Manufacturing systems: Some typical
applications like optimization of path synthesis of a four-bar mechanism, minimization of weight
of a cantilever beam and general optimization model of a machining process.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the need of optimization of
engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
 transportation problem apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear
programming anddynamic programming Formulate optimization problems.
TEXT BOOKS:
Optimal design – Jasbir Arora, Mc Graw Hill (International) Publishers
Optimization for Engineering Design – Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers
Engineering Optimization – [Link], New Age Publishers

REFERENCES:
[Link] algorithms in Search, Optimization, and Machine learning – [Link], Addison-
Wesley Publishers
Genetic Programming- Koza
Multi objective Genetic algorithms - Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI Publishers

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – I ECE
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code BASICS OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION L T P C
20A50405 ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Semester V
Pre-requisite
Applied Physics
Course Objectives:
 To study the basic principle, construction and operation of semiconductor devices.
 To learn the real time applications of semiconductor devices.
 To introduce binary number systems, logic gates and digital logic circuits.
 To get an idea about the basic principles of communication systems and their applications.
 To learn the measurement of physical parameters using Sensors and Transducers.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of this course, the students will be able to
 Understand the basic principle, construction and operation of semiconductor devices.
 Learn the real time applications of semiconductor devices.
 Comprehend the binary number systems, logic gates and digital logic circuits.
 Understand the basic principles of communication systems and their applications.
 Measure the physical parameters using Sensors and Transducers.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Electronics Engineering: Overview, scope and objective of studying
Electronics Engineering. Introduction to semiconductor devices: Bond structure of
semiconductors, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors; Basic principle and operation of
semiconductor devices – diode, bipolar junction transistor, field effect transistors;
Introduction to VLSI.
UNIT - II
Applications of semiconductor devices: Basic concepts of rectifiers, voltage regulators,
amplifiers and oscillators; Basic concepts of operational amplifier and their applications.
UNIT - III
Introduction to digital systems: Binary number system, Boolean algebra, Logic gates,
adders, one-bit memory, flip-flops (SR, JK), shift registers, Asynchronous counter.
UNIT - IV
Introduction to Communication Systems: Elements of a communication system –
transmitter and receiver; Signal types in communication; FDM and TDM; Processing of
signals for transmission – basic concepts of amplitude and frequency modulation; Examples
of telecommunication systems – telephone, radio, television, mobile communication and
satellite communication.
UNIT - V
Sensors and Transducers - Active and passive transducers: Measurement of displacement
(Resistance, capacitance, inductance; LVDT) Force (strain gauges) Pressure (piezoelectric
transducers) Temperature (resistance thermometers, thermocouples and thermistors),
Velocity, Acceleration, Vibration, pH measurement Signal Conditioning Circuits.

Textbooks:
1. Millman J, Halkias C.C and Jit S, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd 2007
Edition.
2. Mano M.M., “Digital Design”, Prentice-Hall, 3rd Edition. 2002
3. A.K. Sawhney, “A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and
Instrumentation”, DhanpatRai& Co. 3rd edition Delhi, 2010.
4. Kennedy G. and Davis B., “Electronic Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 4th 2008
Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Tomasi W., “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, Pearson/Prentice-Hall, 6th 2004
Edition.
2. Boylstead R.L. and Nashelsky L., “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Pearson, 10th 2009
Edition.
Online Learning Resources:
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – I CSE
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Code:20A50505 Semester V(R20) LTPC:3003
Course Objectives:
 To understand object-oriented concepts and problem-solving techniques
 To obtain knowledge about the principles of inheritance and polymorphism
 To implement the concept of packages, interfaces, exception handling and concurrency
mechanism.
 To design the GUIs using applets and swing controls.
 To understand the Java Database Connectivity Architecture
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Solve real-world problems using OOP techniques.
CO2: Apply code reusability through inheritance, packages and interfaces
CO3: Solve problems using java collection framework and I/O classes.
CO4: Develop applications by using parallel streams for better performance and develop applets
for web applications.
CO5: Build GUIs and handle events generated by user interactions and Use the JDBC API to access
the database.
UNIT – I: Introduction
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, The History and Evolution of Java, Introduction to
Classes, Objects, Methods, Constructors, this keyword, Garbage Collection, Data Types, Variables,
Type Conversion and Casting, Arrays, Operators, Control Statements, Method Overloading,
Constructor Overloading, Parameter Passing, Recursion, String Class and String handling methods.
UNIT – II: Inheritance, Packages, Interfaces
Inheritance: Basics, Using Super, Creating Multilevel hierarchy, Method overriding, Dynamic Method
Dispatch, Using Abstract classes, Using final with inheritance, Object class,
Packages: Basics, Finding packages and CLASSPATH, Access Protection, Importing packages.
Interfaces: Definition, Implementing Interfaces, Extending Interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Applying
Interfaces, Variables in Interfaces.

UNIT – III: Exception handling, Stream based I/O

Exception handling - Fundamentals, Exception types, Uncaught exceptions, using try and catch,
multiple catch clauses, nested try statements, throw, throws and finally, built-in exceptions, creating
own exception subclasses.
Stream based I/O ([Link]) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams, Reading console
Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and Writing Files, Random access file
operations, The Console class, Serialization, Enumerations, Autoboxing, Generics.
UNIT – IV: Multithreading, The Collections Framework
Multithreading: The Java thread model, Creating threads, Thread priorities, Synchronizing threads,
Interthread communication.
The Collections Framework ([Link]): Collections overview, Collection Interfaces, The
Collectionclasses- Array List, Linked List, Hash Set, Tree Set, Priority Queue, Array Deque. Hashtable,
Properties, Stack, Vector, String Tokenizer, Bit Set, Date, Calendar, Random, Formatter, Scanner.
UNIT – V: Applet, GUI Programming with Swings, Accessing Databases with JDBC
Applet: Basics, Architecture, Applet Skeleton, requesting repainting, using the status window, passing
parameters to applets
GUI Programming with Swings – The origin and design philosophy of swing, components and
containers, layout managers, event handling, using a push button, jtextfield, jlabel and image icon,
the swing buttons, jtext field, jscrollpane, jlist, jcombobox, trees, jtable, An overview of jmenubar,
jmenu and jmenuitem, creating a main menu, show message dialog, show confirmdialog, show input
dialog, show option dialog, jdialog, create a modeless dialog.
Accessing Databases with JDBC:
Types of Drivers, JDBC Architecture, JDBC classes and Interfaces, Basic steps in developing JDBC
applications, Creating a new database and table with JDBC.

Textbooks:
1. Java The complete reference, 9th edition, Herbert Schildt, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Java How to Program, 10th Edition, Paul Dietel, Harvey Dietel, Pearson Education.

Reference Books:
1. Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java, updated edition, T. Budd, Pearson
Education.
2. Core Java Volume – 1 Fundamentals, Cay S. Horstmann, Pearson Education.
3. Java Programming for core and advanced learners, Sagayaraj, Dennis, KarthikandGajalakshmi,
University Press
4. Introduction to Java programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – I Chemical
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code L T P C
20A50805 ENERGY CONVERSION AND STORAGE 3 0 0 3
DEVICES
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the fundamentals of fossil energy sources, solar, biomass and electrochemical
energy etc
2. Understand the basics of photosynthetic, photocatalytic and photoelectrochemical systems
and devices for the efficient energy and fuels production.
3. Learn the principles and operations of electrochemical energy storage devices,
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the need of energyconversion and the various methods
of energy storage
CO2 Identify Winds energy as alternateform of energy and to know how itcan be tapped
CO3 Understand the nuclear and bio energy, its mechanism of production
 and its applications
CO4 Analyse chemical, electrochemical energy storage devices and interpret the conversion
efficiencies
CO5 Explain bio gas generation and itsimpact on environment

Course Articulation Matrix

Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Outcomes
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
CO6
UNIT - I
Outline of the course. Introduction and scope of energy conversion. World Energy Production and
Balance. Motivations for studying future energy systems (e.g. pollution, climate change, energy
security).
UNIT - II
Fossil Energy: Overview of fossil fuel resources and energy contents. Cycle analysis (Rankine,
Brayton, combined cycles, cogeneration)
Nuclear Energy: nuclear reaction and energy conversion physics (fission and fusion), nuclear power
systems
UNIT - III
Solar-thermal energy: solar thermal radiation physics, Active and passive solar-thermal energy
collection and conversion systems
Photoelectric energy: Photoelectric physics. Solar photovoltaic cell materials and technology
Wind Energy: Wind interaction with objects fluid dynamics. Wind harvesting devices and systems
UNIT - IV
Biomass and Waste to Energy: Potential and resources of biomass and waste energy. Thermal-
chemical and bio-chemical conversion methods
Overview of Climate Control, CO2 Sequestration and Energy Sustainability

UNIT - V
Basic of Electrochemical energy conversion and storage, Fundamentals of Fuel Cells, Basics of
Fusion power, Energy Storage Technologies, Mechanical storage, Chemical storage, Electrical
storage
Textbooks:
Energy Systems Engineering, F.M. Vanek, L.D Albright, and LargusAngenent, Second Edition,
McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2012,
Reference Books:
 AngèleReinders, Pierre Verlinden, Wilfried van Sark, Alexandre Freundlich, Photovoltaic
 Solar Energy:From Fundamentals to Applications, JOHN WILEY.

 Alexander P. Kirk, Solar Photovoltaic Cells: Photons to Electricity, ELSEVIER

 Francesco Dalena, Angelo Basile, Claudio Rossi, Bioenergy Systems For The Future:
Prospects ForBiofuels And Biohydrogen, 1st Edition, ELSEVIER

 Jean-Marie Tarascon, Patrice Simon, ELECTROCHEMICAL ENERGY STORAGE,

 Electrochemistry by Carl H. Hamann, Andrew Hamnett and Wolf Vielstich, Wiley VCH, 1998.

 Modern Electrochemistry 1. Volume 1 and 2, by J. O'M. Bockris and A. K. N. Reddy, Kluwer

Academic,2000.

 Electrochemical Methods, by A. J. Bard and L. R. Faulkner, John Willey, 1980

 John Love and John A. Bryant, Biofuels and Bioenergy, John Wiley

 Anju Dahiya, Bioenergy: Biomass to Biofuels, Elsevier

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – I Mathematics
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code Optimization Methods L T P C
20A55101 [Link] III Year 0 3 0 3
(Common for all)
Open elective course -1
Pre-requisite -- Semester I

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to classify and formulate real-life problem for
modeling as optimization problem, solving and applying for decision making.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 formulate a linear programming problem and solve it by various methods.
 give an optimal solution in assignment jobs, give transportation of items from
sources to destinations.
  identify strategies in a game for optimal profit.
 implement project planning.
UNIT - I 8 Hrs
Introduction to operational research-Linear programming problems (LPP)-Graphical
method-Simplex method-Big M Method-Dual simplex method.

UNIT - II 8 Hrs
Transportation problems- assignment problems-Game theory.

UNIT - III 9 Hrs

CPM and PERT –Network diagram-Events and activities-Project Planning-Reducing
critical events and activities-Critical path calculations.

UNIT - IV 8 Hrs
Sequencing Problems-Replacement problems-Capital equipment- Discounting costs-
Group replacement .

UNIT - V 9 Hrs
Inventory models-various costs- Deterministic inventory models-Economic lot size-
Stochastic inventory models- Single period inventory models with shortage cost.

Textbooks:
1. Operations Research , S.D. Sharma.
2. Operations Research, An Introduction, Hamdy A. Taha, Pearson publishers.
3. Operations Research, Nita H Shah, Ravi M Gor, HardikSoni, PHI publishers

Reference Books:
1. Problems on Operations Research, Er. Premkumargupta, Dr.D.S. Hira, Chand
publishers
2. Operations Research, CB Gupta, PK Dwivedi, Sunil kumaryadav
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – I Physics
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A55201 MATERIALS 3 - 3
CHARACTERIZATION
TECHNIQUES

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To provide an exposure to different characterization techniques.
2 To explain the basic principles and analysis of different spectroscopic techniques.
3 To elucidate the basic principle of Scanning electron microscope along with its
limitations and applications.
4 To identify the Resolving power and Magnification of Transmission electron
microscope and its applications.
5 To educate the uses of advanced electric and magnetic instruments for
characterization.
COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of the course the student will be able

CO1 To explain the structural analysis by X-ray diffraction.
CO2 To understand the morphology of different materials using SEM and TEM.
CO3 To recognize basic principles of various spectroscopic techniques.
CO4 To apprehend the electric and magnetic properties of the materials.
CO5 To make out which technique has to be used to analyse a material
Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
SYLLABUS
Credit: 3 Hours of teaching: - 45 H
UNIT-I 9H
Structure analysis by Powder X-Ray Diffraction: Introduction, Bragg’s law of diffraction,
Intensity of Diffracted beams, Factors affecting Diffraction, Intensities, Structure of
polycrystalline Aggregates, Determination of crystal structure,Crystallite size by Scherrer and
Williamson-Hall (W-H) Methods, Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) (in brief).
UNIT-II 9H
Microscopy technique -1 –Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
Introduction, Principle, Construction and working principle of Scanning Electron Microscopy,
Specimen preparation, Different types of modes used (SecondaryElectron and Backscatter
Electron), Advantages, limitations and applications of SEM.
UNIT-III 9H
Microscopy Technique -2 - Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM): Construction and
Working principle, Resolving power and Magnification, Bright and dark fields, Diffraction and
image formation, Specimen preparation, Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission
Electron Microscopy,Difference between SEM and TEM, Advantage and Limitations of
Transmission Electron Microscopy.
UNIT-IV 9H
Spectroscopy techniques – Principle, Experimental arrangement, Analysis and advantages of the
spectroscopic techniques – (i) UV-Visible spectroscopy(ii) Raman Spectroscopy, (iii) Fourier
Transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, (iv) X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).
UNIT-V 9H
Electrical & Magnetic Characterization techniques:Electrical Properties analysis techniques
(DC conductivity, AC conductivity) Activation Energy, Effect of Magnetic field on the electrical
properties (Hall Effect). Magnetization measurement by induction method,Vibrating sample
Magnetometer (VSM) and SQUID.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods –Yang
Leng – John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2008
2. Hand book of Materials Characterization -by Sharma S. K. - Springer

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy – IV Ed. – Colin Neville BanwellandElaine M.
McCash, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction – Bernard Dennis Cullity& Stuart R Stocks, PrenticeHall, 2001 –
Science
3. Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods-Yang
Leng- John Wiley & Sons
4. Characterization of Materials 2nd Edition, 3 Volumes-Kaufmann E N -
John Wiley(Bp)
5. Microstructural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan,John Wiley &
Sons Ltd., 2008.
NPTEL courses
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – I H & SS
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES & SOCIAL SCIENCES
Course Code E-Business L T P C
20A55401 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite

Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge on emerging concept on E-Business related aspect.
2. To understand various electronic markets models which are trending in India
3. To give detailed information about electronic payment systems net banking.
4. To exact awareness on internet advertising, market research strategies and
supply chain management.
5. To understand about various internet protocols-security related concept.
Course Outcomes (CO):
1 They will be able to identify the priority of E-Commerce in the present
globalised world.
2 Will be able to understand E-market-Models which are practicing by the
organization
3. Will be able to recognize various E-payment systems & importance of net
banking.
4. By knowing E-advertisement, market research strategies, they can identify the
importance of customer role.
5. By understanding about E-security, they can ensure better access control to
secure the information
6 Develop a personal synthesis and approach towards E-Business

UNIT – I Electronic Business

Definition of Electronic Business - Functions of Electronic Commerce (EC) - Advantages of E-
Commerce – E-Commerce and E-Business Internet Services Online Shopping-Commerce
Opportunities for Industries.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of E-Business

 Contrast and compare E-Commerce E-Business
 Analyze Advantages of E-Commerce
 Evaluate opportunities of E-commerce for industry

UNIT - II Electronic Markets and Business Models

E-Shops-E-Malls E-Groceries - Portals - Vertical Portals-Horizontal Portals - Advantages of
Portals - Business Models-Business to Business(B2B)-Business to Customers(B2C)-Business
to Government(B2G)-Auctions-B2B Portals in India

LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of business models

 Contrast and compare Vertical portal and Horizontal portals
 Analyze Advantages of portals
 Explain the B2B,B2C and B2G model

UNIT - III III Electronic Payment Systems

Digital Payment Requirements-Designing E-payment System- Electronic Fund Transfer
(EFT)-Electronic Data Interchange (EDT)-Credit Cards-Debit Cards-E-Cash-Electronic
Cheques -Smart Cards-Net Banking-Digital Signature.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the Electronic payment system

 Contrast and compare EFT and EDT
 Analyze debit card and credit card
 Explain the on Digital signature

UNIT - IV E-Security
Internet Protocols - Security on the Internet –Network and Website Security – Firewalls –
Encryption – Access Control – Secure Electronic transactions.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand E-Security
  Contrast and compare security and network
 Analyze Encryption
 Evaluate electronic transitions

UNIT - V E-Marketing
Online Marketing – Advantages of Online Marketing – Internet Advertisement –
Advertisement Methods – Conducting Online Online Market Research– Data mining and
Marketing Research Marketing Strategy On the Web – E-Customer Relationship
Management(e-CRM) –E- Supply Chain Management.(e-SCM) –New Trends in Supply Chain
Management.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will

 Understand the concept of online marketing

 Analyze advantages of online marketing
 Compare the e-CRM and e-SCM
 Explain the New trends in supply chain management

Textbooks:
1. E-Commerce by C.S.V Murthy Himalaya publication house, 2002.
2. E-Commerce by P.T.S Joseph, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall of India 2011
Reference Books:
1. E-Commerce: by KamaleshKBajaj,DebjaniNa, Second Edition TataMcGrwHills 2005
2. E-Commerce E-Management: by Dave Chaffey – Second Edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. E-Commerce Fundamentals and Application; by Henry Chan, Raymond Lee,Tharm
Wiley India 2007
4. E-Commerce: by S. Jaiswall Galgotia Publication Pvt Ltd 2003.

Online Learning Resources:

 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – I
III [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A55301 CHEMISTRY OF 2 1 - 3
ENERGY MATERIALS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1  To make the student understand basic electrochemical principles such as
standard electrode potentials, emf and applications of electrochemical
principles in the design of batteries.
2  To understand the basic concepts of processing and limitations of fossil fuels
and Fuel cells & their applications.
3  To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of hydrogen
storage in different materials and liquification method
4  Necessasity of harnessing alternate energy resources such as solar energy and
its basic concepts.
5  To understand and apply the basics of calculations related to material and
energy flow in the processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1  Solve the problems based on electrode potential,Describe the Galvanic Cell
 Differentiate between Lead acid and Lithium ion batteries, Illustrate the
electrical double layer
CO2  Describe the working Principle of Fuel cell,Explain the efficiency of the fuel
cell
 Discuss about the Basic design of fuel cells,Classify the fuel cell
CO3  Differentiate Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage,Discuss the
metal organic frame work, Illustrate the carbon and metal oxide porous
structures
  Describe the liquification methods
CO4  Apply the photo voltaic technology,Demonstrate about solar energy and
prospects
 Illustrate the Solar cells,Discuss about concentrated solar power
CO5  Differentiate between Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions,Illustrate
the photochemical cells, Identify the applications of photochemical reactions,
 Interpret advantages of photoelectron catalytic conversion

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1: Electrochemical Systems: Galvanic cell, standard electrode potential, application

of EMF, electrical double layer, dipole moments, polarization, Batteries-Lead-acid and
Lithium ion batteries.-
UNIT-2: Fuel Cells: Fuel cell working principle, Classification of fuel cells, Polymer
electrolyte membrane (PEM) fuel cells, Solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFC), Fuel cell efficiency,
Basic design of fuel cell,
UNIT-3: Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions: Photochemical cells and
applications of photochemical reactions, specificity of photo electrochemical cell,
advantage of photoelectron catalytic conversions.
UNIT-4: Solar Energy: Solar energy introduction and prospects, photo voltaic (PV)
technology, concentrated solar power (CSP), Solar Fuels, Solar cells .
UNIT-5: Hydrogen Storage: Hydrogen Storage, Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen
storage, Hydrogen Storage in metal hydrides, metal organic frame works (MOF), Carbon
structures, metal oxide porous structures, hydrogel storage by high pressure methods.
Liquifaction method.

References :
1. Physical chemistry by Ira N. Levine
2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl and Bahl and Tuli.
3. Inorganic Chemistry, Silver and Atkins
4. Fuel Cell Hand Book 7th Edition, by US Department of Energy (EG&G technical
 services and corporation)
5. Hand book of solar energy and applications by Arvind Tiwari and Shyam.
6. Solar energy fundamental, technology and systems by Klaus Jagar [Link].
7. Hydrogen storage by Levine Klebonoff

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II Civil
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Course Code Disaster Management L T P C

20A60105 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To give knowledge types of disasters and stages in disaster rehabilitation process.
2. To make awareness on change in climates and their impacts on occurrence of
environmental disasters.
3. To impart knowledge on Consideration of wind and water effects as per codal
provisions to withstand disasters.
4. To familiarize the student with the Causes of earthquake and their effects and remedial
methods to be adopted for buildings.
5. To illustrate the methodology in Planning and design considerations of various
structures constructing in disaster prone areas.

Course Outcomes (CO):

1. About various types of disasters and stages in disaster rehabilitation process.
2. Impact of change in climates and their impacts on occurrence of environmental
disasters.
3. Adopting suitable codal provisions to study the effect of wind and water effects on
various structures constructed at disaster prone areas.
4. Causes of earthquake and their effects and remedial methods to be adopted for
buildings.
5. Adopt suitable Planning and design considerations of various structures constructing in
 disaster prone areas.

UNIT - I
Brief introduction to different types of natural disaster, Occurrence of disaster in different
climatic and geographical regions, hazard (earthquake and cyclone) map of the world and
India, Regulations for disaster risk reduction, Post disaster recovery and rehabilitation
(socioeconomic consequences)
UNIT - II
Climate change and its impact on tropical cyclone, Nature of cyclonic wind, velocities and
pressure, Cyclone effects, Storm surge, Floods, Landslides. Behavior of structures in past
cyclones and wind storms, case studies. Cyclonic retrofitting, strengthening of structures
and adaptive sustainable reconstruction. Life–line structures such as temporary cyclone
shelter.
UNIT - III
Basic wind engineering, aerodynamics of bluff bodies, vortex shedding and associated
unsteadiness along and across wind forces. Lab: Wind tunnel testing, its salient features.
Introduction to Computational fluid dynamics. General planning/design considerations
under wind storms & cyclones; Wind effects on buildings, towers, glass panels etc, & wind
resistant features in design. Codal Provisions, design wind speed, pressure coefficients;
Coastal zoning regulation for construction & reconstruction phase in the coastal areas,
innovative construction material & techniques, traditional construction techniques in
coastal areas.
UNIT - IV
Causes of earthquake, plate tectonics, faults, seismic waves; magnitude, intensity,
epicenter, energy release and ground motions. Earthquake effects – On ground, soil
rupture, liquefaction, landslides. Performance of ground and building in past earthquakes:
Behavior of various types of buildings, structures, and collapse patterns; Behavior of Non-
structural elements like services, fixtures, mountings- case studies. Seismic retrofitting-
Weakness in existing buildings, aging, concepts in repair, restoration and seismic
strengthening.
UNIT - V
General Planning and design consideration; Building forms, horizontal and vertical
eccentricities, mass and stiffness distribution, soft storey etc.; Seismic effects related to
building configuration. Plan and vertical irregularities, redundancy and setbacks. Various
Types and Construction details of: Foundations, soil stabilization, retaining walls, plinth fill,
flooring, walls, openings, roofs, terraces, parapets, boundary walls, under-ground –
overhead tanks, staircases and isolation of structures; innovative construction material and
techniques; Local practices: traditional regional responses; Computational investigation
techniques.
Textbooks:
1. Disaster Management by Rajib Shah, Universities Press, India, 2003
2. Disaster Management by R.B. Singh (Ed) Rawat Publication, New Delhi, 2000
Reference Books:
1. Natural disasters. By Abbott, L. P. (2013) 9th Ed. McGraw-Hill.
2. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures. By Agarwal, P. and Shrikhande, M.
 (2009). New Delhi : PHI Learning.
3. Mapping Vulnerability: Disasters, Development and People. byBankoff, G., Frerks,
G. and Hilhorst, D. (2004). London :Earthscan.
4. Improving Earthquakes and Cyclone Resistance of Structures:Guidelines for the
Indian Subcontinent. TERI
5. Disaster Mitigation, preparedness, recovery and Response. By Sinha, P. C. (2006).
New Delhi : SBS Publishers.
6. World Bank. (2009). Handbook for Reconstructingafter Natural Disasters.
Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II EEE
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Course Code RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS L T P C

20A60205 (OE-II) 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Semester VI

Course Objectives: To make the students learn about:

 Various sources of Energy and the need of Renewable Energy Systems.
 The concepts of Solar Radiation, Wind energy and its applications.
 Operation of Solar thermal and solar PV systems
 The concept of geo thermal energy and its applications, biomass energy, the concept of
Ocean energy and fuel cells.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1 Understand various alternate sources of energy for different suitable application requirements.
CO 2Analyze the concepts of solar energy generation strategies and wind energy system
CO 3 Design Solar and Wind energy systems.
CO 4 Apply the concepts of Geo Thermal Energy, Ocean Energy, Bio mass and Fuel Cells for
generation of power.

UNIT - I SOLAR ENERGY Lecture Hrs: 10

Solar radiation - beam and diffuse radiation, solar constant, earth sun angles, attenuation and
measurement of solar radiation, local solar time, derived solar angles, sunrise, sunset and day length.
flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, storage of solar energy-thermal storage.
UNIT - II PV ENERGY SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs: 10
Introduction, The PV effect in crystalline silicon basic principles, the film PV, Other PV
technologies, Electrical characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules, PV systems for remote
power, Grid connected PV systems.

UNIT - III WIND ENERGY Lecture Hrs: 10

Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems; wind
mill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of horizontal
and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill blades and
estimation of power output; wind data and site selection considerations.

UNIT - IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY Lecture Hrs: 8

Estimation and nature of geothermal energy, geothermal sources and resources like hydrothermal,
geo-pressured hot dry rock, magma. Advantages, disadvantages and application of geothermal
energy, prospects of geothermal energy in India.
UNIT - V MISCELLANEOUS ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES Lecture Hrs: 10
Ocean Energy: Tidal Energy-Principle of working, performance and limitations. Wave Energy-
Principle of working, performance and limitations.
Bio mass Energy: Biomass conversion technologies, Biogas generation plants, Classification,
advantages and disadvantages, constructional details, site selection, digester design consideration
Fuel cell: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and
limitations.
Text books:
1. Stephen Peake, “Renewable Energy Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford International
Edition, 2018.
2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy”,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
2. B H Khan , “ Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education
Pvt Ltd, 2011.
3. S. Hasan Saeed and [Link],“Non-Conventional Energy Resources”,3rd Edition,
[Link]& Sons, 2012.
4. G. N. Tiwari and [Link], “Renewable Energy Resource: Basic Principles and
Applications”, Narosa Publishing House, 2004.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II Mechanical
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

SOLAR ENERGY 3 0 0 3
20A60305 SYSTEMS

Course objectives
Learning the fundamental principles of solar radiation and geographic distribution
of solar radiation.
Study of various solar energy technologies with different types of concentrating
collectors.
Comparative study of different solar cells with respect to properties and applications
of solar cells in nano technology.
Understanding the basics of economics involves in the solar system.
 Learning the concepts and designing aspects in thermal power. 6. Study of solar
pond and solar stills and their applications.

UNIT – I
SOLAR RADIATION:
Sources of radiation –sun earth relationship, Solar Time and angles, day length, angle of
incidence on tilted surface; Sun path diagram, Solar Radiation: Extraterrestrial Radiation;
Effect of earth atmosphere; Estimation of solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces.
Geographic Distribution of solar radiation, Phyrellio, pyranometer, equation of time-
estimation of average radiation falling on tilled.

UNIT-II
SOLAR ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES:
Performance analysis of a liquid Flat-plate collector, Total loss coefficient and heat losses:
Top loss coefficient, Bottom loss coefficient, Side loss coefficient. Solar concentrating
collectors, types of concentrating collectors, Parabolic Dish System, The central power
tower system, The Parabolic Trough System, Tracking CPC and Solar Swing, Performance
analysis of cylindrical parabolic collector, Compound parabolic concentrator (CPC).

UNIT-III
SOLAR CELLS:
Solar cell fundamentals, solar cell classification, solar cell, module, panel array
construction, maximum power pint trackers(MPPT), solar PV applications, The Recent
developments in Solar cells, Role of Nano-Technology in Solar cells.

UNIT – IV
ECONOMICS:
Discounted Cash Flow-light cycle, coasting of solar system, production function and
optimization

UNIT – V
THERMAL POWER:
The power concepts- design aspects, thermo-chemical reactor.
SOLAR POND AND SOLAR STILLS:
Working Principle-Construction-operating difficulties and remedies, Agriculture and
Domestic applications: Still, timber drying, crop drying, cooker.
Course Outcomes :
Illustrate the fundamental principles of solar radiation and geographic distribution of
solar radiation.
Obtaining the performance analysis of liquid flat plate collector and cylindrical parabolic
collector.
Developing solar cells in the field of nano technology.
Calculating the cash flow and costs involves in the solar energy systems.
Designing and developing of thermo chemical reactor with respect to thermal power.
Reference Books:
 Solar Energy Thermal Process Diffice and Beckman
Solar Heating and Cooling by Kreith and Kreider
Solar Energy Utilization by [Link]
Solar Energy Utilization by [Link] , Khanna Publishers.
Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies- By D.P. Kothari, PHI Pub.,
Applied Solar Energy by Meinel and Meinel
Non-Conventional Energy Resources by B.H . Khan, Tata McGraw Hill
Energy Resources Utilization and Technologies ByAnjaneyulu, BS Pub.

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II ECE
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Course Code BASICS OF INTEGRATED CIRCUITS APPLICATIONS L T P C

20A60405 3 0 0 3

\Pre-requisite
Basics of Electronics and Communication Engineering
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic building blocks of linear & digital integrated circuits.
 To learn the linear and non - linear applications of operational amplifiers.
 To introduce the theory and applications of 555 and PLL.
 To learn the theory of ADC and DAC
 To understand different families of digital integrated circuits and their characteristics.

Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of this course, the students will be able to
 Understand the basic concepts of Op -AMPs, characteristics and specifications.
 Design circuits using operational amplifiers for various applications.
 Develop, apply and analyze circuits for advanced applications using Op-Amps, PLL, VCO
and Analog multipliers.
 Understand different families of digital integrated circuits and their characteristics
 Design various and sequential circuits using digital ICs.

UNIT - I
Operational Amplifier: Ideal and Practical Op-Amp, Op-Amp Characteristics, DC and AC
Characteristics, Features of 741 Op-Amp, Modes of Operation - Inverting, Non-Inverting,
Differential, Instrumentation Amplifier, AC Amplifier, Differentiators and Integrators,
Comparators, Schmitt Trigger, Introduction to Voltage Regulators, Features of 723
Regulator, Three Terminal Voltage Regulators.

UNIT - II
Op-Amp, IC-555 & IC 565 Applications: Introduction to Active Filters, Characteristics of
Band pass, Band reject and All Pass Filters, Analysis of 1st order LPF & HPF Butterworth
Filters, Waveform Generators – Triangular, Sawtooth, Square Wave, IC555 Timer -
Functional Diagram, Monostable and Astable Operations, Applications, IC565 PLL - Block
Schematic, Description of Individual Blocks, Applications.

UNIT - III
Data Converters: Introduction, Basic DAC techniques, Different types of DACs-Weighted
resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, Inverted R-2R DAC, Different Types of ADCs - Parallel
Comparator Type ADC, Counter Type ADC, Successive Approximation ADC and Dual Slope
ADC, DAC and ADC Specifications.

UNIT - IV
Digital Integrated Circuits: Classification of Integrated Circuits, Comparison of Various
Logic Families, CMOS Transmission Gate, IC interfacing- TTL Driving CMOS & CMOS
Driving TTL
Combinational Logic ICs – Specifications and Applications of TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX
Series ICs - Code Converters, Decoders, Demultiplexers, LED & LCD Decoders with
Drivers, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Priority
Generators/Checkers, Parallel Binary Adder/Subtractor, Magnitude Comparators.

UNIT - V
 Sequential Logic ICs and Memories: Familiarity with commonly available 74XX & CMOS
40XX Series ICs – All Types of Flip-flops, Synchronous Counters, Decade Counters, Shift
Registers. Memories - ROM Architecture, Types of ROMS & Applications, RAM
Architecture, Static & Dynamic RAMs.

Textbooks:
1. Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amps & Linear ICs”, PHI, 2003.
2. Floyd and Jain, “Digital Fundamentals”, Pearson Education, 8th Edition, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. D. Roy Chowdhury, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New Age International (p) Ltd,
Second Edition, 2003.
2. James M. Fiore, “Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits-Concepts and
Applications”, Cengage Learning/ Jaico, 2009.
3. [Link] Kishore, “Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated Circuits”, Pearson,
2009.
4. John. F. Wakerly, “Digital Design Principles and Practices”, Pearson, Third Edition,
2005.
Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II CSE
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch

Introduction to Linux Programming

Course Code:20A60505 LTPC:3003
Course Objectives:
 To study the commands according to user requirements.
  To utilize Shell scripts to perform the given task.
 To enable writing own programs in UNIX.
 To know AWK programs.

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Develop text data processing applications using Unix commands and filters.
CO2: Design and develop text based user interface components
CO3: Understand user management, network management and backup utilities
CO4: Use the system calls for file management
CO5: Understands the Concept of Process Threads and File Structure.
UNIT-I: Introduction,Unix File System,Unix Commands
Operating System, History of UNIX, Overview and Features of Unix System,Structure of Unix System,
Unix Environment. Unix File System: Introduction of Files, Organization of File Systems, Accessing File
Systems, Structure of File Systems. Unix Commands: Basic Commands, Advanced Unix Commands:
File Access Permissions, Pipe Operator, cut, paste, wc, sort, head, tail, diff, cmp, uniq, comm, time,
Conversions between DOS and Unix, man.
UNIT-II: File management and Compression Techniques,Manipulating Processes and Signals
Managing and Compressing Files, Computer Devices, Disk related Commands, Compression and
Uncompressing Files, Important Unix System Files, Shell Variables, Export of Local and Global Shell
Variables.
Manipulating Processes and Signals: Process Basics, Processes States and Transitions, Zombie
Process, Context switching, Threads, ps-status of Process.
UNIT-III: System calls
Introduction, File-related System calls (open, create, read, write, lseek), File-related System calls
(close, mknod, link and unlink, access, and chown, chmod), Directory Handling System calls (mkdir,
rmdir, chdir, opendir, readdir, telldir, closedir), Process related System calls ( exec, fork, wait,exit).
Editors in Unix: introduction, Stream editor, Emacs Editor.
UNIT-IV: AWK Script,Burne Shell
AWK Command, print, printf, Displaying Content of Specified Patterns, Comparison Operators,
Compound Expressions, Arithmetic Operators, Begin and end Sections, User-defined Variables, if else
Statement, Built-in Variables, Changing Input Filed Separator, Functions, Loops, Getting Input from
User, Search and Substitute Functions, Copying results into Another file.
Bourne Shell: Introduction, beginning Bourne Shell Scripting, Writing Shell Scripts, Command Line
Parameters, read, for Loop, While Loop, if Statement, Bourne Shell Commands.
UNIT-V: InterprocessCommunicaation, Unix System Administration and Networking
Interprocess Communication, Synchronization, Filters.
Unix System Administration and Networking: Unix Booting Procedure,Mounting Unix File System,
Unmounting Unix File System, Managing User Accounts, Networking Tools, mail Command,
Distributed File System, Firewalls, Backup and Restore.
TEXT BOOKS
1. “UNIX and SHELL Programming”, B.M. HARWANI, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS.
REFERENCES
1. “UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook”, Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R.
Hein and Ben Whaley, PHI
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – II Chemical
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code OE2. GREEN TECHNOLOGY L T P C
20A60805 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the basic knowledge of environmental issues and estimate the risk
CO2 Evaluate the exposures
CO3 To discuss the type of wastes and emissions that drive the environmental impacts
CO4 Estimation of the environmental properties, persistence, ecosystem risk,
CO5 To present approaches and methodologies for evaluating and improving the
environmental performance of chemical processes and chemical products.
Course Articulation Matrix

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Outcomes
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

UNIT - I
An introduction to environmental issues: Role of chemical processes and chemical products,
Global environmental issues, Air and water quality issues, Ecology.
Risk concept: Description of risk, Risk assessment concept, Dose-response, Exposure
assessment.
UNIT - II
Evaluating exposures: Occupational exposures: recognition, evaluation, control, Exposure
assessment for chemicals in the ambient environment, Designing safer chemicals.
Green chemistry:Green chemistry methodologies, Optimization based frameworks for the
design of green chemical synthesis pathway.
UNIT - III
Evaluating environmental fate: Chemical and physical property estimation, estimating
environmental persistence, estimating ecosystem risk, classifying environmental risk based on
chemical structure.
UNIT - IV
Life-cycle concepts: Life-cycle assessment, Life-cycle impact assessment

UNIT - V
Material flows in chemical manufacturing, Assessing opportunities for waste exchanges and
by-product synergies.
Textbooks:
SHONNARD, DALLEN, D. Green Engineering: Environmentally Conscious Design of
Chemical Processes.
Reference Books:

Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Course Code Mathematical Modelling & Simulation L T P C
20A65101 (Common for CIVIL,MECH&CHEM) 0 3 0 3

Pre-requisite Semester II

Course Objectives:
This course focuses on what is needed to build simulation software environments,
and not just building simulations using preexisting packages.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 understand basic Model Forms.

 understand basic Simulation Approaches.

 evaluate handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations.

 distinguish Discrete versus Continuous Modeling.

 apply Numerical Techniques.

  calculate Sources and Propagation of Error.

UNIT - I 8 Hrs
Simulation Basics-Handling Stepped and Event-based Time in Simulations-Discrete
versus Continuous Modelling-Numerical Techniques-Sources and Propagation of
Error

UNIT - II 9 Hrs
Dynamical, Finite State, and Complex Model Simulations-Graph or Network
Transitions Based Simulations-Actor Based Simulations-Mesh Based Simulations-
Hybrid Simulations

UNIT - III 8 Hrs

Converting to Parallel and Distributed Simulations-Partitioning the Data-Partitioning
the Algorithms-Handling Inter-partition Dependencies

UNIT - IV 8 Hrs
Probability and Statistics for Simulations and Analysis-Introduction to Queues and
Random Noise-Random Variates Generation-Sensitivity Analysis

UNIT - V 9 Hrs
Simulations Results Analysis and Viewing Tools-Display Forms: Tables, Graphs,
and Multidimensional Visualization-Terminals, X and MS Windows, and Web
Interfaces-Validation of Model Results.
Textbooks:
1. Mathematical modeling, JN Kapur, Newage publishers

2. Mathematical Modeling and Simulation: Introduction for Scientists and

Engineers
by Kai Velten, Wiley Publishers
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Mathematical Modeling and Computer Simulations
By Vladimir Mityushev,WojciechNawalaniecNataliaRylko Published by
Chapman and Hall/CRC.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
[Link]
42588379
[Link]
random-numbers
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – II
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Course Code Wavelet transforms and its Applications L T P C
20A65102 (Common for EEE&ECE) 0 3 0 3

Pre-requisite Fourier Series Semester II

Course Objectives:
This course provides the students to understand Wavelet transforms and its
applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 understand wavelets and wavelet expansion systems.

 illustrate the multi resolution analysis ad scaling functions.

 form fine scale to coarse scale analysis.

 find the lattices and lifting.

 perform numerical complexity of discrete wavelet transforms.

 find the frames and tight frames using Fourier series.

UNIT - I Wavelets 9 Hrs

Wavelets and Wavelet Expansion Systems - Wavelet Expansion- Wavelet
Transform- Wavelet System- More Specific Characteristics of Wavelet Systems -
Haar Scaling Functions and Wavelets -effectiveness of Wavelet Analysis -The
Discrete Wavelet Transform The Discrete-Time and Continuous Wavelet
Transforms.
UNIT - II A Multiresolution Formulation of Wavelet 8 Hrs
Systems
Signal Spaces -The Scaling Function -Multiresolution Analysis - The Wavelet
Functions - The Discrete Wavelet Transform- A Parseval's Theorem - Display of the
Discrete Wavelet Transform and the Wavelet Expansion.

UNIT - III Filter Banks and the Discrete Wavelet Transform 9 Hrs
Analysis - From Fine Scale to Coarse Scale- Filtering and Down-Sampling or
Decimating -Synthesis - From Coarse Scale to Fine Scale -Filtering and Up-
Sampling or Stretching - Input Coefficients - Lattices and Lifting - -Different Points of
View.

UNIT - IV Time-Frequency and Complexity 9 Hrs

Multiresolution versus Time-Frequency Analysis- Periodic versus Nonperiodic
Discrete Wavelet Transforms -The Discrete Wavelet Transform versus the Discrete-
Time Wavelet Transform- Numerical Complexity of the Discrete Wavelet Transform.
UNIT - V Bases and Matrix Examples 8 Hrs
Bases, Orthogonal Bases, and Biorthogonal Bases -Matrix Examples - Fourier
Series Example - Sine Expansion Example - Frames and Tight Frames - Matrix
Examples -Sine Expansion as a Tight Frame Example.

Textbooks:
1. C. Sidney Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, “Introduction to Wavelets and
Wavelets Transforms”,Prentice Hall, (1997).
2. James S. Walker, “A Primer on Wavelets and their Scientific Applications”,
CRC Press, (1999).

Reference Books:
1. Raghuveer Rao, “Wavelet Transforms”, Pearson Education, Asia.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – II
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Course Code Statistical Methods for Data Science L T P C
20A65103 CSE (Data Science) 3 3
Pre-requisite Semester II

Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing knowledge on basic concepts of Statistics,
Estimation and testing of hypotheses for large and small samples.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 Understand the basic concepts of Statistics
 Analyze data and draw conclusion about collection of data under study using
Point estimation
 Analyze data and draw conclusion about collection of data under study using
Interval estimation
 Analyzing the tests and types of errors for large samples
 Apply testing of hypothesis for small samples.
UNIT - I Basic Concepts 9 Hrs
Population, sample, parameter and statistic; characteristics of a good estimator;
Consistency – Invariance property of Consistent estimator, Sufficient condition for
consistency; Unbiasedness; Sufficiency – Factorization Theorem – Minimal
sufficiency; Efficiency – Most efficient estimator, likelihood equivalence, Uniformly
minimum variance unbiased estimator,applications of Lehmann-Scheffe’s Theorem,
Rao - Blackwell Theorem and applications
UNIT - II Point Estimation 8 Hrs
Point Estimation- Estimator, Estimate, Methods of point estimation – Maximum
likelihood method (the asymptotic properties of ML estimators are not included),
Large sample properties of ML estimator(without proof)- applications , Method of
moments, method of least squares, method of minimum chi-square and modified
minimum chi-square-Asymptotic Maximum Likelihood Estimation and applications.
UNIT - III Interval Estimation 8 Hrs
Confidence limits and confidence coefficient; Duality between acceptance region of a
test and a confidence interval; Construction of confidence intervals for population
proportion (small and large samples) and between two population proportions(large
samples); Confidence intervals for mean and variance of a normal population;
Difference between the mean and ratio of two normal populations.
UNIT - IV Testing of hypotheses 9 Hrs
Types of errors, power of a test, most powerful tests; Neyman-Pearson Fundamental
Lemma and its applications; Notion of Uniformly most powerful tests; Likelihood Ratio
tests: Description and property of LR tests - Application to standard distributions.

UNIT - V Small sample tests 9 Hrs

Student’s t-test, test for a population mean, equality of two population means, paired
t-test, F-test for equality of two population variances,CRD,RBD,LSD; Chi-square test
for goodness of fit and test for independence of attributes, χ2 test for testing variance
of a normal distribution
Sign test, Signed rank test, Median test, Mann-Whitney test, Run test and One
sample Kolmogorov –Smirnov test ,Kruskal – Wallis H test(Description, properties
and applications only).
Textbooks:
1. Manoj Kumar Srivastava and Namita Srivastava, Statistical Inference – Testing
of
Hypotheses, Prentice Hall of India, 2014.
2. Robert V Hogg, Elliot A Tannis and Dale [Link], Probability and
Statistical Inference,9th edition,Pearson publishers,2013.
Reference Books:
1. [Link], Statistical Methods, 33rd Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Miller and John E Freund, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 5th Edition.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To impart the fundamental knowledge on various materials, their properties and
Applications.
2 To provide insight into various semiconducting materials and their properties.
3 To elucidate the characteristic behavior of various semiconductor devices.
4 To provide the basics of dielectric and piezoelectric materials and their properties.
5 To explain different categories of magnetic materials, mechanism and their
advanced applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of the course the student will be able

CO1 To understand the fundamentals of various materials.
CO2 To exploit the physics of semiconducting materials
CO3 To familiarize with the working principles of semiconductor-based devices.
CO4 To understand the behavior of dielectric and piezoelectric materials.
CO5 To make use of the magnetic materials for advanced applications.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
SYLLABUS Credit: 3 Hours of teaching: - 45 H
UNIT-1 Fundamentals of Materials Science: 9H
Introduction, Phase rule, Phase Diagram, Elementary idea of Nucleation and Growth, Methods of
crystal growth. Basic idea of point, line and planar [Link] of thin films, preparation of
thin films, Deposition of thin film using sputtering methods (RF and glow discharge).
UNIT-2: Semiconductors: 9H
Introduction, charge carriers in semiconductors, effective mass, Diffusion and drift, Diffusion
and recombination, Diffusion length. The Fermi level & Fermi-Dirac distribution, Electron and
Hole in quantum well, Change of electron-hole concentration- Qualitative analysis, Temperature
dependency of carrier concentration, Conductivity and mobility, Effects of temperature and
doping on mobility, High field effects.
UNIT-3: Physics of Semiconductor Devices: 9H
Introduction, Band structure, PN junctions and their typical characteristics under [Link]
under bias, Construction and working principles of: Light emitting diodes, Heterojunctions,
Transistors, FET and MOSFETs.
UNIT-4: Dielectric Materials and their Applications: 9H
Introduction, Dielectric properties, Electronic polarizability and susceptibility, Dielectric
constant and frequency dependence of polarization, Dielectric strength and dielectric loss,
Piezoelectric properties- Ferroelectricity-Applications.
UNIT-5: Magnetic Materials and their Applications: 9H
Introduction, Magnetism & various contributions to para and dia magnetism, Ferro and Ferri
magnetism and ferrites, Concepts of Spin waves and Magnons, Anti-ferromagnetism, Domains
and domain walls, Coercive force, Hysteresis, Nano-magnetism, Super-paramagnetism –
Properties and applications.

Text Books
1. Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices-S.O. Kasap, McGraw-Hill Education
(India) Pvt. Ltd.,3rd edition, 2007.
2. Electronic Components and Materials- Grover and Jamwal, DhanpatRai and Co.
Reference Books:
1. Solid State Electronic Devices -B.G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, PHI Learning,6th
edition
2. Electronic Materials Science- Eugene A. Irene, , Wiley, 2005
3. An Introduction to Electronic Materials for Engineers-Wei Gao, Zhengwei Li, Nigel
Sammes, World Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., , 2nd Edition,2011
4. A First Course In Material Science- by Raghvan, McGraw Hill Pub.
5. The Science and Engineering of materials- Donald [Link],Chapman& Hall Pub.
6. Electrical Engineering Materials-by A.J. Dekker, PHI Pub

NPTEL courses links

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II H& SS
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code Academic Writing and Public Speaking L T P C
20A65501 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite

Course Objectives:
To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on writing skills
To make the students aware of non-verbal skills
To develop analytical skills
To deliver effective public speeches
Course Outcomes (CO):
By the end of the program students will be able to
 Define various elements of Academic Writing
 Understand how to paraphrase sources and avoid plagiarism
 Demonstrate the knowledge in writing a Research paper
 Analyse different types of essays
 Assess the speeches of others and know the positive strengths of speakers
 Build confidence in giving an impactful presentation to the audience
UNIT - I Introduction to Academic Writing Lecture Hrs
Introduction to Academic Writing – Essential Features of Academic Writing – Courtesy –
Clarity – Conciseness – Correctness – Coherence – Completeness – Types – Descriptive,
Analytical, Persuasive, Critical writing
UNIT - II Lecture Hrs
Academic Journal Article
Art of condensation- summarizing and paraphrasing - Abstract Writing, writing Project
Proposal, writing application for internship, Technical/Research/Journal Paper Writing –
Conference Paper writing - Editing, Proof Reading - Plagiarism
UNIT - III Lecture Hrs
Essay & Writing Reviews
Compare and Contrast – Argumentative Essay – Exploratory Essay – Features and Analysis of
Sample Essays – Writing Book Report, Summarizing, Book/film Review-
UNIT - IV Public Speaking Lecture Hrs
Introduction, Nature, characteristics, significance of Public Speaking – Presentation – 4 Ps of
Presentation – Stage Dynamics – Answering Strategies –Analysis of Impactful Speeches-
Speeches for Academic events
UNIT - V Public Speaking and Non-Verbal Delivery Lecture Hrs
Body Language – Kinesics – Oculesics – Proxemics – Haptics – Paralanguage
Textbooks:
3. Critical Thinking, Academic Writing and Presentation Skills: Mg University
Edition Paperback – 1 January 2010 Pearson Education; First edition (1 January
2010)
4. A Course In Academic Writing Paperback – 1 January 2017Publisher : The Orient
Blackswan; Second edition (1 January 2017)

Reference Books:

1. A Handbook For Academic Writing and Composition Paperback – 1 January 2014

by Nzanmongi Jasmine PattonPublisher : Pinnacle Learning; 1st edition (1 January
2014)
2. Critical Thinking, Academic Writing and Presentation Skills: Mg University
Edition Paperback – 1 January 2010Publisher : Pearson Education; First edition (1
January 2010) by Marilyn Anderson (Author)
3. Effective Academic Writing Second Edition: 1: Student Book: The
Paragraph Paperback – Student Edition, 9 June 2014 by Alice
Savage (Author), MasoudShafiei (Author)Publisher : Oxford University Press;
Student, Workbook edition (9 June 2014)
4. A Course In Academic Writing Paperback – 1 January 2017 by Renu Gupta (Author)
Publisher : The Orient Blackswan; Second edition (1 January 2017)
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]
2. p[Link]
3. [Link]
 4. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – II
III [Link] – II SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERS AND ITS 2 1 - 3
APPLICATIONS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1  To understand the basic principles of polymers
2  To synthesize the different polymeric materials and their characterization by various
instrumental methods.
3  To impart knowledge to the students about fundamental concepts of Hydro gels of
polymer networks, surface phenomenon by micelles
4  To enumerate the applications of polymers in engineering

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1  Classify the polymers, Explain polymerization mechanism, Differentiate addition,
condensation polymerizations, Describe measurement of molecular weight of
polymer
CO2  Differentiate Bulk, solution, Suspension and emulsion polymerization, Describe fibers
and elastomers, Identify the thermosetting and thermo polymers, Characterize the
properties of polymers by IR, NMR, XRD etc.

CO3  Describe the properties and applications of polymers, Interpret the properties of
cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, latex etc., Discuss the special plastics of PES, PAES,
PEEK etc., Explain modified cellulosics

CO4  Identify types of polymer networks, Describe methods involve in hydrogel

preparation, Explain applications of hydrogels in drug delivery, Demonstrate the
advanced drug delivery systems and controlled release

CO5  Demonstrate electrical phenomena at interfaces including electrokinetics, miselles,

reverse micelles etc., Explain photoelectron spectroscopy, Discuss ESCA and Auger
 spectroscopy to the study of surfaces, Differentiate micelles and reverse micelles

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

Unit – I: Polymers-Basics and Characterization :-

Basic concepts: monomers, repeating units, degree of polymerization, linear, branched and
network polymers, classification of polymers, Polymerization: addition, condensation, co
polymerization and coordination. Average molecular weight concepts: number, weight and
viscosity average molecular weights, polydispersity and molecular weight distribution.
Measurement of molecular weight: end group, viscosity, light scattering, osmotic and
ultracentrifugation methods, analysis and testing of polymers.
Unit – II: Synthetic Polymers
Addition and condensation polymerization processes – Bulk, Solution, Suspension and Emulsion
polymerization. Preparation and significance, classification of polymers based on physical
properties, Thermoplastics, Thermosetting plastics, Fibers and elastomers, General Applications.
Preparation of Polymers based on different types of monomers, Olefin polymers, Diene polymers,
nylons, Urea - formaldehyde, phenol – formaldehyde. Melamine Epoxy and Ion exchange resins.
Characterization of polymers by IR, NMR, XRD
Unit – III : Natural Polymers & Modified cellulosics
Natural Polymers: Chemical & Physical structure, properties, source, important chemical
modifications, applications of polymers such as cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, shellac, latexes,
vegetable oils and gums, proteins. Modified cellulosics: Cellulose esters and ethers such as Ethyl
 cellulose, CMC, HPMC, cellulose acetals, Liquid crystalline polymers; specialty plastics- PES,
PAES, PEEK, PEA.

Unit-IV: Hydrogels of Polymer networks and Drug delivery

Definitions of Hydrogel, polymer networks, Types of polymer networks, Methods involved in
hydrogel preparation, Classification, Properties of hydrogels, Applications of hydrogels in drug
delivery.
Introduction to drug systems including, drug development, regulation, absorption and disposition,
routes of administration and dosage forms. Advanced drug delivery systems and controlled
release.
Unit – V: Surface phenomena
Surface tension, adsorption on solids, electrical phenomena at interfaces including electrokinetics,
micelles, reverse micelles, solubilization. Application of photoelectron spectroscopy, ESCA and
Auger spectroscopy to the study of surfaces.

References :
1. A Text book of Polymer science, Billmayer
2. Organic polymer Chemistry, [Link], Chapman and Hall
3. Advanced Organic Chemistry, [Link], Prentice Hall
4. Polymer Chemistry – [Link]
5. Polymer Chemistry – Gowarikar
6. Physical Chemistry –Galston
7. Drug Delivery- Ashim K. Misra

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III CIVIL
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Building Technology for Engineers L T P C
Course Code
20A70104 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives :
1. To make the student familiar with varioustypes of Buildings and its components
2. To teach the students about general requirements of building regarding safety and
transportation
3. To impart knowledge on various special requirements of buildings regarding ventilation,
insulation acoustics, etc,.
4. To make the student familiar with the concepts of various Prefabrication systems.
5. To Teach the students about various construction equipments used in building.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of this course the student will be able to
1. Classify various types of buildings and its components.
2. Understand the general requirements of building regarding safety and transportation.
3. Understand the Special requirements of buildings regarding ventilation, insulation
acoustics, etc,.
4. Familiarize with the concepts of various Prefabrication systems.
5. Understand various construction equipments used in building.

UNIT-1
Building planning: Types of Buildings — components, definitions, economy and design,
Principles and aspects of building planning, Definitions and importance of Grouping and
circulation; Lighting and ventilation; Sustainability and Green Buildings.
UNIT-II
General requirements: Requirements for safety against fire, termite, damping, earthquakes,
Vertical transportation in building — planning of vertical transportation, Stairs, different forms
of stairs, Other modes of vertical transportation.
UNIT-III

Special Requirements: Air conditioning — process and classification of air conditioning,

Dehumidification. Systems of air-conditioning, ventilation, functional requirements of
ventilation. Thermal insulation. Acoustics, effect of noise, properties of noise and its
measurements, Principles of acoustics of building. Sound insulation.

UNIT-IV
Prefabrication systems: Prefabricated walls, openings, cupboards, shelves etc., planning and
modules and sizes of components in prefabrication. Plumbing services — water supply system,
maintenance of building pipe line, Sanitary fittings, Design of building drainage.

UNIT-V
Construction Equipment: Introduction and Planning for construction Equipment,
Earthmoving and Excavating equipment, Pile driving equipment, Lifting and Concreting
Equipment.

Learning Resources:

Text Books:
1. Building Construction, Punmia B. C., Jain A.J., and Jain A.J., Laxmi Publication, 2016,
Eleventh Edition.
 2. The Text book for Building Construction, Arora S. P., and Bindra S. P., Dhanpat Rai
Pubications, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Building Construction, Varghese P.C., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2017, 2nd Edition.
2. Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods, Robert P., Clifford J. S., and Aviad S.,
McGrawHiII Education, 2010

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III EEE
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
Course Code BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS L T P C
20A70204 (OE-III) 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite Basic Electrical Engineering Semester VI
Course Objectives: To make the students learn about:
 Understand the role of battery management system and the requirements of BMS.
 Interpret the concept associated with battery charging / discharging process
 Analyze various parameters of battery and battery pack
 Design the model of battery pack
Course Outcomes (CO): After completion of this course, student will be able to
CO1: Understand and remember the basic concepts and terminologies of Cells and Batteries, charging,
discharging methods, concept of cell balancing.
CO2:Analyze BMS functionality, various sensors used, control techniques, Sate of Charge estimation,
cell total energy and cell total power.
CO3: Apply the equivalent circuits, physical models, empirical modelling of BMS.
CO4: Design of Battery management system considering various parameters and through
simulation.

UNIT - I INTRODUCTION Lecture Hrs: 14

Introduction to Battery Management System, Cells & Batteries, Nominal voltage and capacity, C rate,
Energy and power, Cells connected in series, Cells connected in parallel, Electrochemical and lithium-
ion cells, Rechargeable cell, Charging and Discharging Process, Overcharge and Undercharge, Modes
of Charging

UNIT - II BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Lecture Hrs: 14

Introduction and BMS functionality, Battery pack topology, BMS Functionality, Voltage Sensing,
Temperature Sensing, Current Sensing, BMS Functionality, High-voltage contactor control, Isolation
sensing, Thermal control, Protection, Communication Interface, Range estimation, State-of charge
estimation, Cell total energy and cell total power
UNIT - III BATTERY STATE OF CHARGE AND STATE OF Lecture Hrs: 12
HEALTH ESTIMATION
Battery state of charge estimation (SOC), voltage-based methods to estimate SOC, Model-based state
estimation, Battery Health Estimation, Lithium-ion aging: Negative electrode, Lithium ion aging:
Positive electrode, Cell Balancing, Causes of imbalance, Circuits for balancing
UNIT - IV MODELLING AND SIMULATION Lecture Hrs: 12
Equivalent-circuit models (ECMs), Physics-based models (PBMs), Empirical modelling approach,
Physics-based modelling approach, Simulating an electric vehicle, Vehicle range calculations,
Simulating constant power and voltage, Simulating battery packs
UNIT - V DESIGN OF BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Lecture Hrs: 12
Design principles of battery BMS, Effect of distance, load, and force on battery life and BMS, energy
balancing with multi-battery system
Textbooks:
1. Plett, Gregory L. Battery management systems, Volume I: Battery modelling. Artech House, 2015.
2. Plett, Gregory L. Battery management systems, Volume II: Equivalent-circuit methods. Artech
House, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Bergveld, H.J., Kruijt, W.S., Notten, P.H.L “Battery Management Systems -Design by Modelling”
Philips Research Book Series 2002.
2. Davide Andrea,” Battery Management Systems for Large Lithium-ion Battery Packs” Artech House,
2010
3. Pop, Valer, et al. Battery management systems: Accurate state-of-charge indication for battery-
powered applications. Vol. 9. Springer Science & Business Media, 2008.
4. RuiXiong, “Battery management Algorithm for Electric Vehicles”, China Machine Press,
Springer,2020.
5. Bergveid, Krujit, Notten, “ Battery Management Systems: Design by Modelling”, Philips Research
Book Series, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Online Learning Resources:
1. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
 Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
MODERN 3 0 0 3
20A70304 MANUFACTURING
METHODS

Course Objectives:
To learn the importance and basics of unconventional machining.
 To understand the rapid prototyping processes.
To have the knowledge of different micro machining methods
To understand the working principles of various Non-traditional machining methods.
To learn about Non-traditional forming processes.
UNIT-I
Need for Modern Manufacturing Methods: Non-traditional machining methods and rapid
prototyping methods - their relevance for precision and lean manufacturing. Classification of
non-traditional processes - their selection for processing of different materials and the range of
applications.
Introduction to rapid prototyping - Classification of rapid prototyping methods -
sterolithography, fused deposition methods - materials, principle of prototyping and various
applications.
UNIT-II
Ultrasonic machining – Elements of the process, mechanics of material removal, process
parameters, applications and limitations, Abrasive jet, Water jet and abrasive water jet
machining: Basic mechanics of material removal, descriptive of equipment, process variables,
applications and limitations.

UNIT-III
Electro –Chemical Processes: Fundamentals of electro chemical machining, electrochemical
grinding, metal removal rate in ECM, Tooling, process variables, applications, economic aspects
of ECM.
Chemical Machining: Fundamentals of chemical machining- Principle of material removal-
maskants – etchants- process variables, advantages and applications.
UNIT-IV
Thermal Metal Removal Processes: Basic principle of spark erosion (EDM), Wire cut EDM, and
Electric Discharge Grinding processes - Mechanics of machining, process parameters, selection of
tool electrode and dielectric fluids, choice of parameters for improved surface finish and
machining accuracy - Applications of different processes and their limitations.
Plasma Machining: Principle of material removal, description of process and equipment, process
variables, scope of applications and the process limitations.
UNIT-V
Electron Beam Machining: Generation and control of electron beam for machining, theory of
electron beam machining, comparison of thermal and non-thermal processes - process mechanics,
parameters, applications and limitations.
 Laser Beam Machining: Process description, Mechanism of material removal, process parameters,
capabilities and limitations, features of machining, applications and limitations.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course the student should be able to understand
Technical aspects of precision machining.
Applications of rapid prototyping technologies.
Tool selection
Knowledge for non traditional
of economic aspects ofprocesses.
Non traditional processes.
Fabrication of microelectronic devices.
TEXT BOOKS:
Manufacturing processes for engineering materials by SeropeKalpakjian and Steven R Schmid, 5edn, Pearson
Pub.
Advanced machining processes, VK Jain, Allied publishers.
REFERENCE:
New Technology , Bhattacharya A, The Institution of Engineers, India 1984
Manufacturing Technology, Kalpakzian, Pearson
Modern Machining Process, Pandey P.C. and Shah H.S., TMH.

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Electronic & Communication Engineering
Course Code DIGITAL ELECTRONICS L T P C
20A70404 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Semester VII
Basics of Electronics and Communication Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To learn simplification methods for minimizing Boolean functions and their realization using
logic gates.
 To understand and design various combinational logic circuits like adders and code
converters.
 To know the design of various combinational circuits useful to implement logic
functions.
 To study the design of sequential logic circuits in synchronous and asynchronous
modes.
 To introduce programmable logic devices.
Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of this course, the students will be able to
 Learn simplification methods for minimizing Boolean functions and their realization using logic
gates.
 Understand and design various combinational logic circuits like adders and code
converters.
 Know the design of various combinational circuits useful to implement logic functions.
 Gain knowledge on the design of sequential logic circuits in synchronous and
asynchronous modes.
 Understand the operation and uses of programmable logic devices.

UNIT - I
Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra and De
Morgan’s Theorem, SOP & POS forms, Canonical forms, Introduction to Logic Gates, Ex-OR,
Ex-NOR operations, Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Quine –
McCluskey Tabular Minimization Method. Logic function realization: AND-OR, OR-AND and
NAND/NOR realizations.

UNIT - II
Introduction to Combinational Design 1: Binary Adders, Subtractors and BCD adder, Code
converters - Binary to Gray, Gray to Binary, BCD to excess3, BCD to Seven Segment display.

UNIT - III
Combinational Logic Design 2: Decoders (3 to 8, octal to decimal), Encoders, Priority
Encoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Comparators, Implementations of Logic Functions
using Decoders and Multiplexers.

UNIT - IV
Sequential Logic Design: Latches, Flipflops, S-R, D, T, JK and Master-Slave JK FF, Edge
triggered FF, flipflop conversions, set up and hold times, Ripple and Synchronous counters,
Shift registers.
UNIT - V
Programmable Logic Devices:ROM, Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Introduction to
logic families and their comparisons.
Textbooks:
1. Digital Design, M. Morris Mano & Michel D. Ciletti, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
1999.
2. Switching theory and Finite Automata Theory, ZviKohavi and Nirah K. Jha, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H Roth, Jr., 5th Edition, Brooks/coleCengage
Learning, 2004.
2. Digital & State Machine Design, Comer, 3rd Edition, OXFORD.

Online Learning Resources:

 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Compute Science & Engineering
Cyber Security
Course Code:20A70504 LTPC:3003
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of Java.
 To Practice object-oriented programs and build java applications.
 To implement java programs for establishing interfaces.
 To implement sample programs for developing reusable software components.
 To establish database connectivity in java and implement GUI applications.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Recognize the Java programming environment.
CO2: Select appropriate programming constructs to solve a problem.
CO3: Develop efficient programs using multithreading.
CO4: Design reliable programs using Java exception handling features.
CO5: Extend the programming functionality supported by Java.

UNIT-I: Cybercrime
Cybercrime and information security, Cybercriminals, Classifications of cybercrimes, Need for
Cyberlaws in Indian context, Legal perspectives of cybercrime, Indian perspective of cybercrimes,
Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, Positive aspects and weak areas of ITA 2000, Amendments made
in Indian ITA 2000 for admissibility of e- records, Amendments to the Indian IT Act, Global perspective
on cybercrimes, Intellectual property in cyberspace, Ethical dimension of cybercrimes.
UNIT-II: Cyber Offenses
Cybercrime and information security, Cybercriminals, Classifications of cybercrimes, Need for
Cyberlaws in Indian context, Legal perspectives of cybercrime, Indian perspective of cybercrimes,
Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, Positive aspects and weak areas of ITA 2000, Amendments made
in Indian ITA 2000 for admissibility of e- records, Amendments to the Indian IT Act, Global perspective
on cybercrimes, Intellectual property in cyberspace, Ethical dimension of cybercrimes.

UNIT-III: Cybercrime in Mobile and Wireless Devices

Proliferation of mobile and wireless devices, Trends in mobility, Credit card frauds in mobile and
wireless computing era, Security challenges posed by mobile devices, Registry settings for mobile
devices, Authentication service security, Attacks on mobile/cell phones, Security implications of
mobile devices for organizations, Organizational measures for handling mobile devices related
security issues.
UNIT-VI: Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime
Proxy servers and anonymizers, Password cracking, Keyloggers and spywares, Virus and worms,
Trojan horses and backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow,
Attacks on wireless networks
UNIT-V: Cyber Forensics, Cybercrime in Real-World
Forensics of Computer and Handheld Devices: Cyber forensics, Cyber forensics and digital evidence,
Forensics analysis of e-mail, Forensics and social networking sites, Forensics of handheld devices –
Smartphone forensics, EnCase, Device Seizure, MOBIL edit.
Cybercrime examples, mini-cases, online scams: Real-life examples - Official website of Maharashtra
Government hacked, Indian banks lose millions of rupees, Game source code stolen; Mini-cases -
Indian Case of online gambling, Indian case of intellectual property crime; Online scams - Cheque
cashing scam, Charity scams.
References:
1. K. A. Navas, “Electronics Lab Manual”, Volume I, PHI, 5th Edition, 2015,
ISBN:9788120351424
2. Cyril Prasanna Raj P., “CMOS digital circuit design manual”, Volume 1, MSEC E-publication,
Edition 2016
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Chemical Engineering
Course Code INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL L T P C
20A70804 ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Understand the different types of wastes generated in an industry, their effects on living
and non-living things & environmental regulatory legislations and standards and
climate changes.
CO2 Quantify, analyse and treat wastewater
CO3 Apply the different unit operations and unit processes involved in conversion of highly
polluted water to potable standards
CO4 Apply the operating principles, design calculations of particulate control devices.
CO5 Estimate the different waste generated from the industries
Course Articulation Matrix
Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Outcomes
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
CO6

UNIT - I
Types of emissions from chemical industries and effects of environment, environment
legislation, Type of pollution, sources of wastewater, Effluent guidelines and standards.
Characterization of effluent streams, oxygen demands and their determination (BOD, COD,
and TOC), Oxygen sag curve, BOD curve mathematical, controlling of BOD curve, self
purification of running streams, sources and characteristics of pollutants in fertilizer, paper and
pulp industry, petroleum and petroleum industry.
UNIT - II
General methods of control and removal of sulfur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen and organic
vapors from gaseous effluent, treatment of liquid and gaseous effluent in fertilizer industry. Air
pollution sampling and measurement: Types of pollutant and sampling and
measurement,ambient air sampling: collection of gaseous air pollutants, collection of
particulate air pollutants. Stack sampling: sampling system, particulate sampling, and gaseous
sampling. Analysis of air pollutants: Sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide,
oxidants and ozones, hydrocarbons, particulate matter
UNIT - III
Air pollution control methods and equipments: Source collection methods: raw material
changes, process changes, and equipment modification. Cleaning of gaseous equipments
particulate emission control: collection efficiency, control equipment like gravitational settling
chambers, Cyclone separators, fabric filters, ESP and their constructional details and design
aspects. Scrubbers: wet scrubbers, spray towers, centrifugal scrubbers, packed beds and plate
columns, venturi scrubbers, their design aspects. Control of gaseous emissions: absorption by
liquids, absorption equipments, adsorption by solids, equipment and the design aspects
UNIT - IV
Introduction to waste water treatment, biological treatment of wastewater, bacterial and
bacterial growth curve, aerobic processes, suspended growth processes, activated aerated
lagoons and stabilization ponds, attached growth processes, trickling filters, rotary drum filters,
anaerobic processes.

UNIT - V
Methods of primary treatments: screening, sedimentation, flotation, neutralization, and
methods of tertiary treatment. A brief study of carbon absorption, ion exchange, reverse
osmosis, ultra-filtration, chlorination, ozonation, treatment and disposal. Hazardous waste
management: nuclear wastes: health and environment effects, sources and disposal methods.
Chemical wastes: health and environmental effects, treatment and disposal: treatment and
disposal by industry, off site treatment and disposal, treatment practices in various countries.
Biomedical wastes: types of wastes and their control.
Textbooks:
1. Environmental Pollution and Control Engineering, C. S. Rao – Wiley Eastern Limited,
India, New Delhi, 1993.
2. Pollution Control in Process Industries, S.P. Mahajan, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1985.
Reference Books:
1. Wastewater Treatment, M. Narayana Rao and [Link], Oxford and IHB publ. New Delhi.

Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Course Code Numerical Methods for Engineers L T P C

20A75101 (Common for all Branches) 0 3 0 3

Pre-requisite ---

Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on various numerical
methods for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral
equations and solution of differential equations.

Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to

 apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations.

 understand fitting of several kinds of curves.

 derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae.

 Solve differential and integral equations numerically.

UNIT - I Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental 8 Hrs

Equations:

Introduction-Bisection method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton

Raphson method. System of Algebraic equations: Gauss Jordan method-Gauss
Siedal method.

UNIT - II Curve Fitting 8 Hrs

Principle of Least squares- Fitting of curves- Fitting of linear, quadratic and
exponential curves.

UNIT - III Interpolation 9 Hrs

Finite differences-Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae –

Lagrange’s formulae. Gauss forward and backward formula, Stirling’s formula,
Bessel’s formula
UNIT - IV Numerical Integration 8 Hrs
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule – Simpson’s 3/8 Rule

UNIT - V Solution of Initial value problems to Ordinary 9 Hrs

differential equations
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series-
Picard’s Method of successive Approximations-Modified Euler’s Method-Runge-
Kutta Methods.
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, [Link], Khanna publishers.

2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Ronald E.

Walpole,PNIE.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley India

Reference Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by [Link], Mc Graw Hill
publishers.

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Alan Jeffrey, Elsevier.

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Physics

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A75201 SMART MATERIALS 3 - 3
AND DEVICES

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To provide exposure to smart materials and their engineering applications.
 2 To impart knowledge on the basics and phenomenon behind the working of smart
materials
3 To explain theproperties exhibited by smart materials
4 To educate various techniques used to synthesize and characterize smart materials
5 To identify the required smart material for distinct applications/devices
COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of the course the student will be able

CO1 To recognize the need of smart materials
CO2 To understand the working principles of smart materials
CO3 To know different techniques used to synthesize and characterize smart materials
CO4 To exploit the properties of smart materials
CO5 To make use of smart materials for different applications
Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS
Credit: 3 Hours of teaching: - 45 H
UNITI : Introduction to Smart Materials: 9H
Historical account of the discovery and development of smart materials, Two phases: Austenite
and Martensite, Temperature induced phase changes, Shape memory effect, Pseudoelasticity,
One-way shape memory effect, Two-way shape memory effect.

UNIT II: Properties of Smart Materials: 9H

Physical principles of optical, Electrical, Dielectric, Piezoelectric, Ferroelectric, Pyroelectric and
Magnetic properties of smart materials.

UNIT III: Synthesis of Smart materials: 9H

Solid state reaction technique, Chemical route: Chemical vapour deposition, Sol-gel technique,
Hydrothermal method,[Link] synthesis, Mechanical alloying and Thin film
deposition techniques: Chemical etching, Spray pyrolysis.

UNIT IV: Characterization Techniques: 9H

X-ray diffraction, Raman spectroscopy (RS), Fourier-transform infrared reflection (FTIR), UV-
Visible spectroscopy, Scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Transmission electron microscopy,
Atomic force microscopy (AFM) and Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC).
UNIT V:Smart Materials and Devices: 9H
Characteristics of shape memory alloys, Magnetostrictive, Optoelectronic, Piezoelectric,
Metamaterials, Electro-rheological and Magneto-rheological materials and Composite materials.
Devices based on smart materials: Sensors & Actuators, MEMS and intelligent devices, Future
scope of the smart materials.
Text Books:
[Link] Smart Materials- Mel Schwartz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.2002
2. Smart Materials and Structures - M. V. Gandhi and B.S. Thompson, Champman and
Hall, 1992

Texts/References:
1. Smart Materials and Technologies- M. Addington and D. L. Schodek, , Elsevier, 2005.
2. Characterization and Application of smart Materials -R. Rai, Synthesis, , Nova Science, 2011.
3. Electroceramics: Materials, Properties, Applications -A.J. Moulson and J.M. Herbert, , 2nd
Edn., John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
4. Piezoelectric Sensorics: Force, Strain, Pressure, Acceleration and Acoustic 1.
Emission Sensors, Materials and Amplifiers,[Link], Springer, 2002.
5. Optical Metamaterials: Fundamentals and Applications-W. Cai and V. Shalaev,
,springer,2010.
6. Smart Materials and Structures - P. L Reece, New Research, Nova Science, 2007

NPTEL courses links

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF H &SS
 Course Code Employability Skills L T P C
20A75501 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Semester-VII

Course Objectives:
To encourage all round development of the students by focusing on productive skills
To make the students aware of Goal setting and writing skills
To enable them to know the importance of presentation skills in achieving desired goals.
To help them develop organizational skills through group activities
To function effectively with heterogeneous teams
Course Outcomes (CO):
CO1: Define goals and try to achieve them
CO2: Understand the significance of self-management
CO3: Apply the knowledge of writing skills in preparing eye-catchy resumes
CO4: Analyse various forms of Presentation skills
CO5: Judge the group behaviour
CO6: Develop skills required for employability.
UNIT - I Goal Setting and Self-Management Lecture Hrs
Definition, importance, types of Goal Setting – SMART Goal Setting – Motivation –
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation – Self-Management - Knowing about self – SWOT
Analysis

UNIT - II Writing Skills Lecture Hrs

Definition, significance, types of writing skills – Resume writing, E-Mail writing, Cover
Letters, - E-Mail Etiquettes
UNIT - III Technical Presentation Skills Lecture Hrs
Nature, meaning & significance of Presentation Skills – Planning, Preparation,
Presentation, Stage Dynamics – PPT & Poster Presentation
UNIT - IV Group Presentation Skills Lecture Hrs
Body Language – Group Behaviour - Team Dynamics – Leadership Skills – Personality
Manifestation- Group Discussion
UNIT - V Job Cracking Skills Lecture Hrs
Nature, characteristics, importance & types of Interviews – Job Interviews – Skills for
success - Answering Strategies – Mock Interviews
Textbooks:
 1. Soft Skills & Employability Skills (English, Paperback, SABINA PILLAI, AGNA
FERNANDEZ)Publisher: Cambridge
[Link] Development and Soft Skills (English, Paperback, MitraBarun K.)

Reference Books:
1. 1. Learning How To Fly - Life Lessons for the Youth (English, Paperback, Kalam
Abdul A. P. J.), Rupa& Co
2. Personality Development and Soft Skills - Preparing for Tomorrow 1
Edition (English, Paperback, Shikha Kapoor)Publisher: Dreamtech Press


 3. Skills for Employability - Skills for Employability with 0 Disc (English, Paperback,
Dr. M. Sen Gupta)Publisher: Innovative Publication

Online Learning Resources:

7. [Link]
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
10. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – III
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Chemistry
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
20A75301 GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS 2 1 - 3
FOR SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 Learn an interdisciplinary approach to the scientific and societal issues arising from
industrial chemical production, including the facets of chemistry and environmental
health sciences that can be integrated to promote green chemistry and the redesign of
chemicals, industrial processes and products.
2  Understand the use of alternatives assessments that combine chemical, environmental
health, regulatory, and business considerations to develop safer products.

COURSE OUTCOMES
 CO1  Apply the Green chemistry Principles for day to day life as well as synthesis,
Describe the sustainable development and green chemistry, Explain economic and
un-economic reactions, Demonstrate Polymer recycling.

CO2  Explain Heterogeneous catalyst and its applications in Chemical and Pharmaceutical
Industries, Differentiate Homogeneous and Heterogeneous catalysis, Identify the
importance of Bio and Photo Catalysis, Discuss Transition metal and Phase transfer
Catalysis

CO3  Demonstrate Organic solvents and importance of solvent free systems, Discuss Super
critical carbondioxide, Explain Super critical water and water as a reaction solvent,
Interpret Ionic Liquids as Catalyst and Solvent

CO4  Describe importance of Biomass and Solar Power, Illustrate Sonochemistry and
Green Chemistry, Apply Green Chemistry for Sustainable Development , Discuss the
importance of Renewable resources

CO5  Discuss green Chemistry Principles for practicing Green nano synthesis, Illustrate
Microwave Assisted Synthesis, Differentiate Hydrothermal and Reflux synthesis,
Demonstrate Green Chemistry applications of Inorganic nanomaterials

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

UNIT 1: PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, Green chemistry Principles, sustainable development and green chemistry, atom
economy, atom economic: Rearrangement and addition reactions and un-economic reactions:
Substitution, elimination and Wittig reactions, Reducing Toxicity. Waste - problems and
Prevention: Design for degradation, Polymer recycling.
UNIT 2: CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY
Introduction to catalysis, Heterogeneous catalysts: Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis, Zeolites
and the Bulk Chemical Industry, Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and
Pharmaceutical Industries, Catalytic Converters, Homogeneous catalysis: Transition Metal
Catalysts with Phosphine Ligands, Greener Lewis Acids, Asymmetric Catalysis, Heterogeneous
and Homogenous catalysts, Phase transfer catalysis: Hazard Reduction, C–C Bond Formation,
Oxidation Using Hydrogen Peroxide, Bio-catalysis and photo-catalysis with examples,
UNIT 3: ORGANIC SOLVENTS: ENVIRONMENTALLY BENIGN SOLUTIONS
Organic solvents and volatile organic compounds, solvent free systems, supercritical fluids: Super
critical carbondioxide, super critical water and water as a reaction solvent: water based coatings,
Ionic liquids as catalyst and solvent.
UNIT 4: EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES
Biomass as renewable resource, Energy: Fossil Fuels, Energy from Biomass, Solar Power, Other
Forms of Renewable Energy, Fuel Cells, Chemicals from Renewable Feedstocks, Chemicals from
Fatty Acids, Polymers from Renewable Resources, Some Other Chemicals from Natural
Resources, Alternative Economies: The Syngas Economy, The Biorefinery, Design for energy
efficiency, Industrial applications of alternative environmentally benign catalytic systems for
carrying out the important reactions such as selective oxidation, reduction and C-C bond
formations (specific reactions)
UNIT 5: ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES
Photo redox catalysis, single electron transfer reactions (SET), Advantages and Challenges Faced
by Photochemical Processes, Examples of Photochemical Reactions, Chemistry Using
Microwaves: Microwave Heating, Microwave-assisted Reactions, Sonochemistry: Sonochemistry
and Green Chemistry, Electrochemical Synthesis: Examples of Electrochemical Synthesis.

Text Books :
1. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry an introductory text, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2002.
2. Paul T. Anastas and John C. Warner, Green Chemistry Theory and Practice, 4th Edition,
Oxford University Press, USA
References :
1. Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability, First Edition, Sanjay K. Sharma and
Ackmez Mudhoo, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Edited by Alvise Perosa and Maurizio Selva , Hand Book of Green chemistry Volume 8:
Green Nanoscience, wiley-VCH, 2013.
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Civil Engineering
L T P C
20A70105 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on different concepts of Environmental Impact Assessment.
2. To teach procedures of risk assessment.
3. To teach the EIA methodologies and the criterion for selection of EIA methods.
4. To teach the procedures for environmental clearances and audit.
5. To know the impact quantification of various projects on the environment.
Course Outcomes (CO):
1. To prepare EMP, EIS, and EIA report.
2. To identify the risks and impacts of a project.
3. To choose an appropriate EIA methodology.
4. To evaluation the EIA report.
5. To Estimate the cost benefit ratio of a project.

UNIT - I
Concepts and methodologies of EIA :Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, -
Factors affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of Environmental Base
map, Classification of environmental parameters- Criteria for the selection of EIA
Methodology, E I A methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method
Environmental Media Quality Index method, overlay methods and cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT - II
Impact of Developmental Activities and Land Use :Introduction and Methodology for the
assessment of soil and ground water, Delineation of study area, Identification of actives.
Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact significance,
Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures. E I A in surface water, Air and
Biological environment: Methodology for the assessment of Impacts on surface water
environment, Air pollution sources, Generalized approach for assessment of Air pollution
Impact.

UNIT - III
Assessment of Impact on Vegetation, Wildlife and Risk Assessment :Introduction -
Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife, environmental
Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation - Risk assessment and
treatment of uncertainty-key stages in performing an Environmental Risk Assessment-
Advantages of Environmental Risk Assessment
UNIT - IV Environmental audit
Introduction - Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental
Audit, Types of environmental Audit, Audit protocol, stages of Environmental Audit, onsite
activities, evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report.
UNIT - V Environmental Acts and Notifications
The Environmental protection Act, The water preservation Act, The Air (Prevention
&Control of pollution Act), Wild life Act - Provisions in the EIA notification, procedure for
environmental clearance, procedure for conducting environmental impact assessment
report- Evaluation of EIA report. Environmental legislation objectives, evaluation of Audit
data and preparation of Audit report. Post Audit activities, Concept of ISO and ISO 14000.

Textbooks:
1. Environmental Impact Assessment, by Canter Larry W., McGraw-Hill education Edi
(1996)
2. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies, by Y. Anjaneyulu, B. S. Publication,
Hyderabad 2nd edition 2011
Reference Books:
1. Environmental Engineering, by Peavy, H. S, Rowe, D. R, Tchobanoglous, [Link]-Graw Hill
International Editions, New York 1985
2. Environmental Science and Engineering, by J. Glynn and Gary W. Hein Ke, Prentice Hall
Publishers
3. Environmental Science and Engineering, by Suresh K. Dhaneja, S.K., Katania& Sons
Publication, New Delhi.
4. Environmental Pollution and Control, by H. S. Bhatia, Galgotia Publication (P) Ltd, Delhi.
Online Learning Resources:
[Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

 Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Electrical & Electronic & Engineering
Course Code IoT APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL L T P C
ENGINEERING
20A70205 (OE-IV) 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives: To make the students learn about:

 Basics of Internet of Things and Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) fundamentals in
design and fabrication process.
 The concept of motion less and motion detectors in IoT applications.
 Applications of IoT in smart grid.
 The concept of Internet of Energy for various applications.
Course Outcomes (CO): After completing the course, the student should be able to do the following:

CO 1 Understand the concept of IoT in Electrical Engineering.

CO 2Analyze various types of motionless sensors and various types of motion detectors
CO 3 Apply various applications of IoT in smart grid.
CO 4 Design future working environment with Energy internet.
UNIT - I SENSORS Lecture Hrs: 10
Definitions, Terminology, Classification, Temperature sensors, Thermoresistive, Resistance,
temperature detectors, Silicon resistive thermistors, Semiconductor, Piezoelectric, Humidity and
moisture sensors. Capacitive, Electrical conductivity, Thermal conductivity, time domain reflectometer,
Pressure and Force sensors: Piezoresistive, Capacitive, force, strain and tactile sensors, Strain gauge,
Piezoelectric
UNIT - II OCCUPANCY AND MOTION DETECTORS Lecture Hrs: 10
Capacitive occupancy, Inductive and magnetic, potentiometric - Position, displacement and level
sensors, Potentiometric, Capacitive, Inductive, magnetic velocity and acceleration sensors, Capacitive,
Piezoresistive, piezoelectric cables, Flow sensors, Electromagnetic, Acoustic sensors - Resistive
microphones, Piezoelectric, Photo resistors
UNIT - III MEMS Lecture Hrs: 10
Basic concepts of MEMS design, Beam/diaphragm mechanics, electrostatic actuation and fabrication,
Process design of MEMS based sensors and actuators, Touch sensor, Pressure sensor, RF MEMS
switches, Electric and Magnetic field sensors
UNIT - IV IoT FOR SMART GRID Lecture Hrs: 8
Driving factors, Generation level, Transmission level, Distribution level, Applications, Metering and
monitoring applications, Standardization and interoperability, Smart home
UNIT - V INTERNET of ENERGY (IoE) Lecture Hrs: 10
Concept of Internet of Energy, Evaluation of IoE concept, Vision and motivation of IoE, Architecture,
Energy routines, information sensing and processing issues, Energy internet as smart grid .
Textbooks:

1. Jon S. Wilson, Sensor Technology Hand book, Newnes Publisher, 2004

2. Tai Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems: Design and manufacture, 1 st Edition, Mc Grawhill
Education, 2017
3. ErsanKabalci and YasinKabalci, From Smart grid to Internet of Energy, 1st Edition, Academic
Press, 2019
Reference Books:
1. Raj Kumar Buyya and Amir VahidDastjerdi, Internet of Things: Principles and Paradigms, Kindle
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2016
2. Yen Kheng Tan and Mark Wong, Energy Harvesting Systems for IoT Applications: Generation,
Storage and Power Management, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2019
3. RMD SundaramShriram, K. Vasudevan and Abhishek S. Nagarajan, Internet of Things, Wiley,
2019
Online Learning Resources:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
MATERIAL 3 0 0 3
20A70305 HANDLING
EQUIPMENTS
Course Objectives:
 To understand how the knowledge of materials management can be an advantage to
logistics and supply chain operations.
To sensitize the students on the materials management functions – Planning, Purchase,
Controlling, Storing, Handling, Packaging, Shipping and Distributing, and Standardizing.

To realize the importance of materials both in product and service.

planning/ production and plant layouts, studying about strategies of material handling
and equipments, and selection of site locations.

It also aims to explore the layout planning by computer applications following

different algorithms.
UNIT-I
Overview of Material Handling: Principles of Material Handling, Principal groups of Material
Handling equipment – General Characteristics and application of Material Handling Equipment,
Modern trends in material handling.
UNIT-II
Lifting Equipments: Hoist- Components of Hoist – Load Handling attachments hooks, grabs
and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk material – Wire ropes and chains.
UNIT-II
Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed: Tension in drop parts – Drums, Shears and
sprockets – Arresting gear and brakes – Block brakes, Band brakes, thrust brakes – Safety and
hand cranks. Principle operation of EOT, Gantry and jib cranes Hoisting Mechanisms, Travelling
mechanisms, lifting mechanisms – Slewing Mechanisms – Elevators and lifts.
 UNIT-IV
CONVEYORS: Types - description -applications of Belt conveyors, apron conveyors and
escalators Pneumatic conveyors, Screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors
UNIT-V
ELEVATORS: Bucket elevators: Loading and bucket arrangements - Cage elevators - shaft way,
guides, counter weights, hoisting machine, safety devices - Design of fork lift trucks.
Course Outcomes :
The students will be able to select appropriate location for establishing industrial plants by
applying the concepts of location selection.
The students will be able to plan and design plant and production layouts through basic
strategies and with computer applications.
The students will be able to identify and analyse the problems in the existing layout/ material
handling system and shall be able to the optimize the layout/ material handling system
The students will be able to develop algorithms for new planning layouts for typical
applications in the industries and Suggesting appropriate material handling strategies in the
industries.
The students will be able to design of fork lift trucks.
REFERENCES
Rudenko, N., Materials handling equipment, ELnvee Publishers, 1970.

Spivakovsy, A.O. and Dyachkov, V.K., Conveying Machines, Volumes I and II, MIR Publishers, 1985.
Alexandrov, M., Materials Handling Equipments, MIR Publishers, 1981.
Boltzharol, A., Materials Handling Handbook, The Ronald Press Company, 1958.
P.S.G. Tech., “Design Data Book”, KalaikathirAchchagam, Coimbatore, 2003.
Lingaiah. K. and Narayana Iyengar, “Machine Design Data Hand Book”, Vol. 1 & 2, Suma Publishers,
Bangalore, 1983

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Electronics & Communication Engineering
Course Code PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING L T P C
20A70405 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite
Basics of Electronics and Communication Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To understand the frequency domain analysis of discrete time signals.
 To learn the properties of discrete Fourier series and Fourier transforms.
 To design &analyzeIIR digital filters from analog filters.
 To know various structures used in implementation of FIR digital filters.
 To grasp the importance and applications of Multirate Digital signal processing.

Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of this course, the students will be able to
 Articulate the frequency domain analysis of discrete time signals.
 Understand the properties of discrete Fourier series and Fourier transforms.
 Design &analyzeIIR digital filters from analog filters.
 Design various structures used in implementation of FIR digital filters.
 Summarize the importance and applications of Multirate Digital signal processing.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, Classification
of Discrete time systems, stability of LTI systems, LTI system Properties. Solution of Linear
constant coefficient difference equations, frequency domain representation of discrete
time signals and systems. Review of Z-transforms.

UNIT - II
Discrete Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms: Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS
representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier transforms: Properties of DFT, linear
filtering methods based on DFT, Fast Fourier transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 decimation in time
and decimation in frequency FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT.

UNIT - III
Design of IIR Digital Filters and Realizations: Analog filter approximations – Butter worth
and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters, Design Examples, Analog and
Digital frequency transformations. Basic structures of IIR systems, Transposed forms.

UNIT - IV
Design of FIR Digital Filters and Realizations: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, frequency
response. Design of FIR digital filters using window techniques and frequency sampling
techniques, comparison of IIR & FIR filters, basic structures of FIR systems.
UNIT - V
DSP Applications: Introduction to programmable DSPs, Multirate signal processing:
Decimation, Interpolation, Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor; Adaptive filters:
Introduction, Basic principles of Forward Linear Predictive filter and applications such as
system identification, echo cancellation, equalization of channels, and beam forming using
block diagram representation study only.

Textbooks:
1. John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
Algorithmsand Applications”, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. A.V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”, PHI.
Reference Books:
 1. Andreas Antoniou, “Digital Signal Processing”, TATA McGraw Hill, 2006
2. MH Hayes, “Digital Signal Processing”, Schaum’s Outline series, TATA Mc-Graw Hill,
2007.
3. Robert J. Schilling and Sandra L. Harris, “Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing
using MATLAB”, Thomson, 2007.
4. B. Venkataramani and M. Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processors – Architecture,
Programming and Applications”, TATA McGraw Hill, 2002.
Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Computer Science & Engineering
Introduction to Database Management Systems

Course Code:20A70505 LTPC:3003

Course Objectives:
● To introduce the concept of Internet of Things.
● To Practice programs and build real time applications.
● Students will be explored to the interconnection and integration of the physical world.
● Students will gain practical experience in the development of Cloud-based IoT systems.
● To get knowledge on cloud platforms
Course Outcomes (CO):
CO1: Design reliable real time applications using microcontrollers and microprocessors .
CO2: Extend the programming functionality and design new modules.
CO3: Able to design & develop IOT Devices.

UNIT-I: Introduction
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database
system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management system, Data
Independence, DBMS
system architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various components of a DBMS
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database
system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management system, Data
Independence, DBMS
system architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various components of a DBMS
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database
system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management system, Data
Independence, DBMSsystem architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various components of a
DBMS
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database
system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management system, Data
Independence, DBMS
system architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various components of a DBMS.
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database
system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management system, Data
Independence,DBMS system architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various components of a
DBMS.
Introduction to database systems; Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management
system, Data Independence, DBMSsystem architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various
components of a DBMS.
Introduction to database systems, Characteristics of databases, File system V/s Database system,
Users of Database system, approaches to building a database, data models, database management
system, Data Independence, DBMS system architecture, challenges in building a DBMS, various
components of a DBMS.
UNIT-II: E/R Model
Conceptual Data Modeling – motivation, entities, entity types, various types of attributes,
relationships, relationship
types, Entity set types, Participation constraints, E/R diagram notation, Extended E/R Model,
Examples
Conceptual Data Modeling – motivation, entities, entity types, various types of attributes,
relationships, relationship
types, Entity set types, Participation constraints, E/R diagram notation, Extended E/R Model,
Examples
Conceptual Data Modeling - motivation, entities, entity types, various types of attributes,
relationships, relationship types, Entity set types, Participation constraints, E/R diagram notation,
Extended E/R Model, Examples.
UNIT-III: Relational Data Model
Concepts of relations, schema-instance distinction, keys, referential integrity & foreign keys,
converting the database specification in ER notation to the relational schema, Relational algebra
operators: selection, projection, cross product, various types of joins, division, set operations,
example queries, tuple relational calculus, domain relational calculus, Fundamentals of SQL.
UNIT-VI: Relational Database Design
Importance of a good schema design, problems encountered with bad schema designs, motivation for
normal forms, dependency theory - functional dependencies, Armstrong's axioms for FD's, closure of
a set of FD's, minimal covers, Normalization, Normal Forms - INF, 2NF, 3NF and BCNF, decompositions
and desirable properties of them, multi valued dependencies and 4NF, join dependencies and 5NF,
Concept of Denormalization.
UNIT-V: Transaction Processing,Data Storage & Indexing
Transaction processing and Error recovery-Concepts of transaction processing, ACID properties,
concurrency control, Serializability, locking based protocols, Timestamp based protocols, recovery
and logging methods.
Data Storage and Indexes - File organizations, primary, secondary index structures, various index
structures - hasb based, dynamic hashing techniques, multi-level indexes, B and B-trees.
References:
3. K. A. Navas, “Electronics Lab Manual”, Volume I, PHI, 5th Edition, 2015,
ISBN:9788120351424
4. Cyril Prasanna Raj P., “CMOS digital circuit design manual”, Volume 1, MSEC E-publication,
Edition 2016

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Chemical Engineering
Course Code SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT L T P C
20A70805 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives:
 Material flow in society and generation of solid waste source
 Clarification of solid waste on characterization of the same
 Understand the sense of onsite handling storage and collection systems including
transportation
 Understand processing technologies with mechanical volume reduction and thermal
volume reduction corporate land filling, deep well injections.
 Learn to estimate material recovery energy recovery from a given waste data using case
 standing

Course Outcomes (CO):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Identify sources and relationship between various functional elements of solid waste
management and methods of storage and collection and transport of solid wastes.
CO2 Know the importance of transfer station and suggest suitable methods of solid waste
disposal based on the composition of solid waste.
CO3 Suggest suitable methods for the management of plastic and E-wastes
CO4 Identify hazardous wastes and suggest suitable management techniques for radioactive
wastes and Bio-medical wastes.
CO5 Adopt the suitable management method for a given industry

Course Articulation Matrix

Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Outcomes
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
UNIT - I
Introduction: Definition, characteristics and perspectives of solid waste. Types of solid waste.
Physical and chemical characteristics. Variation of composition and characteristics. Municipal,
industrial, special and hazardous wastes.
General aspects Overview of material flow in society. Reduction in raw material usage.
Reduction in solid waste generation. Reuse and material recovery. General effects on health and
environment. Legislations
UNIT - II
Engineered systems: Typical generation rates. Estimation and factors effecting generation
rates. On site handling. Storage and processing. Collection systems and devices. Transfer and
transport.
UNIT - III
Processing Techniques: Mechanical volume reduction. Thermal volume reduction.
Component separation. Land filling and land forming. Deep well injection.
UNIT - IV
Material recovery: Mechanical size alteration. Electromagnetic separation. Drying and
dewatering. Other material recovery systems. Recovery of biological conversion products.
Recovery of thermal conversion products.
Energy recovery: Energy recovery systems and efficiency factors. Determination of output and
efficiency. Details of energy recovery systems. Combustion incineration and heat recovery.
Gasification and pyrolysis. Refuse derived fuels (RDF).

UNIT - V
Case studies: Major industries and management methods used in typical industries – Coal fired
power stations, textile industry, oil refinery, distillery, sugar industry, and radioactive waste
generation units.
Textbooks:
1. Howard S. Peavy, Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1986.
2. Dutta, Industrial Solid Water Management and Land Filling Practice, Narose Publishing
House, 1999.

Reference Books:
1. Sastry C.A., Waste Treatment Plants, Narose Publishing House, 1995.
2. Lagrega, Hazardous Waste Management, McGraw Hill, 1994.

Online Learning Resources:

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Course Code Number theory and its Applications L T P C

20A75102 0 3 0 3

Pre-requisite ----- Semester I

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to learn the concepts of number theory and its
applications to information security.
Course Outcomes (CO): Student will be able to
 understand number theory and its properties.

 understand principles on congruences

 develop the knowledge to apply various applications

 develop various encryption methods and its applications.

UNIT - I Integers, Greatest common divisors and 8 Hrs

prime Factorization
The well-ordering property-Divisibility-Representation of integers-Computer
operations with integers-Prime numbers-Greatest common divisors-The Euclidean
algorithm -The fundamental theorem of arithmetic-Factorization of integers and the
Fermat numbers-Linear Diophantine equations

UNIT - II Congruences 8 Hrs

Introduction to congruences -Linear congruences-The Chinese remainder theorem-
Systems of linear congruences

UNIT - III Applications of Congruences 9 Hrs

Divisibility tests-The perpetual calendar-Round-robin tournaments-Computer file

storage and hashing functions. Wilson's theorem and Fermat's little theorem-
Pseudo primes- Euler's theorem- Euler's p hi-function- The sum and number of
divisors- Perfect numbers and Mersenne primes.

UNIT - IV Finite fields & Primality, factoring 8 Hrs

Finite fields- quadratic residues and reciprocity-Pseudo primes-rho method-fermat
factorization and factor bases.
UNIT - V Cryptology 9 Hrs

Basic terminology-complexity theorem-Character ciphers-Block ciphers-

Exponentiation ciphers- Public-key cryptography-Discrete logarithm-Knapsack
ciphers- RSA algorithm-Some applications to computer science.
Textbooks:
1. Elementary number theory and its applications, Kenneth H Rosen, AT & T
Information systems & Bell laboratories.

2. A course in Number theory & Cryptography, Neal Koblitz, Springer.

Reference Books:
1. An Introduction To The Theory Of Numbers, Herbert S. Zuckerman, Hugh L.
Montgomery, Ivan Niven, wiley publishers
2. Introduction to Analytic number theory-Tom M Apostol, springer

3. Elementary number theory, VK Krishnan, Universities press

Online Learning Resources:

[Link]
applications

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF Physics

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A75202 SENSORS AND 3 - 3
ACTUATORS FOR
ENGINEERING
APPLICATIONS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To provide exposure to various kinds of sensors and actuators and their engineering
 applications.
2 To impart knowledge on the basic laws and phenomenon behind the working of
sensors and actuators
3 To explain the operating principles of various sensors and actuators
4 To educate the fabrication of sensors
5 To explain the required sensor and actuator for interdisciplinary application
COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of the course the student will be able

CO1 To recognize the need of sensors and actuators
CO2 To understand working principles of various sensors and actuators
CO3 To identify different type of sensors and actuators used in real life applications
CO4 To exploit basics in common methods for converting a physical parameter into an
electrical quantity
CO5 To make use of sensors and actuators for different applications
Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS
Credits: 3 Hours of teaching:- 45 H

UNIT – I: Introduction to Sensors and Actuators 9H

Sensors: Types of sensors:temperature, pressure, strain, active and passive sensors, General
characteristics of sensors (Principles only), Materials used and their fabrication process:
Deposition:ChemicalVapor Deposition, Pattern: photolithography and Etching: Dry and
WetEtching.
Actuators: Functional diagram of actuators, Types of actuators and their basic principle of
working: Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Mechanical, Electrical, Magnetic, Electromagnetic, Piezo-electric
and Piezo-resistive actuators, Applications of Actuators.

UNIT –II: Temperature and Mechanical Sensors 9H

Temperature Sensors: Types of temperature sensors and their basic principle of working:
Thermo-resistive sensors: Thermistors, Resistance temperature sensors, Silicon resistive sensors,
Thermo-electric sensors: Thermocouples, PN junction temperature sensors
Mechanical Sensors: Types of Mechanical sensors and their basic principle of working: Force
sensors: Strain gauges, Tactile sensors, Pressure sensors: Semiconductor, Piezoresistive,
capacitive, Variable Reluctance Sensor (VRP).
UNIT –III: Optical and Acoustic Sensors 9H
Optical Sensors: Basic principle and working of: Photodiodes, Phototransistors and Photo-
resistors based sensors, Photomultipliers, Infrared sensors:thermal, Passive Infra Red, Fiber based
sensors and Thermopiles
Acoustic Sensors: Principle and working of Ultrasonic sensors, Piezo-electric resonators,
Microphones.
UNIT –IV: Magnetic, Electromagnetic Sensors and Actuators 9H
Motors as actuators (linear, rotational, stepping motors), magnetic valves, inductive sensors
(LVDT, RVDT, and Proximity), Hall Effect sensors, Magneto-resistive sensors, Magneto-strictive
sensors and actuators, Voice coil actuators (speakers and speaker-like actuators).

UNIT –V: Chemical and Radiation Sensors 9H

Chemical Sensors: Principle and working of Electro-chemical, Thermo-chemical, Gas, pH,
Humidity and moisture sensors.
Radiation Sensors: Principle and working of Ionization detectors, Scintillation detectors, Geiger-
Muller counters, Semiconductor radiation detectors and Microwave sensors (resonant, reflection,
transmission)

Text Books:
1. Sensors and Actuators – Clarence W. de Silva, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. Sensors and Actuators, [Link] and [Link], CRC Press, 1999

Reference Books:
[Link] and Transducers- [Link], Prentice Hall of India (Pvt) Ltd. 2003
2. Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook-John [Link], CRC press 1999
3. Sensors – A Comprehensive Sensors- Henry Bolte, John Wiley.
4. Handbook of modern sensors, Springer, Stefan Johann Rupitsch.
5. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation By D. Patranabhis

NPTEL courses links

[Link]
 JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu
Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
DEPARTMENT OF H & SS
Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C
20A79102 English Literary 3 0 3
Spectrum

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1 To develop aesthetic sense to appreciate the beauty of life
2 To introduce to Elizabethan drama and be able to appreciate the nuances of
humour
3 To familiarize with Victorian novel and industrialization
4 To expose to the historical significance of ideas of different periods
5 To give exposure to the vicissitudes of life through short stories

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Awareness to lead a life of quality than quantity
CO2 Able to understand humour and Elizabethan culture
CO3 Enable to appreciate human relations in this mechanized world
CO4 Tolerant and receptive to different ideas
CO5 Be imaginative and understanding of human aspirations

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Poetry
1. Ode to a Grecian Urn- John Keats
2. To a Skylark- [Link]
3. Satan’s Speech from Paradise Lost Book I- 140-170 lines- John Milton
4. My Last Duchess- Robert Browning
UNIT II: Drama
1. Twelfth Night- William Shakespeare
a) Elizabethan theatre
b) Shakespearean tragedy
c) Shakespearean Comedy
d) Themes of Shakespearean Dramas

UNIT III: Novel

1. Hard Times- Charles Dickens
a) Rise of the English Novel
b) Victorian Novel
c) Utilitarianism
d) Humanism

UNIT IV: Prose

1. Of Studies – Francis Bacon
2. On Seeing People Off- [Link]
3. Sweetness and Light- Mathew Arnold
4. I too have a Dream- Martin Luther King Junior

UNIT V: Short Stories

1. The Last Leaf- [Link]
2. Useless Beauty- Guy de Maupassant
3. After the Dance – Leo Tolstoy
4. The Selfish Giant- Oscar Wilde

Text Books:
The Oxford Book of English Verse by Christopher Ricks (Editor)
Twelfth Night (2010 edition): Oxford School Shakespeare (Oxford School Shakespeare Series)
Dickens Charles, Hard Times (Penguin Classics)
The Art of the Personal Essay: An Anthology from the Classical Era to the Present, Anchor Books Publication
References:
Legois and Cazamian, A History of English Literature

JNTUA College of Engineering (Autonomous), Ananthapuramu

Open Elective Course – IV
IV [Link] – I SEMESTER (R20) (common to all branches) - 2020 Admitted Batch
 DEPARTMENT OF Chemistry

Subject Code Title of the Subject L T P C

20A75302 CHEMISTRY OF 2 1 - 3
NANOMATERIALS
AND APPLICATIONS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1  To understand synthetic principles of Nanomaterials by various methods
2  And also characterisae the synthetic nanomaterials by various instrumental methods
3  To enumerate the applications of nanomaterials in engineering

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1  Classify the nanostructure materials, Describe scope of nano science and technology,
Explain different synthetic methods of nano materials, Identify the synthetic methods
of nanomaterial which is suitable for preparation of particular material

CO2  Describe the top down approach, Explain aerosol synthesis and plasma arc technique,
Differentiate chemical vapour deposition method and electrodeposition method,
Discuss about high energy ball milling.

CO3  Discuss different technique for characterization of nanomaterial, Explain electron

microscopy techniques for characterization of nanomaterial, Describe BET method
for surface area analysis, Apply different spectroscopic techniques for
characterization

CO4  Explain synthesis and properties and applications of nanaomaterials, Discuss about
fullerenes and carbon nanotubes, Differentiate nanomagnetic materials and
thermoelectric materials, Describe liquid crystals

CO5  Illustrate applications of nanaomaterials, Discuss the magnetic applications of

nanomaterials, list the applications of non-linear optical materials, Describe the
applications fullerenes, carbon nanotubes

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
 CO3
CO4
CO5

SYLLABUS

Unit – I
Basics and Characterization of Nanomaterials : Introduction, Scope of nanoscience and
nanotecnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of nanostructured materials, importance of
nano materials.
Unit – II
Synthesis of nanomaterials : Top-Down approach, Inert gas condensation, arc discharge
method, aerosol synthesis, plasma arc technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, and
chemical vapour deposition method, electrodeposition method, high energy ball milling method.
Synthetic Methods: Bottom-Up approach:- Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse micelles,
co-precipitation method, solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave heating
synthesis and sonochemical synthesis.
UNIT-III
Techniques for characterization: Diffraction technique, spectroscopy techniques, electron
microscopy techniques for the characterization of nanomaterilas, BET method for surface area
analysis, dynamic light scattering for particle size determination-
UNIT-IV
Studies of Nano-structured Materials: Synthesis, properties and applications of the following
nanomaterials, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, core-shell nanoparticles, nanoshells, self- assembled
monolayers, and monolayer protected metal nanoparticles, nanocrystalline materials, magnetic
nanoparticles and important properties in relation to nanomagnetic materials, thermoelectric
materials, non-linear optical materials and liquid crystals.

UNIT-V
Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials : Applications of Nano Particle, nano rods of nano
wires, Fullerenes, carbon nano tubes, Graphines nanoparticles and other applications of
nonmaterials and uses.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. NANO: The Essentials: T Pradeep, MaGraw-Hill, 2007.
2. Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: B S Murty, P Shankar, Baldev Rai, BB
Rath and James Murday, Univ. Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Concepts of Nanochemistry; Ludovico Cademrtiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin & Geoffrey A. Ozin,
Wiley-VCH, 2011.
2. Nanostructures & Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Guozhong Cao,
Imperial College Press, 2007.
3. Nanomaterials Chemistry, C. N. R. Rao, Achim Muller, [Link], Wiley-VCH, 2007.